Table of Contents

x

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

 

or

 

o

 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the transition period from            to

 

Commission File Number 1-11978

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Wisconsin

 

39-0448110

(State or other jurisdiction

 

(I.R.S. Employer

of incorporation)

 

Identification Number)

 

 

 

2400 South 44 th  Street,

 

 

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

 

54221-0066

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(920) 684-4410

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

 

New York Stock Exchange

Common Stock Purchase Rights

 

 

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  x   No  o

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o   No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period

 

that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x   No  o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, and smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer o

 

Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller
 reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o   No  x

 

The Aggregate Market Value on June 30, 2008, of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $4,237,869,497 based on the closing per share price of $32.53 on that date.

 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of January 31, 2009, the most recent practicable date, was 130,359,554.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement, to be prepared and filed for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, dated March 26, 2009 (the “2009 Proxy Statement”), are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report.

 

See Index to Exhibits immediately following the signature page of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 



Table of Contents

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.

Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

Item 1

Business

3

Item 1A

Risk Factors

10

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

14

Item 2

Properties Owned

14

Item 3

Legal Proceedings

16

Item 4

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

17

 

Executive Officers of Registrant

17

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

18

Item 6

Selected Financial Data

19

Item 7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

21

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

37

Item 8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

37

Item 9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

79

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

79

Item 9B

Other Information

80

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

Item 10

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

80

Item 11

Executive Compensation

80

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

80

Item 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

80

Item 14

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

80

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

81

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1.     BUSINESS

 

GENERAL

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. (referred to as the company, MTW, Manitowoc, we, our, and us) was founded in 1902. We are a multi-industry, capital goods manufacturer in two principal markets: Cranes and Related Products (Crane) and Foodservice Equipment (Foodservice). Crane is recognized as one of the world’s largest providers of lifting equipment for the global construction industry, including lattice-boom cranes, tower cranes, mobile telescopic cranes, and boom trucks. Foodservice is one of the world’s leading innovators and manufacturers of commercial foodservice equipment serving the ice, beverage, refrigeration, food prep, and cooking needs of restaurants, convenience stores, hotels, healthcare, and institutional applications. We have over a 100-year tradition of providing high-quality, customer-focused products and support services to our markets worldwide.  For the year ended December 31, 2008 we had net sales of approximately $4.5 billion.

 

Our Crane business is a global provider of engineered lift solutions, offering one of the broadest lines of lifting equipment in our industry.  We design, manufacture, market, and support a comprehensive line of crawler cranes, mobile telescopic cranes, tower cranes, and boom trucks.  Our Crane products are marketed under the Manitowoc, Grove, Potain, National, and Crane CARE brand names and are used in a wide variety of applications, including energy, petrochemical and industrial projects, infrastructure development such as road, bridge and airport construction, and commercial and high-rise residential construction.

 

On October 27, 2008 we completed our acquisition of Enodis plc (Enodis), a global leader in the design and manufacture of innovative equipment for the commercial foodservice industry. The $2.7 billion acquisition, inclusive of the purchase of outstanding shares and rights to shares, acquired debt, the settlement of hedges related to the acquisition and transaction fees, the largest and most recent acquisition for the company, has established Manitowoc among the world’s top manufacturers of commercial foodservice equipment. With this acquisition, our Foodservice capabilities now span refrigeration, ice-making, cooking, food-prep, and beverage-dispensing technologies. Manitowoc is now able to equip entire commercial kitchens and serve the world’s growing demand for food prepared away from home.

 

In order to secure clearance for the acquisition of Enodis from the European Commission and United States Department of Justice, Manitowoc agreed to sell substantially all of Enodis’ global ice machine operations following completion of the transaction. The businesses that will be sold are operated under the Scotsman, Ice-O-Matic, Simag, Barline, Icematic, and Oref brand names. The company has also agreed to sell certain non-ice businesses of Enodis located in Italy that are operated under the Tecnomac and Icematic brand names. Prior to disposal, the antitrust clearances require that the ice businesses are treated as standalone operations in competition with Manitowoc. The divestiture of the businesses is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2009. The results of these operations have been classified as discontinued operations.

 

On December 31, 2008, the company completed the sale of its Marine segment to Fincantieri Marine Group Holdings Inc., a subsidiary of Fincantieri — Cantieri Navali Italiani SpA. The sale price in the all-cash deal was approximately $120 million. This transaction will allow the company to focus its financial assets and managerial resources on the growth of its increasingly global Crane and Foodservice businesses. The company is reporting the Marine segment as a discontinued operation for financial reporting purposes as of December 31, 2008, and for all prior periods presented in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. After reclassifying the Marine segment to discontinued operations, the company has two remaining reportable segments, the Crane and Foodservice segments.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 2400 South 44 th  Street, Manitowoc, Wisconsin 54220.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

The following is financial information about the Crane and Foodservice segments for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.  The Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of Enodis from the date of acquisition. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, except that certain expenses are not allocated to the segments.  These unallocated expenses are corporate overhead, amortization expense of intangible assets with definite lives, interest expense, and income tax expense.  The company evaluates segment performance based upon profit and loss before the aforementioned expenses.  Restructuring costs separately identified in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are included as reductions to the respective segment’s operating earnings for each year below.  Amounts are shown in millions of dollars.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

3,882.9

 

$

3,245.7

 

$

2,235.4

 

Foodservice

 

620.1

 

438.3

 

415.4

 

Total

 

$

4,503.0

 

$

3,684.0

 

$

2,650.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating earnings (loss) from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

555.6

 

$

470.5

 

$

280.6

 

Foodservice

 

56.8

 

61.3

 

56.2

 

Corporate

 

(51.7

)

(48.2

)

(42.4

)

Amortization expense

 

(11.6

)

(5.8

)

(3.3

)

Gain on sale of parts line

 

 

3.3

 

 

Restructuring expense

 

(21.7

)

 

 

Integration expense

 

(7.6

)

 

 

Pension settlements

 

 

(5.3

)

 

Operating earnings from continuing operations

 

$

519.8

 

$

475.8

 

$

291.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

129.4

 

$

103.7

 

$

51.3

 

Foodservice

 

10.9

 

3.7

 

10.9

 

Corporate

 

10.0

 

5.4

 

2.2

 

Total

 

$

150.3

 

$

112.8

 

$

64.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

66.3

 

$

70.4

 

$

58.4

 

Foodservice

 

12.4

 

8.0

 

7.2

 

Corporate

 

1.5

 

1.8

 

1.8

 

Total

 

$

80.2

 

$

80.2

 

$

67.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

2,223.7

 

$

1,958.0

 

$

1,572.4

 

Foodservice

 

3,389.4

 

341.5

 

340.1

 

Corporate

 

452.3

 

571.9

 

186.1

 

Total

 

$

6,065.4

 

$

2,871.4

 

$

2,098.6

 

 

4



Table of Contents

 

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

 

We sell our products categorized in the following business segments:

 

Business Segment

 

Percentage of
2008 Net Sales

 

Key Products

 

Key Brands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cranes and Related
Products

 

86%

 

Lattice-boom Cranes: which include crawler and truck mounted lattice-boom cranes, and crawler crane attachments; Tower Cranes: which include top slewing luffing jib, topless, and self-erecting tower cranes; Mobile Telescopic Cranes: including rough terrain, all-terrain, truck mounted and industrial cranes; Boom Trucks: which include telescopic and articulated boom trucks; Parts and Service: which include replacement parts, product services, crane rebuilding and remanufacturing services.

 

Manitowoc
Potain
Grove
National
Shuttlelift
Dongyue
Crane CARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foodservice
Equipment

 

14%

 

Primary cooking and warming equipment; Ice-cube machines, ice flaker machines and storage bins; Refrigerator and Freezer Equipment; Warewashing equipment; beverage dispensers and related products; serving and storage equipment; and food preparation equipment, cookware, kitchen utensils and tools.

 

Cleveland
Convotherm
Delfield
Frymaster
Garland
Jackson
Kolpak
Kysor Panel Systems
Kysor/Warren
Lincoln
Manitowoc
Merrychef
Multiplex
SerVend

 

Cranes and Related Products

 

Our Crane segment designs, manufactures and distributes a diversified line of crawler mounted lattice-boom cranes, which we sell under the Manitowoc name.  Our Crane segment also designs and manufactures a diversified line of top slewing and self erecting tower cranes, which we sell under the Potain name.  We design and manufacture mobile telescopic cranes, which we sell under the Grove, Shuttlelift, and Dongyue names, and a comprehensive line of hydraulically powered telescopic boom trucks, which we sell under the National Crane brand name. We also provide crane product parts and services, and crane rebuilding and remanufacturing services which are delivered under the Crane CARE brand name.  In some cases our products are manufactured for us or distributed for us under strategic alliances.  Our crane products are used in a wide variety of applications throughout the world, including energy and utilities, petrochemical and industrial projects, infrastructure development such as road, bridge and airport construction, and commercial and high-rise residential construction.  Many of our customers purchase one or more crane(s) together with several attachments to permit use of the crane in a broader range of lifting applications and other operations. Our largest crane model combined with available options has a lifting capacity up to 2,500 U.S. tons. Our primary growth drivers are our strength in energy, infrastructure, construction and petro-chemical related end markets.

 

Lattice-boom Cranes.   Under the Manitowoc brand name we design, manufacture and distribute lattice-boom crawler cranes.  Lattice-boom cranes consist of a lattice-boom, which is a fabricated, high-strength steel structure that has four chords and tubular lacings, mounted on a base which is either crawler or truck mounted. Lattice-boom cranes weigh less and provide higher lifting capacities than a telescopic boom of similar length.  The lattice-boom cranes are the only category of crane that can pick and move simultaneously.  The lattice-boom sections, together with the crane base, are transported to and erected at a project site.

 

We currently offer models of lattice-boom cranes with lifting capacities up to 2,500 U.S. tons, which are used to lift material and equipment in a wide variety of applications and end markets, including heavy construction, bridge and highway, duty cycle and infrastructure and energy related projects. These cranes are also used by the crane rental industry, which serves all of the above end markets.

 

Lattice-boom crawler cranes may be classified according to their lift capacity—low capacity and high capacity. Low capacity crawler cranes with 150-U.S. ton capacity or less are often utilized for general construction and duty cycle applications.  High capacity crawler

 

5



Table of Contents

 

cranes with greater than 150-U.S. ton capacity are utilized to lift materials in a wide variety of applications and are often utilized in heavy construction, energy-related, stadium construction, petrochemical work, and dockside applications. We offer four low-capacity models and eight high-capacity models.

 

We also offer our lattice-boom crawler crane customers various attachments that provide our cranes with greater capacity in terms of height, movement and lifting. Our principal attachments are: MAX-ER™ attachment, luffing jibs, and RINGER TM  attachments. The MAX-ER is a trailing, counterweight, heavy-lift attachment that dramatically improves the reach, capacity and lift dynamics of the basic crane to which it is mounted. It can be transferred between cranes of the same model for maximum economy and occupies less space than competitive heavy-lift systems. A luffing jib is a fabricated structure similar to, but smaller than, a lattice-boom. Mounted at the tip of a lattice-boom, a luffing jib easily adjusts its angle of operation permitting one crane with a luffing jib to make lifts at additional locations on the project site. It can be transferred between cranes of the same model to maximize utilization. A RINGER attachment is a high-capacity lift attachment that distributes load reactions over a large area to minimize ground-bearing pressure. It can also be more economical than transporting and setting up a larger crane.

 

Tower Cranes. Under the Potain brand name we design and manufacture tower cranes utilized primarily in the building and construction industry. Tower cranes offer the ability to lift and distribute material at the point of use more quickly and accurately than other types of lifting machinery without utilizing substantial square footage on the ground. Tower cranes include a stationary vertical tower and a horizontal jib with a counterweight, which is placed near the vertical tower. A cable runs through a trolley which is on the jib, enabling the load to move along the jib. The jib rotates 360 degrees, thus increasing the crane’s work area. Unless using a remote control device, operators occupy a cabin, located where the jib and tower meet, which provides superior visibility above the worksite. We offer a complete line of tower crane products, including top slewing, luffing jib, topless, self-erecting, and special cranes for dams, harbors and other large building projects. Top slewing cranes are the most traditional form of tower cranes.  Self-erecting cranes are bottom slewing cranes which have counterweight located at the bottom of the tower and are able to be erected, used and dismantled on job sites without assist cranes.

 

Top slewing tower cranes have a tower and multi-sectioned horizontal jib. These cranes rotate from the top of their mast and can increase in height with the project. Top slewing cranes are transported in separate pieces and assembled at the construction site in one to three days depending on the height.  We offer 37 models of top slewing tower cranes with maximum jib lengths of 85 meters and lifting capabilities ranging between 40 and 3,600 meter-tons. These cranes are generally sold to medium to large building and construction groups, as well as rental companies.

 

Topless tower cranes are a type of top slewing crane and, unlike all others, have no cathead or jib tie-bars on the top of the mast.  The cranes are utilized primarily when overhead height is constrained or in situations where several cranes are installed close together. We currently offer 7 models of topless tower cranes with maximum jib lengths of 75 meters and lifting capabilities ranging between 90 and 300 meter-tons.

 

Luffing jib tower cranes, which are a type of top slewing crane, have an angled rather than horizontal jib. Unlike other tower cranes which have a trolley that controls the lateral movement of the load, luffing jib cranes move their load by changing the angle of the jib. The cranes are utilized primarily in urban areas where space is constrained or in situations where several cranes are installed close together. We currently offer 7 models of luffing jib tower cranes with maximum jib lengths of 60 meters and lifting capabilities ranging between 90 and 600 meter-tons.

 

Self-erecting tower cranes are mounted on axles or transported on a trailer. The lower segment of the range (Igo cranes up to Igo36) unfolds in four sections, two for the tower and two for the jib. The smallest of our models unfolds in less than 8 minutes; larger models erect in a few hours. Self erecting cranes rotate from the bottom of their mast. We offer 25 models of self erecting cranes with maximum jib lengths of 50 meters and lifting capacities ranging between 10 and 120 meter-tons which are utilized primarily in low to medium rise construction and residential applications.

 

Mobile Telescopic Cranes.   Under the Grove brand name we design and manufacture 35 models of mobile telescopic cranes utilized primarily in industrial, commercial and construction applications, as well as in maintenance applications to lift and move material at job sites. Mobile telescopic cranes consist of a telescopic boom mounted on a wheeled carrier. Mobile telescopic cranes are similar to lattice-boom cranes in that they are designed to lift heavy loads using a mobile carrier as a platform, enabling the crane to move on and around a job site without typically having to re-erect the crane for each particular job. Additionally, many mobile telescopic cranes have the ability to drive between sites, and some are permitted on public roadways. We currently offer the following four types of mobile telescopic cranes capable of reaching tip heights of 427 feet with lifting capacities up to 550 tons: (i) rough terrain, (ii) all-terrain, (iii) truck mounted, and (iv) industrial.

 

Rough terrain cranes are designed to lift materials and equipment on rough or uneven terrain. These cranes cannot be driven on public roadways, and, accordingly, must be transported by truck to a work site. We produce, under the Grove brand name, 10 models of rough terrain cranes capable of tip heights of up to 279 feet and maximum load capacities of up to 130 U.S. tons.

 

All-terrain cranes are versatile cranes designed to lift materials and equipment on rough or uneven terrain and yet are highly

 

6



Table of Contents

 

maneuverable and capable of highway speeds. We produce, under the Grove brand name, 14 models of all-terrain cranes capable of tip heights of up to 427 feet and maximum load capacities of up to 550 tons.

 

Truck mounted cranes are designed to provide simple set-up and long reach high capacity booms and are capable of traveling from site to site at highway speeds. These cranes are suitable for urban and suburban uses. We produce, under the Grove brand name, 4 models of truck mounted cranes capable of tip heights of up to 237 feet and maximum load capacities of up to 90 U.S. tons.

 

Industrial cranes are designed primarily for plant maintenance, storage yard and material handling jobs.  We manufacture, under the Grove and Shuttlelift brand names, 8 models of industrial cranes capable of tip heights of up to 92 feet and maximum load capacities of up to 22 tons.

 

High Reach Telescopic Hydraulic Cranes.  We launched a new crane concept in 2007 for heavy lifts that require a high reach, but with minimal ground space and greatly reduced erection time.  The GTK 1100 is a high reach telescopic hydraulic crane that can lift a 77 ton load up to 394 feet, only requires about six hours to erect and is based on a combination of mobile crane and tower crane technology.

 

Boom Trucks.   We offer our hydraulic and articulated boom truck products under the National Crane product line. A boom truck is a hydraulically powered telescopic crane or articulated crane mounted on a truck chassis. Telescopic boom trucks are used primarily for lifting material on a job site, while articulated boom trucks are utilized primarily to load and unload truck beds at a job site.  We currently offer, under the National Crane brand name, 15 models of telescoping cranes and 8 models of articulating cranes.  The largest capacity cranes of these types are capable of reaching maximum heights of 176 feet and have lifting capacity up to 40 U.S. tons.

 

Backlog . The year-end backlog of crane products includes accepted orders that have been placed on a production schedule that we expect to be shipped and billed during the next year. Manitowoc’s backlog of unfilled orders for the Crane segment at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1,948.0 million, $2,877.2 million and $1,534.3 million, respectively.

 

Foodservice Equipment

 

Our Foodservice Equipment business designs, manufactures and sells primary cooking and warming equipment; ice-cube machines, ice flaker machines and storage bins; refrigerator and freezer equipment; ware washing equipment; beverage dispensers and related products; serving and storage equipment; and food preparation equipment, cookware, kitchen utensils and tools. Our suite of products is used by commercial and institutional foodservice operators such as full service restaurants, quick-service restaurant (QSR) chains, hotels, industrial caterers, supermarkets, convenience stores, hospitals, schools and other institutions. We have a presence throughout the world’s most significant markets in the following product groups:

 

Primary Cooking and Warming Equipment. We design, manufacture and sell a broad array of ranges, griddles, grills, combination ovens, convection ovens, conveyor ovens, rotisseries, induction cookers, broilers, tilt fry pans/kettles/skillets, braising pans, cheese melters/salamanders, cook stations, table top and counter top cooking/frying systems, filtering systems, fryers, hotdog grills and steamers, steam jacketed kettles, steamers and toasters. We sell traditional oven, combi oven, convection oven, conveyor oven, accelerated cooking oven, range and grill products under the Garland, Lincoln, Merrychef, U.S. Range, Technyform, Moorwood Vulcan and other brand names. Fryers and frying systems are marketed under the Frymaster, Dean and Moorwood Vulcan brand names while steam equipment is manufactured and sold under the Cleveland and Convotherm brands. In addition to cooking, we provide a range of warming, holding, merchandising and serving equipment under the Delfield, Fabristeel, Frymaster, Merco, Savory, and other brand names.

 

Ice-Cube Machines, Ice Flaker Machines and Storage Bins.   We design, manufacture and sell ice machines under the Manitowoc brand name, serving the foodservice, convenience store, healthcare, restaurant and lodging markets. Our ice machines make ice in cube and flake form, and range in daily production capacities.  The ice-cube machines are either self-contained units, which make and store ice, or modular units, which make, but do not store ice.

 

Refrigerator and Freezer Equipment. We design, manufacture and sell commercial upright and undercounter refrigerators and freezers, blast freezers, blast chillers and cook-chill systems under the Delfield, McCall, Koolaire, Tecnomac and Sadia Refrigeration brand names. We also design, manufacture and sell refrigerated self-serve cases, service deli cases and custom merchandisers as well as standard and customized refrigeration systems under the Kysor/Warren and RDI brand names. We manufacture under the brand names Kolpak, Kysor Panel Systems and Harford-Duracool modular and fully assembled walk-in refrigerators, coolers and freezers and prefabricated cooler and freezer panels for use in the construction of refrigerated storage rooms and environmental systems.

 

Warewashing Equipment. Under the brand name Jackson, we design, manufacture and sell warewashing equipment and other equipment including racks and tables. We offer a full range of undercounter dishwashers, door-type dishwashers and flight-type dishwashers.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Beverage Dispensers and Related Products.   We produce beverage dispensers, ice/beverage dispensers, beer coolers, post-mix dispensing valves, backroom equipment and support system components and related equipment for use by quick service restaurants, convenience stores, bottling operations, movie theaters, and the soft-drink industry.  Our beverage and related products are sold under the Servend, Multiplex, Scotsman Beverage System, TruPour, Manitowoc Beverage Systems and McCann’s brand names.

 

Serving and Storage Equipment. We design, manufacture and sell a range of buffet equipment and stations, cafeteria/buffet equipment stations, bins, boxes, warming cabinets, dish carts, utility carts, counters and counter tops, mixer stands, tray dispensers, display and deli cases, heatlamps, insulated and refrigerated salad/food bars, sneeze guards and warmers.  Our equipment stations, cases, food bars and food serving lines are marketed under the Delfield, Viscount and other brand names.

 

Food Preparation Equipment, Cookware, Kitchen Utensils and Tools.  We manufacture and distribute a wide range of food preparation equipment such as tables, grinders, shredders, food processors, mixers, dryers, washers, can openers, choppers, colanders, cookware, cutlery, egg cookers, skimmers and utensils.  The key brand names for food preparation equipment include Varimixer, Lincoln, Centurion, Wearever and Redco.

 

The end customer base for the Foodservice Equipment segment is comprised of a wide variety of foodservice providers, including, but not limited to, large multinational chain restaurants, convenience stores and retail stores;  chain and independent casual and family dining restaurants; independent restaurants and caterers; lodging, resort, leisure and convention facilities; health care facilities; schools and universities; large business and industrial customers; and many other foodservice outlets.  We cater to some of the largest and most widely recognized multinationals in the foodservice and hospitality industries.  We do not typically have long term contracts with our customers; however, large chains frequently authorize specific foodservice equipment manufacturers as approved vendors for particular products and thereafter, sales are made locally or regionally to end customers via kitchen equipment suppliers, dealers or distributors.  Many large QSR chains refurbish or open a large number of outlets, or implement menu changes requiring investment in new equipment, over a short period of time.  When this occurs, these customers often choose a small number of manufacturers whose approved products may or must be purchased by restaurant operators.  We work closely with our customers to develop the products they need and to become the approved vendors for these products.

 

Our end customers often need equipment upgrades that enable them to improve productivity and food safety, reduce labor costs, respond to enhanced hygiene, environmental and menu requirements or reduce energy consumption.  These changes often require customized cooking and cooling and freezing equipment.  In addition, many restaurants, especially QSRs, seek to differentiate their products by changing their menu and format.  We believe that product development is important to our success because a supplier’s ability to provide customized or innovative foodservice equipment is a primary factor when customers are making their purchasing decisions.  Recognizing the importance of providing innovative products to our customers, we invest significant time and resources into new product research and development.

 

The Manitowoc Education and Technology Center (ETC) in New Port Richey, Florida contains computer assisted design platforms, a model shop for on-site development of prototypes, a laboratory for product testing and various display areas for new products including a test kitchen for hands-on testing of new products and kitchen design services for customers.  We also use the ETC to provide training for our customers, marketing representatives, service providers, industry consultants, dealers and distributors.

 

At our ETC and through outreach programs, we also work directly with our customers to provide customized solutions to meet their precise needs.  When a customer requests a new or refined product, our engineering team designs, prototypes, tests, demonstrates, evaluates and refines products in our Technology Center with our customer.  The ETC works together with the new product development teams at our operating companies so that new products incorporate our overall product expertise and technological resources.   We also provide a fee-based consulting service team which interacts with targeted customers to effectively integrate new technology, improve facility operation and labor processes and to assist in developing high performance kitchens of the future.

 

Backlog. The backlog for unfilled orders for our Foodservice segment at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was not significant because orders are generally filled shortly after receiving the customer order.

 

Raw Materials and Supplies

 

The primary raw materials that we use are structural and rolled steel, aluminum, and copper, which is purchased from various domestic and international sources. We also purchase engines and electrical equipment and other semi- and fully-processed materials. Our policy is to maintain, wherever possible, alternate sources of supply for our important materials and parts. We maintain inventories of steel and other purchased material. We have been successful in our goal to maintain alternative sources of raw materials and supplies, and therefore are not dependent on a single source for any particular raw material or supply.

 

Patents, Trademarks, and Licenses

 

We hold numerous patents pertaining to our Crane and Foodservice products, and have presently pending applications for additional

 

8



Table of Contents

 

patents in the United States and foreign countries. In addition, we have various registered and unregistered trademarks and licenses that are of material importance to our business and we believe our ownership of this intellectual property is adequately protected in customary fashions under applicable law.  No single patent, trademark or license is critical to our overall business.

 

Seasonality

 

Typically, the second and third quarters represent our best quarters for our consolidated financial results. In our Crane segment, summer represents the main construction season.  Customers require new machines, parts, and service during that season.   Since the summer brings warmer weather, there is also an increase in the use and replacement of ice machines, as well as new construction and remodeling within the foodservice industry.  As a result, distributors build inventories during the second quarter for the increased demand.  More recently, the traditional seasonality for our Crane segment has been slightly muted due to more diversified product and geographic end markets.

 

Competition

 

We sell all of our products in highly competitive industries. We compete in each of our industries based on product design, quality of products and aftermarket support services, product performance, maintenance costs, and price. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing or distribution resources than we do. We believe that we benefit from the following competitive advantages: a strong brand name, a reputation for quality products and aftermarket support services, an established network of global distributors and customer relationships, broad product line offerings in the markets we serve, and a commitment to engineering design and product innovation. However, we cannot be certain that our products and services will continue to compete successfully or that we will be able to retain our customer base or improve or maintain our profit margins on sales to our customers. The following table sets forth our primary competitors in each of our business segments:

 

Business Segment

 

Products

 

Primary Competitors

Cranes and Related
Products

 

Lattice-boom Crawler Cranes

 

Hitachi Sumitomo; Kobelco; Liebherr; Sumitomo/Link-Belt; Terex; XCMG; Fushun; Zoomlion; and Sany

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tower Cranes

 

Comansa; Terex Comedil/Peiner; Liebherr; FM Gru; Jaso; Raimondi; Viccario; Saez; Benezzato; Cattaneo; Sichuan Construction Machinery; Shenyang; Zoomlion; Jianglu; and Yongmao

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobile Telescopic Cranes

 

Liebherr; Link-Belt; Terex; Tadano; XCMG; Kato; Locatelli; Marchetti; Luna; Broderson; Valla; Ormig; Bencini; and Zoomlion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Boom Trucks

 

Terex; Manitex; Altec; Elliott; Tadano; Fassi; Palfinger; Furukawa; and Hiab

 

 

 

 

 

Foodservice Equipment

 

Ice-Cube Machines, Ice Flaker Machines, Storage Bins

 

Hoshizaki; Scotsman; Follet; Ice-O-Matic; Brema; Aucma; and Vogt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beverage Dispensers and Related Products

 

Automatic Bar Controls; Celli; Cornelius; Hoshizaki/Lancer Corporation; and Vin Service

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Refrigerator and Freezer Equipment

 

American Panel; ICS; Nor-Lake; Master-Bilt; Thermo-Kool; W.A. Brown; Bally; Arctic; Beverage Air; Traulsen; True Foodservice; TurboAir; and Masterbilt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary Cooking Equipment

 

Ali Group; Electrolux; Dover Industries; Duke; Electrolux; Henny Penny; ITW; Middleby; and Rational

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Serving, Warming and Storage Equipment

 

Alto Shaam; Cambro; Duke; Hatco; ITW; Middleby; Standex; and Vollrath

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food Preparation Equipment

 

Ali Group; Bizerba; Electrolux; German Knife; Globe; ITW; and Univex

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warewashing Equipment

 

ADS; Auto-Chlor; Ali Group; Electrolux; Insinger; ITW; Meiko; and Winterhalter

 

Engineering, Research and Development

 

Our extensive engineering, research and development capabilities have been key drivers of our success. We engage in research and development activities at all of our significant manufacturing facilities. We have a staff of engineers and technicians on three continents that are responsible for improving existing products and developing new products. We incurred research and development costs of $40.0 million in 2008, $36.1 million in 2007 and $31.2 million in 2006. The 2008 total includes research and development costs of $4.5 million from the Enodis business since its acquisition on October 27, 2008.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Our team of engineers focuses on developing innovative, high performance, low maintenance products that are intended to create significant brand loyalty among customers. Design engineers work closely with our manufacturing and marketing staff, enabling us to identify changing end-user requirements, implement new technologies and effectively introduce product innovations. Close, carefully managed relationships with dealers, distributors and end users help us identify their needs, not only for products, but for the service and support that is critical to their profitable operations. As part of our ongoing commitment to provide superior products, we intend to continue our efforts to design products that meet evolving customer demands and reduce the period from product conception to product introduction.

 

Employee Relations

 

As of December 31, 2008, we employ approximately 18,400 people and have labor agreements with 16 union locals in North America.  During the fourth quarter we added six facilities represented by unions from the Enodis acquisition.  In addition, we reduced the number of unions by two with the sale of the Marine segment.  A large majority of our European employees belong to European trade unions and during 2008, a contract was signed by all unions for our French Crane locations.   The company has three trade unions in China and a trade union in India.  The Indian trade contract will expire in June of 2009.  There were only minor work stoppages during 2008 and no work stoppages during 2007 or 2006.

 

Available Information

 

We make available, free of charge at our internet site (www.manitowoc.com), our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, our proxy statement and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Our SEC reports can be accessed through the investor relations section of our website. Although some documents available on our website are filed with the SEC, the information generally found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

 

The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains electronic versions of our reports on its website at www.sec.gov.

 

Geographic Areas

 

Net sales from continuing operations and long-lived asset information by geographic area as of and for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

United States

 

$

1,896.6

 

$

1,627.4

 

$

1,252.6

 

$

1,607.1

 

$

609.0

 

Other North America

 

127.7

 

114.1

 

80.5

 

28.5

 

 

Europe

 

1,444.2

 

1,215.0

 

817.0

 

2,105.5

 

483.5

 

Asia

 

395.0

 

299.5

 

170.4

 

177.2

 

118.7

 

Middle East

 

314.0

 

183.0

 

167.8

 

1.8

 

1.7

 

Central and South America

 

117.4

 

61.9

 

54.0

 

0.6

 

0.4

 

Africa

 

82.8

 

64.2

 

50.6

 

 

 

South Pacific and Caribbean

 

13.5

 

16.0

 

5.0

 

5.4

 

5.6

 

Australia

 

111.8

 

102.9

 

52.9

 

5.0

 

6.3

 

Total

 

$

4,503.0

 

$

3,684.0

 

$

2,650.8

 

$

3,931.1

 

$

1,225.2

 

 

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

The following are risk factors identified by management that if any events contemplated by the following risks actually occur, then our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Some of our business segments are cyclical or are otherwise sensitive to volatile or variable factors. A downturn or weakness in overall economic activity or fluctuations in those other factors can have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Historically, sales of products that we manufacture and sell have been subject to cyclical variations caused by changes in general economic conditions and other factors. In particular, the demand for our crane products is cyclical and is impacted by the strength of the economy generally, interest rates and other factors that may have an effect on the level of construction activity on an international, national or regional basis. During periods of expansion in construction activity, we generally have benefited from increased demand for our products. Conversely, during recessionary periods, we have been adversely affected by reduced demand for our products. In

 

10



Table of Contents

 

addition, the strength of the economy generally may affect the rates of expansion, consolidation, renovation and equipment replacement within the restaurant, lodging, convenience store and healthcare industries, which may affect the performance of our Foodservice segment. Furthermore, an economic recession may impact leveraged companies, as Manitowoc has been at times, more than competing companies with less leverage and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Products in our Crane segment depend in part on federal, state, local and foreign governmental spending and appropriations, including infrastructure, security and defense outlays. Reductions in governmental spending can affect demand for our products, which in turn can affect our performance.  Weather conditions can substantially affect our Foodservice segment, as relatively cool summer weather and cooler-than-normal weather in hot climates tend to decrease sales of ice and beverage dispensers.  Our sales depend in part upon our customers’ replacement or repair cycles. Adverse economic conditions may cause customers to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of repairing existing machinery.

 

A substantial portion of our growth has come through acquisitions. We may not be able to identify or complete future acquisitions, which could adversely affect our future growth.

 

Our growth strategy historically has been based in part upon acquisitions. Our successful growth through acquisitions depends upon our ability to identify and successfully negotiate suitable acquisitions, obtain financing for future acquisitions on satisfactory terms or otherwise complete acquisitions in the future. In addition, our level of indebtedness may increase in the future if we finance other acquisitions with debt. This would cause us to incur additional interest expense and could increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limit our ability to service our debt or obtain additional financing. We cannot assure that future acquisitions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our future success depends on our ability to effectively integrate acquired companies and manage growth.

 

Our growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial resources. We have made significant acquisitions since 1995. Future acquisitions will require integration of the acquired companies’ sales and marketing, distribution, manufacturing, engineering, purchasing, finance and administrative organizations. Experience has taught us that the successful integration of acquired businesses requires substantial attention from our senior management and the management of the acquired companies, which tends to reduce the time that they have to manage the ongoing business. We are currently in the process of integrating the Enodis acquisition. While we believe we have successfully integrated our acquisitions prior to Enodis, we cannot be assured that we will be able to integrate any future acquisitions successfully, that these acquired companies will operate profitably or that the intended beneficial effect from these acquisitions will be realized. Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected if we do not successfully integrate Enodis or any other future companies that we may acquire or if we do not manage our growth effectively.

 

Because we participate in industries that are intensely competitive, our net sales and profits could decline as we respond to competition.

 

We sell most of our products in highly competitive industries. We compete in each of those industries based on product design, quality of products, quality and responsiveness of product support services, product performance, maintenance costs and price. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing and distribution resources than we do. We cannot be certain that our products and services will continue to compete successfully with those of our competitors or that we will be able to retain our customer base or improve or maintain our profit margins on sales to our customers, all of which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

If we fail to develop new and innovative products or if customers in our markets do not accept them, our results would be negatively affected.

 

Our products must be kept current to meet our customers’ needs. To remain competitive, we therefore must develop new and innovative products on an on-going basis. If we fail to make innovations, or the market does not accept our new products, our sales and results would suffer.

 

We invest significantly in the research and development of new products. These expenditures do not always result in products that will be accepted by the market. To the extent they do not, whether as a function of the product or the business cycle, we will have increased expenses without significant sales to benefit us. Failure to develop successful new products may also cause potential customers to choose to purchase used cranes or other equipment, or competitors’ products, rather than invest in new products manufactured by us.

 

Price increases in some materials and sources of supply could affect our profitability.

 

We use large amounts of steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper and electronic controls among other items in the manufacture of our products. Occaisionally, market prices of some of our key raw materials increase significantly. In particular, at times, we have experienced

 

11



Table of Contents

 

significant increases in steel, aluminum, foam, and copper prices in recent periods, which have increased our expenses.  If we are not able to reduce product cost in other areas or pass future raw material price increases on to our customers, our margins could be adversely affected. In addition, because we maintain limited raw material and component inventories, even brief unanticipated delays in delivery by suppliers—including those due to capacity constraints, labor disputes, impaired financial condition of suppliers, weather emergencies or other natural disasters—may impair our ability to satisfy our customers and could adversely affect our financial performance.

 

We increasingly manufacture and sell our products outside of the United States, which may present additional risks to our business.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, approximately 58%, 51% and 48%, respectively, of our net sales were attributable to products sold outside of the United States. Expanding international sales is part of our growth strategy.  We acquired several manufacturing facilities located in Europe, Asia and North America with the Enodis acquisition. We ended 2008 with an additional 33 major facilities; of which 20 are in North America, nine are in Europe, and four are in Asia.  See further detail related to the facilities at Item 2 “Properties Owned”.  International operations generally are subject to various risks, including political, military, religious and economic instability, local labor market conditions, the imposition of foreign tariffs, the impact of foreign government regulations, the effects of income and withholding tax, governmental expropriation, and differences in business practices. We may incur increased costs and experience delays or disruptions in product deliveries and payments in connection with international manufacturing and the transfer to the new facilities and sales that could cause loss of revenue. Unfavorable changes in the political, regulatory and business climate and currency devaluations of various foreign jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We depend on our key personnel and the loss of these personnel could have an adverse affect on our business.

 

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our key executives, managers and skilled personnel. Generally, these employees are not bound by employment or non-competition agreements, and we cannot be sure that we will be able to retain our key officers and employees. We could be seriously harmed by the loss of key personnel if it were to occur in the future.

 

Our operations and profitability could suffer if we experience labor relations problems.

 

We employ approximately 18,400 people and have labor agreements with 16 union locals in North America. In addition, a large majority of our European employees belong to European trade unions. These collective bargaining or similar agreements expire at various times in each of the next several years. We believe that we have satisfactory relations with our unions and, therefore, anticipate reaching new agreements on satisfactory terms as the existing agreements expire. However, we may not be able to reach new agreements without a work stoppage or strike and any new agreements that are reached may not be reached on terms satisfactory to us. A prolonged work stoppage or strike at any one of our manufacturing facilities could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights or maintain our rights to use licensed intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Our patents, trademarks and licenses are important in the operation of our businesses. Although we intend to protect our intellectual property rights vigorously, we cannot be certain that we will be successful in doing so. Third parties may assert or prosecute infringement claims against us in connection with the services and products that we offer, and we may or may not be able to successfully defend these claims. Litigation, either to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend against claimed infringement of the rights of others, could result in substantial costs and in a diversion of our resources. In addition, if a third party would prevail in an infringement claim against us, then we would likely need to obtain a license from the third party on commercial terms, which would likely increase our costs. Our failure to maintain or obtain necessary licenses or an adverse outcome in any litigation relating to patent infringement or other intellectual property matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our results of operations may be negatively impacted by product liability lawsuits.

 

Our business exposes us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture, sales and use of our products, especially our crane products. Certain of our businesses also have experienced claims relating to past asbestos exposure. Neither we nor our affiliates have to date incurred material costs related to these asbestos claims. We vigorously defend ourselves, however, a substantial increase in the number of claims that are made against us or the amounts of any judgments or settlements could materially and adversely affect our reputation and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Some of our products are built under fixed-price agreements; cost overruns therefore can hurt our results.

 

Some of our work is done under agreements on a fixed-price basis.  If we do not accurately estimate our costs, we may incur a loss

 

12



Table of Contents

 

under these contracts.  Even if the agreements have provisions which allow reimbursement for cost overruns, we may not be able to recoup excess expenses.

 

Strategic divestitures could negatively affect our results.

 

We regularly review our business units and evaluate them against our core business strategies.  As part of that process, we regularly consider the divestiture of non-core and non-strategic operations or facilities.  Depending upon the circumstances and terms, the divestiture of a profitable operation or facility could negatively affect our earnings.

 

Environmental liabilities that may arise in the future could be material to us.

 

Our operations, facilities and properties are subject to extensive and evolving laws and regulations pertaining to air emissions, wastewater discharges, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes, the remediation of contamination, and otherwise relating to health, safety and the protection of the environment. As a result, we are involved from time to time in administrative or legal proceedings relating to environmental and health and safety matters, and have in the past and will continue to incur capital costs and other expenditures relating to such matters.

 

Based on current information, we believe that any costs we may incur relating to environmental matters will not be material, although we can give no assurances. We also cannot be certain that identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement by regulatory authorities, or other unanticipated events will not arise in the future and give rise to additional environmental liabilities, compliance costs and/or penalties which could be material. Further, environmental laws and regulations are constantly evolving and it is impossible to predict accurately the effect they may have upon our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

We are exposed to the risk of foreign currency fluctuations.

 

Some of our operations are or will be conducted by subsidiaries in foreign countries. The results of the operations and the financial position of these subsidiaries will be reported in the relevant foreign currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements, which are stated in U.S. dollars. The exchange rates between many of these currencies and the U.S. dollar have fluctuated significantly in recent years and may fluctuate significantly in the future. Such fluctuations may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position and may significantly affect the comparability of our results between financial periods.

 

In addition, we incur currency transaction risk whenever one of our operating subsidiaries enters into a transaction using a different currency than its functional currency. We attempt to reduce currency transaction risk whenever one of our operating subsidiaries enters into a transaction using a different currency than its functional currency by:

 

·                                           matching cash flows and payments in the same currency;

 

·                                           direct foreign currency borrowing; and

 

·                                           entering into foreign exchange contracts for hedging purposes.

 

However, we may not be able to hedge this risk completely or at an acceptable cost, which may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows in future periods.

 

Increased or unexpected product warranty claims could adversely affect us.

 

We provide our customers a warranty covering workmanship, and in some cases materials, on products we manufacture. Our warranty generally provides that products will be free from defects for periods ranging from 12 months to 60 months with certain equipment having longer term warranties. If a product fails to comply with the warranty, we may be obligated, at our expense, to correct any defect by repairing or replacing the defective product. Although we maintain warranty reserves in an amount based primarily on the number of units shipped and on historical and anticipated warranty claims, there can be no assurance that future warranty claims will follow historical patterns or that we can accurately anticipate the level of future warranty claims. An increase in the rate of warranty claims or the occurrence of unexpected warranty claims could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Some of our customers rely on financing with third parties to purchase our products, and we may incur expenses associated with our assistance to customers in securing third party financing.

 

We rely principally on sales of our products to generate cash from operations. A portion of our sales is financed by third-party finance companies on behalf of our customers. The availability of financing by third parties is affected by general economic conditions, the credit worthiness of our customers and the estimated residual value of our equipment.  In certain transactions we provide residual

 

13



Table of Contents

 

value guarantees and buyback commitments to our customers or the third party financial institutions.  Deterioration in the credit quality of our customers could negatively impact their ability to obtain the resources needed to make purchases of our equipment or their ability to obtain third-party financing. In addition, if the actual value of the equipment for which we have provided a residual value guaranty declines below the amount of our guaranty, we may incur additional costs, which may negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our leverage may impair our operations and financial condition.

 

As of December 31, 2008, our total consolidated debt was $2,655.3 million as compared to consolidated debt of $230.6 million as of December 31, 2007.  The increase is related to our acquisition of Enodis on October 27, 2008.  See further detail related to the debt at Note 10, “Debt.”  Our debt could have important consequences, including increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations be used for the payment of interest rather than to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate requirements; limiting our ability to obtain additional financing; and limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate.

 

The agreements governing our debt include covenants that restrict, among other things, our ability to incur additional debt; pay dividends on or repurchase our equity; make investments; and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, our senior credit facility requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial condition tests. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. These covenants may also require that we take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives. We cannot be certain that we will meet any future financial tests or that the lenders will waive any failure to meet those tests. See additional discussion in Note 10, “Debt.”

 

If we default under our debt agreements, our lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our debt agreements to be immediately due and payable and could proceed against any collateral securing the debt. Under those circumstances, in the absence of readily-available refinancing on favorable terms, we might elect or be compelled to enter bankruptcy proceedings, in which case our shareholders could lose the entire value of their investment in our common stock.

 

We are in the process of implementing global ERP systems in our Foodservice and Crane segments.

 

We are in the process of implementing a new global ERP system in the Foodservice segment and a separate global ERP system in the Crane segment. These systems will replace many of the company’s existing operating and financial systems. Such implementations are a major undertaking both financially and from a management and personnel perspective. Should the systems not be implemented successfully and within budget or if the systems do not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could be disruptive and or adversely affect the operations and results of operations of the company, including the ability of the company to report accurate and timely financial results.

 

Our inability to recover from natural or man made disaster could adversely affect our business.

 

Our business and financial results may be affected by certain events that we cannot anticipate or that are beyond our control, such as natural or man-made disasters, national emergencies, significant labor strikes, work stoppages, political unrest, war or terrorist activities that could curtail production at our facilities and cause delayed deliveries and canceled orders. In addition, we purchase components and raw materials and information technology and other services from numerous suppliers, and, even if our facilities are not directly affected by such events, we could be affected by interruptions at such suppliers. Such suppliers may be less likely than our own facilities to be able to quickly recover from such events and may be subject to additional risks such as financial problems that limit their ability to conduct their operations.  We cannot assure you that we will have insurance to adequately compensate us for any of these events.

 

Item 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

The company has received no written comments regarding its periodic or current reports from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) that were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our fiscal 2008 that remain unresolved.

 

Item 2.  PROPERTIES OWNED

 

The following table outlines the principal facilities we own or lease as of December 31, 2008.  With the Enodis acquisition, the
Foodservice segment added an additional 20 facilities in North America, nine facilities in Europe, and four facilities in Asia.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Facility Location

 

Type of Facility

 

Approximate
Square Footage

 

Owned/Leased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cranes and Related Products

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe/Asia/Africa

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wilhelmshaven, Germany

 

Manufacturing/Office and Storage

 

410,000

 

Owned/Leased

Moulins, France

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

355,000

 

Owned/Leased

Charlieu, France

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

323,000

 

Owned/Leased

Presov, Slovak Republic

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

295,300

 

Owned

Zhangjiagang, China

 

Manufacturing

 

800,000

 

Owned

Fanzeres, Portugal

 

Manufacturing

 

183,000

 

Leased

Baltar, Portugal

 

Manufacturing

 

68,900

 

Owned

Pune, India

 

Manufacturing

 

190,000

 

Leased

La Clayette, France

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

161,000

 

Owned/Leased

Niella Tanaro, Italy

 

Manufacturing

 

370,016

 

Owned

Ecully, France

 

Office

 

85,000

 

Owned

Alfena, Portugal

 

Office

 

84,000

 

Owned

Langenfeld, Germany

 

Office/Storage and Field Testing

 

80,300

 

Leased

Osny, France

 

Office/Storage/Repair

 

43,000

 

Owned

Decines, France

 

Office/Storage

 

47,500

 

Leased

Vaux-en-Velin, France

 

Office/Workshop

 

17,000

 

Owned

Naia, Portugal

 

Manufacturing

 

17,000

 

Owned

Vitrolles, France

 

Office

 

16,000

 

Owned

Buckingham, United Kingdom

 

Office/Storage

 

78,000

 

Leased

Lusigny, France

 

Crane Testing Site

 

10,000

 

Owned

Baudemont, France

 

Office

 

8,000

 

Owned

Singapore

 

Office/Storage

 

49,000

 

Leased

Tai’an, China (Joint Venture)

 

Manufacturing

 

571,000

 

Owned

Accra, Ghana

 

Office

 

4,265

 

Leased

Alger, Algeria

 

Office

 

278

 

Leased

Sydney, Australia

 

Office/Storage

 

43,000

 

Leased

Dubai, UAE

 

Office/Workshop

 

10,000

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shady Grove, Pennsylvania

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

1,278,000

 

Owned

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

532,500

 

Owned

Quincy, Pennsylvania

 

Manufacturing

 

36,000

 

Owned

Bauxite, Arkansas

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

22,000

 

Owned

Port Washington, Wisconsin

 

Manufacturing

 

82,000

 

Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foodservice Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe/Asia

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hangzhou, China

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

260,000

 

Owned/Leased

London, United Kingdom

 

Office

 

4,600

 

Leased

Eglfing, Germany

 

Manufacturing/Office/Warehouse

 

130,000

 

Leased

Longford Town, Ireland

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

10,500

 

Leased

Castelfranco, Italy

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

242,000

 

Owned

Milan, Italy

 

Manufacturing/Office/Warehouse

 

150,000

 

Leased

Pietrasanta (LU), Italy

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

5,400

 

Leased

Aldershot, United Kingdom

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

20,000

 

Leased

Halesowen, United Kingdom

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

84,000

 

Leased

Sheffield, United Kingdom

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

100,000

 

Leased

Shanghai, China

 

Manufacturing/Office/Warehouse

 

62,500

 

Leased

Foshan, China

 

Manufacturing/Office/Warehouse

 

40,000

 

Leased

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Singapore

 

Manufacturing/Office/Warehouse

 

40,000

 

Leased

Bangkok, Thailand (Joint Venture)

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

69,000

 

Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

376,000

 

Owned

Parsons, Tennessee (1)

 

Manufacturing

 

214,000

 

Owned

Sellersburg, Indiana

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

140,000

 

Owned

La Mirada, California

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

77,000

 

Leased

Aberdeen, Maryland

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

67,000

 

Owned

Los Angeles, California

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

90,000

 

Leased

Los Angeles, California

 

Manufacturing

 

29,000

 

Leased

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

 

Office

 

13,000

 

Leased

Tijuana, Mexico

 

Manufacturing

 

30,000

 

Leased

New Port Richey, Florida

 

Office/Technology Center

 

42,000

 

Owned

Goodyear, Arizona

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

50,000

 

Leased

Denver, Colorado

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

168,000

 

Owned

Columbus, Georgia (1)

 

Manufacturing/Office/Warehouse

 

540,000

 

Owned/Leased

Fort Wayne, Indiana

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

358,000

 

Leased

Barbourville, Kentucky

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

115,000

 

Owned

Shreveport, Louisiana (2)

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

384,000

 

Owned

Mt. Pleasant, Michigan

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

330,000

 

Owned

Baltimore, Maryland

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

16,000

 

Leased

Cleveland, Ohio

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

180,000

 

Owned

Freeland, Pennsylvania

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

150,000

 

Owned

Fairfax, South Carolina

 

Manufacturing/Warehouse

 

360,000

 

Owned

Covington, Tennessee

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

188,000

 

Owned

Piney Flats, Tennessee

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

110,000

 

Leased

Fort Worth, Texas

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

183,000

 

Leased

Concord, Ontario, Canada

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

116,000

 

Leased

Mississauga, Ontario, Canada

 

Manufacturing/Office

 

155,000

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

 

Office

 

34,000

 

Owned

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

 

Office

 

31,320

 

Leased

Manitowoc, Wisconsin

 

Hanger Ground Lease

 

31,320

 

Leased

 


(1)           There are three separate locations within Parsons, Tennessee and Columbus, Georgia.

(2)           There are two separate locations within Shreveport, Louisiana.

 

In addition, we lease sales office and warehouse space for our Crane segment in Breda, The Netherlands; Begles, France; Lille, France; Nantes, France; Toulouse, France; Nice, France; Orleans, France; Persans, France; Parabiago, Italy; Lagenfeld, Germany; Munich, Germany; Budapest, Hungary; Warsaw, Poland; Melbourne, Australia; Brisbane, Australia; Beijing, China; Xi’an, China; Dubai, UAE; Makati City, Philippines; Cavite, Philippines; Harayana, India,; New Delhi, India; Hyderabad, India; Seoul, Korea; Moscow, Russia; Netvorice, the Czech Republic; Manitowoc, Wisconsin; Shanghai, China; Monterrey, Mexico; Sao Paulo, Brazil; Reno, Nevada; and North Las Vegas, Nevada.  We lease office and warehouse space for our Foodservice segment in Salem, Virginia; Irwindale, California; Paris, France; Madrid, Spain; Barcelona, Spain; Langley, United Kingdom; and Ecully, France.  We also own sales offices and warehouse facilities for our Crane segment in Dole, France and Rouen, France.

 

See Note 20, “Leases” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding leases.

 

Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Our global operations are governed by laws addressing the protection of the environment and employee safety and health.  Under various circumstances, these laws impose civil and criminal penalties and fines, as well as injunctive and remedial relief, for noncompliance.  They also may require remediation at sites where company related substances have been released into the environment.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

We have expended substantial resources globally, both financial and managerial, to comply with the applicable laws and regulations, and to protect the environment and our workers.  We believe we are in substantial compliance with such laws and regulations and we maintain procedures designed to foster and ensure compliance.  However, we have been and may in the future be subject to formal or informal enforcement actions or proceedings regarding noncompliance with such laws or regulations, whether or not determined to be ultimately responsible in the normal course of business.  Historically, these actions have been resolved in various ways with the regulatory authorities without material commitments or penalties to the company.

 

For information concerning other contingencies and uncertainties, see Note 16, “Contingencies and Significant Estimates” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to security holders for a vote during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

Each of the following officers of the company has been elected by the Board of Directors.  The information presented is as of March 2, 2009.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position With The Registrant

 

Principal
Position
Held Since

Glen E. Tellock

 

48

 

Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carl J. Laurino

 

47

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas G. Musial

 

57

 

Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Administration

 

2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maurice D. Jones

 

49

 

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dean J. Nolden

 

40

 

Vice President of Finance and Assistant Treasurer

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eric Etchart

 

52

 

Senior Vice President of the Company and President Crane Segment

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Kachmer

 

50

 

Senior Vice President of the Company and President Foodservice Segment

 

2007

 

Glen E. Tellock has been the company’s president and chief executive officer since May 2007 and was elected as chairman of the board effective February 13, 2009.  He had served as the senior vice president of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and president and general manager of the Manitowoc Crane segment since 2002.  Previously, he served as the company’s senior vice president and chief financial officer (1999), vice president of finance and treasurer (1998), corporate controller (1992) and director of accounting (1991).  Prior to joining the company, Mr. Tellock served as financial planning manager with the Denver Post Corporation, and as an audit manager for Ernst & Whinney.

 

Carl J. Laurino was named senior vice president and chief financial officer in May 2004.  He had served as Treasurer since May 2001.  Mr. Laurino joined the company in January 2000 as assistant treasurer and served in that capacity until his promotion to treasurer.  Previously, Mr. Laurino spent 15 years in the commercial banking industry with Firstar Bank (n/k/a US Bank), Norwest Bank (n/k/a Wells Fargo), and Associated Bank.  During that period, Mr. Laurino held numerous positions of increasing responsibility including commercial loan officer with Norwest Bank, Vice President — Business Banking with Associated Bank and Vice President and Commercial Banking Manager with Firstar.

 

Thomas G. Musial has been senior vice president of human resources and administration since 2000.  Previously, he was vice president of human resources and administration (1995), manager of human resources (1987), and personnel/industrial relations specialist (1976).

 

Maurice D. Jones has been general counsel and secretary since 1999 and was elected vice president in 2002 and a senior vice president in 2004.  Prior to joining the company, Mr. Jones was a shareholder in the law firm of Davis and Kuelthau, S.C., and served as legal counsel for Banta Corporation.

 

Dean J. Nolden was named vice president of finance and assistant treasurer in May 2005.  Mr. Nolden joined the company in

 

17



Table of Contents

 

November 1998 as corporate controller and served in that capacity until his promotion to Vice President Finance and Controller in May 2004.  Prior to joining the company, Mr. Nolden spent eight years in public accounting in the audit practice of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.  He left that firm in 1998 as an audit manager.

 

Eric Etchart was named senior vice president of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and president and general manager of the Manitowoc Crane segment in May 2007.  Mr. Etchart previously served as executive vice president of the Manitowoc Crane segment for the Asia/Pacific region since 2002.  Prior to joining the company, Mr. Etchart served as managing director in the Asia/Pacific region for Potain S.A.; as managing director in Italy for Potain S.P.A.; and as vice president of international sales and marketing for PPM.

 

Michael J. Kachmer joined the company in February of 2007 as senior vice president of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and president and general manager of the Manitowoc Foodservice segment.  Prior to joining the company, Mr. Kachmer held executive positions for Culligan International Company since 2000 and most recently served as the chief operating officer.  In addition, Mr. Kachmer has held executive and operational roles in a number of global manufacturing companies, including Ball Corporation and Firestone Tire & Rubber.

 

Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol MTW. At December 31, 2008, the approximate number of record shareholders of common stock was 2,512. The amount and timing of the annual dividend is determined by the board of directors at regular times each year.  At its February 2005 meeting, the board of directors approved the return to a quarterly dividend payment beginning with the first quarter of 2005.  Quarterly dividends in the amount of $0.018 per share were paid in March, June, September and December of 2006 and in March and June of 2007.

 

At its July 2007 meeting, the board of directors approved a pre-split quarterly dividend of $0.04 per share of common stock ($0.02 per share of common stock post-split) payable on September 10, 2007, to shareholders of record on August 31, 2007.  Quarterly dividends in the amount of $0.02 per share were paid in September and December of 2007 and for March, June, September, and December of 2008.

 

On July 26, 2007, the board of directors authorized a two-for-one split of the company’s common stock. Record holders of Manitowoc’s common stock at the close of business on August 31, 2007 received on September 10, 2007 one additional share of common stock for every share of Manitowoc common stock they owned as of August 31, 2007.  Manitowoc shares outstanding at the close of business on August 31, 2007 totaled 62,787,642. The company’s common stock began trading at its post-split price at the beginning of trading on September 11, 2007.

 

The high and low sales prices of the common stock were as follows for 2008, 2007 and 2006 (amounts have been adjusted for the two-for-one stock split discussed above):

 

Year Ended

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

December 31

 

High

 

Low

 

Close

 

High

 

Low

 

Close

 

High

 

Low

 

Close

 

1 st  Quarter

 

$

48.90

 

$

30.07

 

$

40.80

 

$

32.64

 

$

25.67

 

$

31.77

 

$

23.85

 

$

12.41

 

$

22.79

 

2 nd  Quarter

 

45.47

 

30.82

 

32.53

 

42.20

 

31.45

 

40.19

 

28.02

 

17.00

 

22.25

 

3 rd  Quarter

 

32.00

 

15.01

 

15.55

 

44.96

 

32.96

 

44.28

 

23.58

 

17.33

 

22.40

 

4 th  Quarter

 

15.90

 

4.56

 

8.66

 

51.49

 

37.50

 

48.83

 

31.33

 

22.31

 

29.72

 

 

Under our current bank credit agreement, we are limited on the amount of dividends we may pay out in any one year.  The amount of dividend payments is restricted based on our consolidated total leverage ratio as defined in the credit agreement.  If the consolidated leverage ratio is less than 2.00 to 1.00, dividend payments, in addition to other restricted payments as defined, can not exceed $75.0 million in any given year.  If the consolidated leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 these payments can not exceed $35.0 million.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

 

Total Return to Shareholders

(Includes reinvestment of dividends)

 

 

 

Annual Return Percentages
Years Ending December 31,

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

 

21.58

%

34.24

%

137.37

%

64.65

%

(82.19

)%

S&P 500 Index

 

10.88

%

4.91

%

15.79

%

5.49

%

(37.00

)%

S&P 600 Industrial Machinery

 

28.39

%

9.20

%

20.77

%

12.18

%

(32.86

)%

 

 

 

Indexed Returns
Years Ending December 31,

 

 

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

 

100.00

 

121.58

 

163.20

 

387.39

 

637.84

 

113.61

 

S&P 500 Index

 

100.00

 

110.88

 

116.33

 

134.70

 

142.10

 

89.53

 

S&P 600 Industrial Machinery

 

100.00

 

128.39

 

140.20

 

169.33

 

189.98

 

127.53

 

 

Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected historical financial data have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of The Manitowoc Company, Inc.  The data should be read in conjunction with these financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”  Results of the Marine segment in the current and prior periods and the results of substantially all Enodis ice businesses and certain Enodis non-ice businesses in the current period have been classified as discontinued in the Consolidated Financial Statements to exclude the results from continuing operations.  In addition, the information presented reflects all business units other than DRI, Toledo Ship Repair, Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., Femco Machine Company, Inc., North Central Crane & Excavator Sales Corporation, and the Aerial Work Platform businesses, which were either sold or closed during 2005, 2004, or 2003 and are reported in discontinued operations in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.  For businesses acquired during the time periods presented, results are included in the table from their acquisition date.  Amounts are in millions except share and per share data.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cranes and Related Products

 

$

3,882.9

 

$

3,245.7

 

$

2,235.4

 

$

1,628.7

 

$

1,248.5

 

$

962.7

 

Foodservice Equipment

 

620.1

 

438.3

 

415.4

 

399.6

 

219.2

 

368.6

 

Total

 

4,503.0

 

3,684.0

 

2,650.8

 

2,028.3

 

1,467.7

 

1,331.3

 

Gross Profit

 

1,015.8

 

861.5

 

611.3

 

413.2

 

335.8

 

283.7

 

Earnings (Loss) from Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cranes and Related Products

 

555.6

 

470.5

 

280.6

 

115.5

 

57.0

 

24.4

 

Foodservice Equipment

 

56.8

 

61.3

 

56.2

 

54.9

 

55.7

 

53.3

 

Corporate

 

(51.7

)

(48.2

)

(42.4

)

(24.8

)

(21.2

)

(19.2

)

Amortization expense

 

(11.6

)

(5.8

)

(3.3

)

(3.1

)

(3.1

)

(2.9

)

Gain on sales of parts line

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring expense

 

(21.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

Integration expense

 

(7.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

Pension settlements

 

 

(5.3

)

 

 

 

 

Curtailment gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.9

 

Total

 

519.8

 

475.8

 

291.1

 

142.5

 

88.4

 

68.5

 

Interest expense

 

(54.1

)

(36.2

)

(46.3

)

(53.8

)

(56.0

)

(55.7

)

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

(4.1

)

(12.5

)

(14.4

)

(9.1

)

(1.0

)

(7.3

)

Loss on purchase price hedges

 

(379.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense) - net

 

(3.0

)

9.8

 

3.4

 

3.4

 

(0.8

)

0.5

 

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

 

79.2

 

436.9

 

233.8

 

83.0

 

30.6

 

6.0

 

Provision for taxes on income

 

1.5

 

122.1

 

74.8

 

16.6

 

5.8

 

1.1

 

Earnings from continuing operations before minority interest

 

77.7

 

314.8

 

159.0

 

66.4

 

24.8

 

4.9

 

Minority interest, net of income taxes

 

(1.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

79.6

 

314.8

 

159.0

 

66.4

 

24.8

 

4.9

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(143.4

21.9

 

7.2

 

(6.4

)

13.1

 

10.7

 

Gain (loss) on sale or closure of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

53.1

 

 

 

5.8

 

1.2

 

(12.0

)

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(10.7

$

336.7

 

$

166.2

 

$

65.8

 

$

39.1

 

$

3.6

 

Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from operations

 

$

309.0

 

$

244.0

 

$

393.0

 

$

106.7

 

$

57.0

 

$

150.9

 

Identifiable Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cranes and Related Products

 

$

2,223.7

 

$

1,958.0

 

$

1,572.4

 

$

1,224.7

 

$

1,279.7

 

$

1,151.8

 

Foodservice Equipment

 

3,389.4

 

341.5

 

340.1

 

313.2

 

302.9

 

290.6

 

Corporate

 

452.3

 

571.9

 

307.0

 

423.9

 

345.5

 

217.8

 

Total

 

$

6,065.4

 

$

2,871.4

 

$

2,219.5

 

$

1,961.8

 

$

1,928.1

 

$

1,660.2

 

Long-term Obligations

 

$

2,597.5

 

$

272.0

 

$

264.3

 

$

474.0

 

$

512.2

 

$

567.1

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cranes and Related Products

 

$

66.3

 

$

70.4

 

$

58.4

 

$

51.8

 

$

42.9

 

$

36.8

 

Foodservice Equipment

 

12.4

 

8.0

 

7.2

 

6.1

 

4.9

 

5.9

 

Corporate

 

1.5

 

1.8

 

1.8

 

1.5

 

1.4

 

1.1

 

Total

 

$

80.2

 

$

80.2

 

$

67.4

 

$

59.4

 

$

49.2

 

$

43.8

 

Capital Expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cranes and Related Products

 

129.4

 

103.7

 

51.3

 

32.9

 

24.2

 

25.0

 

Foodservice Equipment

 

10.9

 

3.7

 

10.9

 

16.9

 

11.8

 

4.7

 

Corporate

 

10.0

 

5.4

 

2.3

 

1.0

 

2.9

 

1.3

 

Total

 

$

150.3

 

$

112.8

 

$

64.5

 

$

50.8

 

$

38.9

 

$

31.0

 

Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

$

0.61

 

$

2.53

 

$

1.30

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.05

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(1.10

)

0.18

 

0.06

 

(0.05

)

0.12

 

0.10

 

Gain (loss) on sale or closure of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

0.41

 

 

 

0.05

 

0.01

 

(0.11

)

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(0.08

)

$

2.70

 

$

1.36

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.03

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

$

0.61

 

$

2.47

 

$

1.27

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.05

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(1.10

)

0.17

 

0.06

 

(0.06

)

0.12

 

0.10

 

Gain (loss) on sale or closure of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

0.41

 

 

 

0.05

 

0.01

 

(0.11

)

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(0.08

)

$

2.64

 

$

1.32

 

$

0.53

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.03

 

Avg Shares Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

129,930,749

 

124,667,931

 

122,449,148

 

120,586,420

 

107,602,520

 

106,301,800

 

Diluted

 

129,930,749

 

127,489,416

 

125,571,532

 

123,052,068

 

109,508,720

 

106,811,408

 

 

20



Table of Contents

 

1)               Discontinued operations represent the results of operations and gain or loss on sale or closure of the Marine segment, substantially all Enodis ice businesses and certain Enodis non-ice businesses DRI, Toledo Ship Repair, Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., Femco Machine Company, Inc., North Central Crane & Excavator Sales Corporation, and the Aerial Work Platform businesses, which either qualified for discontinued operations treatment, or were sold or closed during 2008, 2005, 2004, or 2003.

 

2)               On July 26, 2007, the board of directors authorized a two-for-one split of the company’s common stock.  Record holders of Manitowoc’s common stock at the close of business on August 31, 2007 received on September 10, 2007 one additional share of common stock for every share of Manitowoc common stock they owned as of August 31, 2007.  Manitowoc shares outstanding at the close of business on August 31, 2007 totaled 62,787,642.  The company’s common stock began trading at its post-split price at the beginning of trading on September 11, 2007.  Per share, share and stock option amounts within this Annual Report on Form 10-K for all periods presented have been adjusted to reflect the stock split.

 

3)               We acquired two businesses during 2008, two businesses during 2007, and two businesses during 2006.

 

4)               Cash dividends per share for 2003 through 2008 were as follows: $0.07 (2003 through 2006), $0.075 (2007), and $0.08 (2008)

 

Item 7.     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing in Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Overview The Manitowoc Company, Inc. is a multi-industry, capital goods manufacturer in two principal markets: Cranes and Related Products (Crane) and Foodservice Equipment (Foodservice).  Crane is recognized as one of the world’s largest providers of lifting equipment for the global construction industry, including lattice-boom cranes, tower cranes, mobile telescopic cranes, and boom trucks.  Foodservice is one of the world’s leading innovators and manufacturers of commercial foodservice equipment serving the ice, beverage, refrigeration, food preparation, and cooking needs of restaurants, convenience stores, hotels, healthcare, and institutional applications.

 

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation as a result of the sale of the Marine segment on December 31, 2008.  The company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, accompanying notes and other information provided in this Form 10-K reflect the Marine segment as a discontinued operation for all periods presented.  After reclassifying the Marine segment to discontinued operations, the company has two remaining reportable segments, the Crane and Foodservice segments.  See further detail related to the Marine segment at Note 4, “Discontinued Operations.”

 

In order to secure clearance for the acquisition of Enodis from the European Commission and United States Department of Justice, Manitowoc agreed to sell substantially all of Enodis’ global ice machine operations following completion of the transaction.  The businesses that will be sold are operated under the Scotsman, Ice-O-Matic, Simag, Barline, Icematic, and Oref brand names.  The company has also agreed to sell certain non-ice businesses of Enodis located in Italy that are operated under the Tecnomac and Icematic brand names.  Prior to disposal, the antitrust clearances require that the ice businesses are treated as standalone operations in competition with Manitowoc.  The divestiture of the businesses is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2009.  The results of these operations have been classified as discontinued operations.  See further detail related to these businesses held for sale at Note 4, “Discontinued Operations.”

 

During the third quarter of 2005, we decided to close Toledo Ship Repair Company (Toledo Ship Repair), a division of the company’s previously wholly-owned subsidiary, Manitowoc Marine Group, LLC.  The $0.3 million loss represents the final disposition of Toledo Ship Repair in 2006.  We have reported the results of these operations as discontinued in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.”  See further detail related to Toledo Ship Repair at Note 4, “Discontinued Operations.”

 

The following discussion and analysis covers key drivers behind our results for 2006 through 2008 and is broken down into three major sections.  First, we provide an overview of our results of operations for the years 2006 through 2008 on a consolidated basis and by business segment.  Next we discuss our market conditions, liquidity and capital resources, off balance sheet arrangements, and obligations and commitments.  Finally, we provide a discussion of risk management techniques, contingent liability issues, critical accounting policies, impacts of future accounting changes, and cautionary statements.

 

All dollar amounts, except per share amounts, are in millions of dollars throughout the tables included in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations unless otherwise indicated.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

Results of Consolidated Operations

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

4,503.0

 

$

3,684.0

 

$

2,650.8

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

3,487.2

 

2,822.5

 

2,039.5

 

Engineering, selling and administrative expenses

 

455.1

 

377.9

 

316.9

 

Amortization expense

 

11.6

 

5.8

 

3.3

 

Gain on sale of parts line

 

 

(3.3

)

 

Pension settlements

 

 

5.3

 

 

Integration expense

 

7.6

 

 

 

Restructuring expense

 

21.7

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

 

3,983.2

 

3,208.2

 

2,359.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating earnings from continuing operations

 

519.8

 

475.8

 

291.1

 

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(54.1

)

(36.2

)

(46.3

)

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

(4.1

)

(12.5

)

(14.4

)

Loss on purchase price hedges

 

(379.4

)

 

 

Other income (expense)-net

 

(3.0

)

9.8

 

3.4

 

Total other expenses

 

(440.6

)

(38.9

)

(57.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations before taxes on income before taxes and minority interest

 

79.2

 

436.9

 

233.8

 

Provision for taxes on income

 

1.5

 

122.1

 

74.8

 

Earnings from continuing operations before minority interest

 

77.7

 

314.8

 

159.0

 

Minority interest, net of income taxes

 

(1.9

)

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

79.6

 

314.8

 

159.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(143.4

)

21.9

 

7.2

 

Gain on sale or closure of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

53.1

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(10.7)

 

$

336.7

 

$

166.2

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to 2007

 

Consolidated net sales increased 22.2% in 2008 to $4.5 billion from $3.7 billion in 2007.  This increase was the result of higher year-over-year sales in the Crane segment and due to higher sales in the Foodservice segment as a result of sales from our newly acquired Enodis business.  This business generated net sales of approximately $179.1 million since its acquisition on October 27, 2008.  Sales in our Crane segment increased 19.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The stronger Euro currency compared to the U.S. Dollar had a favorable impact on sales of approximately $154.0 million or 3.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.  Further analysis of the increases in sales by segment is presented in the Sales and Operating Earnings by Segment section below.

 

Gross profit increased for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $1.0 billion compared to $861.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of 17.9%.  Gross margin decreased in 2008 to 22.6% from 23.4% in 2007.   The increase in consolidated gross profit was driven by both segments as a result of higher sales volumes in the Crane segment and the inclusion of gross profit results of the Enodis business for two months.  The decrease in gross margin occurred as a result of higher material costs for both segments.  Crane segment gross profit increased in 2008 to $856.4 million from $729.4 million in 2007, while gross margin decreased to 22.1% from 22.5% over the same period.  The Foodservice segment’s gross profit increased in 2008 to $156.5 million from $131.6 million, while gross margin decreased from 30.0% in 2007 to 25.2% in 2008.  The strength in the Euro currency resulted in an increase on gross profit of approximately $28.6 million or 2.8% for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Engineering, selling and administrative (ES&A) expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased approximately $77.2

 

22



Table of Contents

 

million to $455.1 million compared to $377.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  This increase was driven by higher expenses in the Crane and Foodservice segments and for general corporate expenses.  Crane segment ES&A expense increased due to higher selling expenses, increased costs related to the 2008 and 2007 acquisitions, expenses related to the ERP implementation project and the negative impact of the stronger Euro resulting in an additional $10.4 million in expenses.  The increase in Foodservice segment ES&A expenses are due to approximately two months of additional expenses incurred within the Enodis business.

 

Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $11.6 million as compared to $5.8 million for 2007 primarily as a result of the additional intangible assets from the Enodis acquisition (see further detail related to the intangible assets at Note 3, “Acquisitions”).  Integration expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $7.6 million and was related to the integration activities associated with the Enodis acquisition. There was no integration expense in 2007.

 

Restructuring expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $21.7 million as compared to no restructuring expense in 2007.  The restructuring expense is in response to the accelerated decline in demand in Western and Southern Europe where market conditions have negatively impacted our tower crane product sales.  The tower crane backlog in Europe has declined by almost 80% in 2008 compared to the same period in 2007.  To better align the company’s resources with the current demand in Europe the company committed to a restructuring plan in the fourth quarter of 2008 to reduce the cost structure of its French and Portuguese facilities.  The plan includes workforce reductions of approximately 350 employees in France and 120 employees in Portugal.  As of December 31, 2008, no significant benefit payments have been made in connection with such workforce reductions.

 

On April 3, 2007, we sold all of our aftermarket replacement parts and rights to manufacture, sell and service aftermarket replacement parts for all the models of the Grove Manlift aerial work platform product line around the world to MinnPar LLC (MinnPar).  We received $4.9 million in proceeds and recognized a gain of $3.3 million, which is recorded in gain on sale of parts line in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

During the second quarter of 2007, we made a $15.1 million pension contribution to our U.K. defined benefit pension plan.  The $15.1 million contribution funded the defined benefit plan as well as paid an incentive to certain pensioners to transfer from the defined benefit plan to a defined contribution plan.  As a result of this payment, the company recorded a charge during the second quarter of 2007 of approximately $3.8 million to reflect the incentive given to the pensioners and expenses incurred.  This charge is recorded in pension settlements in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Subsequent to the funding of the defined benefit pension plan, approximately $39.2 million of assets and related liabilities were transferred from the defined benefit pension plan to a defined contribution pension plan.

 

During the second quarter of 2007, we recorded a charge of $1.4 million related to a withdraw liability from a multiemployer pension plan at our former River Falls, Wisconsin facility.  During the third quarter of 2005, we closed our Kolpak operation located in River Falls, Wisconsin and consolidated it with our operation in Tennessee. This charge is recorded in pension settlements in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $54.1 million versus $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.   The increase is the result of approximately two months of additional interest expense related to our New Credit Agreement of $2,925.0 million which became effective on August 25, 2008 and was drawn upon on November 6, 2008, in order to fund our purchase of Enodis. See further detail on the New Credit Agreement at Note 10, “Debt.”

 

On December 31, 2008, the company made a cash payment of $118.5 million to partially pay down the balance of the Term Loan X.  As of December 31, 2008, the balance of Term Loan X was $181.5 million.  As a result of this payment, the company incurred a charge of $4.1 million related to the partial write-off of debt issuance costs of $3.3 million and the write off of other deferred financing fees totaling $0.8 million.  The charge was recorded in loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

During July 2008, the company entered into various hedging transactions (the “hedges”) to comply with the terms of its New Credit Agreement (see further detail related to the New Credit Agreement at Note 10, “Debt”) issued to fund the purchase of Enodis.  The hedges were required to limit the company’s exposure to fluctuations in the underlying Great British Pound (GBP) purchase price of the Enodis shares which could have ultimately required additional funding capacity under the New Credit Agreement.  Subsequent to entering into the hedging transactions, the U.S. Dollar strengthened against the GBP which resulted in a significant change to the fair value of the underlying hedges.   Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement (FAS) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” states that hedges of a firm commitment to acquire a business do not qualify for hedge accounting (or balance sheet) treatment.  Therefore, the periodic market value changes in these hedges are required to be recognized in the income statement.  The final disposition of these hedge positions was determined based upon the market exchange rate on November 6, 2008, the date the funding transaction was completed.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, the loss on currency hedges related to the purchase of Enodis was $379.4 million.

 

Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2008 was a loss of $3.0 million versus a gain of $9.8 million for the prior year.  The loss in 2008 is the result of other foreign currency losses of $14.0 million, offset by

 

23



Table of Contents

 

interest income of $11.0 million which was higher than the 2007 interest income of $8.4 million due to higher cash balances throughout 2008 versus 2007.

 

On August 1, 2007, we redeemed our 10 ½% senior subordinated notes due 2012. Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, we paid the note holders 105.25% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest up to the redemption date. The total cash payment for the redemption was $129.6 million.  As a result of this redemption, we incurred a charge of $12.5 million ($8.1 million net of income taxes) related to the call premium, the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and other expenses. The charge was recorded in loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 1.9% compared to 28.0% for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The lower effective tax rate in 2008 was the result of a significant decrease in U.S. pre-tax income, primarily as a result of the loss on currency hedges.  The effective tax rate in 2007 was lower than the statutory rate as a result of a foreign tax credit carryforward which was recognized during the second quarter of 2007 and an IRS audit settlement during the third quarter of 2007.  In addition, all periods were favorably affected, as compared to the statutory rate, to varying degrees by certain global tax planning initiatives.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, a minority interest loss of $1.9 million was recorded in relation to our 50% joint venture with the shareholders of Tai’An Dongyue in 2008.  See further detail related to the joint venture at Note 3, “Acquisitions.”

 

The results from discontinued operations were a loss of $143.4 million and earnings of $21.9 million, net of income taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The 2008 earnings relate to the results of operations of the former Marine segment sold on December 31, 2008 and the Enodis ice businesses classified as held-for-sale at year-end which included a non-cash impairment charge of $175.0 million.  The 2007 earnings from discontinued operations relate to the results of operations from the Marine segment and to the favorable product liability experience related to our discontinued Manlift business which was sold in 2004.  We also realized an after tax gain on the sale of our former Marine segment of $53.1 million during 2008.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to 2006

 

Consolidated net sales increased 39.0% in 2007 to $3.7 billion from $2.7 billion in 2006.  This increase was the result of higher year-over-year sales in both of our business segments.  Sales in our Crane and Foodservice segments increased 45.2% and 5.5%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 2006.  Changes in currency exchange rates resulted in an increase in sales of $122.8 million or 3.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006.  Further analysis of the increases in sales by segment is presented in the Sales and Operating Earnings by Segment section below.

 

Gross profit increased significantly for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $861.5 million compared to $611.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 - an increase of 40.9%.  Gross margin increased in 2007 to 23.4% from 23.1% in 2006.   The increase in consolidated gross profit and margin was driven by both segments as a result of higher sales volumes and increased productivity.  Crane segment gross profit increased in 2007 to $729.8 million from $488.7 million in 2006, while gross margin increased to 22.5% from 21.9% over the same period.  The Foodservice segment’s gross profit and gross margin increased from $122.7 million and 29.5% in 2006 to $131.6 million and 30.0% in 2007, respectively.

 

Engineering, selling and administrative (ES&A) expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased approximately $61.0 million to $377.9 million compared to $316.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  This increase was primarily driven by the Crane and Foodservice segments and corporate expenses.  Crane segment ES&A expense increased due to higher engineering and selling expenses, increased employee related costs and expenses related to the initiation of an ERP implementation project. Foodservice segment ES&A expenses increased due to higher employee and commission costs.  Corporate expenses increased primarily due to increased employee related costs.

 

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $36.2 million versus $46.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.   The decrease resulted from the company’s redemption of the 10 ½% senior subordinated notes due 2012.  This decrease was partially offset by an increase in the average borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility and higher accounts receivable securitization interest costs.

 

We redeemed our 10 ½% senior subordinated notes due 2012 in August 2007.  Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, we paid the note holders 105.25 percent of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest up to the redemption date.  As a result of this redemption, we incurred a charge of $12.5 million ($8.6 million net of income taxes) related to the call premium, the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and other expenses.  The charge was recorded in loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2007 was 28.0% compared to 32.0% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The lower effective tax rate in 2007 was a result of a foreign tax credit carryforward which was recognized during the second quarter and an IRS audit settlement during the third quarter.  In addition, all periods were favorably affected, as compared to the statutory rate,

 

24



Table of Contents

 

to varying degrees by certain global tax planning initiatives.

 

The earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily reflects the divested Marine business and the favorable product liability experience related to our discontinued Manlift business which was sold in 2004.

 

Sales and Operating Earnings by Segment

 

Operating earnings reported below by segment include the impact of reductions due to restructurings and plant consolidation costs, whereas these expenses were separately identified in the Results of Consolidated Operations table above.

 

Cranes and Related Products Segment

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Net sales

 

$

3,882.9

 

$

3,245.7

 

$

2,235.4

 

Operating earnings

 

$

555.6

 

$

470.5

 

$

280.6

 

Operating margin

 

14.3

%

14.5

%

12.6

%

 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to 2007

 

Crane segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased 19.6% to $3.9 billion versus $3.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007.   Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased over the prior year in all of our major geographic regions.  The Crane segment benefited from a strong crane end-market demand during the first nine months of 2008 as compared to the same period of 2007.  Due to the slowing world economy, the lower demand for cranes, especially for tower cranes, during the last 3 months of 2008 were lower than the same period in 2007.  From a product line standpoint, the sales increase was driven by increased volumes of crawler, tower and mobile hydraulic cranes worldwide, and increases in our aftermarket sales and service business, slightly offset by decreased sales of our boom truck cranes in North America due to the continued soft residential housing construction market. As of December 31, 2008, total Crane segment backlog was $1.9 billion, a 32.3% decrease as compared to the December 31, 2007 backlog of $2.9 billion and a 41.5% decrease versus the September 30, 2008 backlog of $3.3 billion.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Crane segment reported operating earnings of $555.6 million compared to $470.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Operating earnings of the Crane segment were favorably affected by increased volume across all regions and all product lines except for boom trucks, appropriate product price increases, and product cost takeout initiatives.  These results were partially offset by product cost increases and higher administrative costs due in part to the unfavorable impact of a stronger Euro currency as compared to the U.S. Dollar for the majority of 2008.  Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 14.3% versus 14.5% for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Higher material costs and softening sales of our higher margin product lines in the fourth quarter contributed to the decline in operating margin.

 

To better align the company’s resources with the current demand in Europe the company committed to a restructuring plan in the fourth quarter of 2008 to reduce the cost structures of its French and Portuguese facilities.  The plan includes workforce reductions of approximately 350 employees in France and 120 employees in Portugal.  During, 2008, the company has recorded $21.7 million in expense associated with involuntary employee terminations and related costs.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to 2006

 

Crane segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased 45.2% to $3.2 billion versus $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006.   Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased over the prior year in all of our major geographic regions.  The Crane segment benefited from strong crane end-market demand.  From a product line standpoint, the sales increase was driven by increased volumes of crawler, tower and mobile hydraulic cranes worldwide, and increases in our aftermarket sales and service business, slightly offset by decreased sales of our boom truck cranes in North America due to the softening residential housing construction market. As of December 31, 2007, total Crane segment backlog was $2.9 billion, an 87.5% increase over the December 31, 2006 backlog of $1.5 billion and an 8.4% increase over the September 30, 2007 backlog of $2.7 billion.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Crane segment reported operating earnings of $470.5 million compared to $280.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  Operating earnings of the Crane segment were favorably affected by increased volume across all regions and all but one product line, manufacturing productivity gains, product cost takeout initiatives, and price increases where appropriate. Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2007 was 14.5% as compared to 12.6% for the year ended December 31, 2006.  Strong factory performance, leveraging of fixed costs, and appropriate pricing initiatives in all our regions contributed to the gains in profit and margin, somewhat offset by higher costs of materials.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Foodservice Equipment Segment

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Net sales

 

$

620.1

 

$

438.3

 

$

415.4

 

Operating earnings

 

$

56.8

 

$

61.3

 

$

56.2

 

Operating margin

 

9.2

%

14.0

%

13.5

%

 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to 2007

 

Foodservice segment net sales increased 41.5% or $181.8 million to $620.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to $438.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The sales increase during 2008 was driven by the $179.1 million in net sales from the Enodis business since its acquisition on October 27, 2008.  Excluding the sales from Enodis, sales would have only increased by $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period last year.  This increase was the result of price increases and a favorable currency exchange rate impact.  By region, strong sales in the Asia markets and slightly higher sales in Europe more than offset weaker sales in North America.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Foodservice segment reported operating earnings of $56.8 million compared to $61.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.   The operating earnings decrease was mainly due to the operating earnings loss of $3.7 million from the Enodis business as a result of a $9.5 million inventory step-up purchase accounting adjustment recorded in the opening balance sheet and subsequently recognized as a charge to earnings for the quarter.  Operating earnings in 2008 for the legacy Maintowoc Foodservice businesses, as compared to 2007 were lower by $0.8 million.  This decrease was due to higher material costs and lower volume of higher margin ice products mainly offset by appropriate pricing initiatives and product cost takeouts.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to 2006

 

Foodservice segment net sales increased 5.5% to $438.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 versus $415.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  The sales increase during 2007 was driven by all divisions and the full year results of McCann’s which was acquired on May 26, 2006.  The increases were a result of both volume and pricing increases versus the prior year.  In addition, our beverage division benefited from the acquisition of McCann’s, which added approximately $20.8 million of sales for the full year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to approximately $11.4 million of sales for the last half of the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Foodservice segment reported operating earnings of $61.3 million compared to $56.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.   Operating results for 2007 were improved as a result of increased volumes, appropriate pricing initiatives, and product cost takeouts.  These benefits were somewhat offset by material cost increases and higher employee and commission costs. The McCann’s acquisition benefited 2007 operating earnings by $3.7 million compared to 2006 operating earnings of $1.4 million.

 

General Corporate Expenses

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Net sales

 

$

4,503.0

 

$

3,684.0

 

$

2,650.8

 

Corporate expenses

 

$

51.7

 

$

48.2

 

$

42.4

 

% of Net sales

 

1.1

%

1.3

%

1.6

%

 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to 2007

 

Corporate expenses increased $3.5 million to $51.7 million in 2008 compared to $48.2 million in 2007.  The increase was primarily due to higher employee related costs, health care costs, and other professional expenses.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to 2006

 

Corporate expenses increased $5.8 million to $48.2 million in 2007 compared to $42.4 million in 2006.  The increase was primarily due to higher employee related costs and other professional expenses.

 

Market Conditions and Outlook

 

During 2009, we will strive to successfully execute our long-term strategy of building market-leadership positions in our two core markets: Cranes and related products and Foodservice equipment.  In addition, since we have divested our Marine segment we are now focusing all resources and management efforts on expanding our competitive position within our two remaining segments.  As a

 

26



Table of Contents

 

result of the global economic slowdown, we have taken actions and will make additional changes to our businesses as market dynamics continue to unfold in 2009.  We intend to build on our leadership positions during this slowdown and emerge as an even stronger competitor.

 

Looking ahead to 2009, we have forecasted consolidated revenue of approximately $4.9 billion.  This is based on estimated revenue of $3.2 billion in the Crane segment and $1.7 billion in the Foodservice segment.  We have forecasted operating margins in the low double digit range for both segments.  Based on these assumptions, we expect earnings per share in the range of $1.35 to $1.60 per share, excluding special items, such as further restructuring costs.  Other financial expectations for 2009 include capital expenditures not to exceed $120 million, depreciation and amortization of $135 million, and an effective tax rate in the mid-20% range.  Finally, we have set a year-end debt reduction target of $1 billion since funding the Enodis acquisition in November of 2008.  Due to continuing weak market conditions and continued global economic uncertainty, we cannot be assurred of meeting these forecasts and actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

 

Cranes and Related Products - For the industry data currently available through the first three quarters of 2008, Manitowoc grew market share slightly in tower cranes, lattice boom crawler cranes, and truck cranes.  Truck cranes increased due in part to the addition of the new Tai’An Dongyue joint venture in China market and stronger sales in the U.S.  Rough terrain market share was unchanged compared with 2007 with a slight decline in the U.S. which was compensated by share growth in Europe and the Middle East.  All Terrain crane market share remained level from 2007 to 2008 with gains in the Americas compensating for declines in Asia.

 

Looking ahead, we expect sales volumes to decrease in 2009 as construction spend is expected to decline an additional 2% versus 2008 worldwide in real terms according to Global Insight, and specifically non-residential construction will remain flat versus 2008.  Similarly, the U.S. construction market is expected to decline 14% in 2009.  The non-residential construction decline in the U.S. will be a significant contributor to this decline as it is expected to drop an additional 11% for the year.  The impacts of any economic stimulus packages and especially those targeted to stimulate infrastructure and energy projects which are heavy crane markets, are unknown. 

 

Manitowoc will continue to improve our product lines and we have a variety of new product programs in queue for the next three years for all our product families as we continue to grow worldwide, especially in emerging markets through our new facilities in China, India and Slovakia and we target other long term growth markets in Russia and Brazil.  Along with product offerings tailored for growing markets, we will also expand and strengthen our renowned Crane CARE global product support network to be well positioned for the long term in all major markets worldwide.  As the market declines, we will also use the opportunity to improve our design and manufacturing processes to ensure we maintain our reputation for high quality products for the long term into the recovery.

 

Foodservice Equipment – The biggest negative economic factors in 2008 were the decline into recession for most economies, the spike in commodity costs, and the rise to record levels of oil prices that reduced disposable income and changed dining out patterns. On the positive side, it was the continual effect of changing consumer demand on operators that translated into the need for innovative foodservice equipment that answered the call for new menu items, more efficient equipment, and new beverage offerings to try to increase same store sales.  Regionally, Asia continued its strong growth, in particular China driven by QSR expansion and project business driven by the Olympic Games in Beijing.

 

The global economy continues to be our greatest concern in 2009.  We believe the segments that performed well in 2008 could continue to benefit in the coming months:  quick service restaurants (QSRs), which benefitted from consumers trading down from higher priced alternatives, institutional customers and large project business.  From a product standpoint we expect the demand for accelerated cooking products, custom refrigeration, and energy efficient products to outperform other products families.  We also believe end user chains will continue to seek new menu items to drive sales.  We expect all developed regions to experience continued economic weakness and for the emerging markets, primarily Asia, to exhibit much slower growth.

 

With the Enodis acquisition, we will continue with our history of bringing innovative products and services to the foodservice market, only now that market is much wider and diverse.  We will continue to develop customer driven solutions through more energy efficient equipment, integrated kitchen systems and products that do more while taking up less physical space.  The softer global economy will also focus our efforts to realize synergies more quickly and improve our overall development, manufacturing, and marketing processes.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash flow from operations during 2008 was $309.0 million compared to $244.0 million in 2007.  We applied a portion of this cash flow in 2008 to capital spending, dividends and payment of outstanding debt.  We had $173.0 million in cash and cash equivalents on-hand at December 31, 2008 versus $366.9 million on-hand at December 31, 2007.

 

Cash flow from operating activities during 2008 was affected by stronger earnings from continuing operations of $519.8 million as compared to $475.8 million in 2007.  An increase in accounts payable of $35.1 million also favorably impacted cash flow from operations.  The increase in accounts payable is related to higher levels of inventory as compared to the prior year.  These favorable impacts were offset by increases of accounts receivable and inventories of $25.4 million and $179.9 million, respectively, and a decrease in accrued income taxes of $105.9 million. The receivable increase related to higher sales of our Crane products while the increase in inventory levels was also due to the higher sales in our Crane segment negatively impacted by the downturn in Crane demand we saw in the fourth quarter of 2008.  The decrease in accrued income taxes relates to payments of accrued income taxes and overpayments of estimated income taxes which are now classified as a receivable as of December 31, 2008.   

 

Net earnings from discontinued operations, before the non-cash impairment charge of $175.0 million, was $31.6 million which also contributed to total cash from operations.

 

Cash flows from investing activities consist primarily of cash used for acquisitions and capital expenditures and cash provided from the sale of the Marine segment.  Net cash used in investing activities during 2008 was $2.4 billion as compared to $186.6 million during 2007.  Cash was primarily used to fund our acquisition of Enodis for $2,060.8 million and the related $379.4 million settlement of hedges implemented to reduce the currency risk of the GBP purchase price.  Capital spending, excluding equipment held for rental, of $150.3 million in 2008 was higher than the 2007 total of $112.8 million primarily due to the upgrade and replacement of manufacturing equipment, support of new product development, improvement of information technology systems and completion of capacity expansion projects.  Additionally, on December 31, 2008, the company received $118.5 million from the sale of its Marine segment.

 

Cash flows from financing activities consist primarily of proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt to effect the Enodis acquisition and cash used by financing activities consist primarily of repayments of indebtedness and payments of dividends to shareholders.  Financing activities resulted in a net source of cash of $1.9 billion during 2008 compared to cash provided from financing operations of $123.9 million during 2007. 

 

27



Table of Contents

 

On October 27, 2008, we completed our acquisition of Enodis, a global leader in the design and manufacture of innovative equipment for the commercial foodservice industry.  The $2.7 billion acquisition, inclusive of the purchase of outstanding shares and rights to shares, acquired debt, the settlement of hedges related to the acquisition and transaction fees, the largest and most recent acquisition for the company, has established Manitowoc among the world’s top manufacturers of commercial foodservice equipment. With this acquisition, our Foodservice capabilities now span refrigeration, ice-making, cooking, food-prep, and beverage-dispensing technologies, and allow Manitowoc to be able to equip entire commercial kitchens and serve the world’s growing demand for food prepared away from home.  See further detail related to the acquisitions at Note 3, “Acquisitions.”

 

In order to fund the Enodis acquisition, in April 2008, the company entered into a $2,400.0 million credit agreement which was amended and restated as of August 25, 2008 to ultimately increase the size of the total facility to $2,925.0 million (New Credit Agreement).  The New Credit Agreement became effective November 6, 2008.  Prior to November 6, 2008, the company borrowed from its $300.0 million Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2006.

 

The New Credit Agreement includes four loan facilities – a revolving facility of $400.0 million with a five-year term, a Term Loan A of $1,025.0 million with a five-year term, a Term Loan B of $1,200.0 million with a six-year term, and a Term Loan X of $300.0 million with an eighteen-month term.  The company has the option to increase the borrowing capacity of the revolving facility or Term Loan A, if agreed upon by the lender, up to an aggregate amount of $300.0 million. The company is obligated to prepay the three term loan facilities from the net proceeds of asset sales, casualty losses, equity offerings, and new indebtedness for borrowed money, and from a portion of its excess cash flow, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Borrowings made under the revolving facility Term Loan A, and Term Loan X will initially bear interest at 3.25 percent in excess of an adjusted London Interbank Offered (LIBO) rate as defined in the New Credit Agreement, or 1.50 percent in excess of an alternate base rate, at the company’s option.  Borrowings made under the Term Loan B will initially bear interest at 3.50 percent in excess of an adjusted LIBO rate as defined in the New Credit Agreement, or 1.50 percent in excess of an alternate base rate, at the company’s option.  The company cannot borrow under the alternate base rate option if that rate is lower than the adjusted LIBO rate.  A commitment fee applies to the unused portion revolving facility and is currently 0.50 percent per year.

 

The New Credit Agreement contains financial covenants whereby the ratio of (a) consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other adjustments, as defined in the New Credit Agreement (EBITDA) to (b) consolidated interest expense, each for the most recent four fiscal quarters (Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio) and the ratio of (c) consolidated indebtedness to (d) consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarters (Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio) at all time, must each meet certain defined limits. The minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is required to be greater than 2.50:1.00 for fiscal quarters through March 31, 2009, 2.75:1.00 for fiscal quarters after March 31, 2009 through March 31, 2010 and greater than 3.00:1.00 thereafter.  The Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio is required to be less than 4.00:1.00 through December 30, 2009, less than 3.75:1.00 from December 31, 2009 through December 30, 2010 and less than 3.50:1.00 thereafter. The New Credit agreement also contains customary representations and warranties and events of default.

 

As of December 31, 2008, we complied with all affirmative and negative covenants inclusive of the financial covenants pertaining to our New Credit Agreement.  Based on our forecasted operating results and related debt reductions, we have projected compliance will all covenants through March of 2010.  Our ability to comply with the financial covenants in the future depends on further debt reduction and achieving our forecasted operating results.  Given the uncertain global economies, continued constraints in the credit markets, and other market uncertainties, there are various scenarios, including a reduction from forecasted operating results, under which we could violate our financial covenants in the second half of 2009.  Our failure to comply with such covenants or an assessment that we are likely to fail to comply with such covenants, could also lead us to seek an amendment to or a waiver of the financial covenants contained in our New Credit Agreement.  Despite our present belief that we could obtain an amendment if necessary, we cannot provide assurance that we would be able to obtain any amendments to or waivers of the covenants contained in our New Credit Agreement that we may request.  Any such amendment to or waiver of the covenants would likely involve upfront fees, higher annual interest costs and other terms less favorable to us than those currently in our New Credit Agreement.   In the event our current lenders won’t amend or waive the covenants, the debt would be due and we would need to seek alternative financing.  We cannot provide assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative financing.  If we were not able to secure alternative financing, this would have a material adverse impact on the company.

 

As of December 31, 2008, in connection with its New Credit Agreement the company incurred $118.3 million in debt issuance costs.  The cash flow impact of these fees, which totaled $90.8 million, is included in cash flow used for financing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ending December 31, 2008.  The remaining balance of $27.5 million which represents an original issue discount is required to be paid upon extinguishment of Term Loan B.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

On December 31, 2008, the company completed the sale of its Marine segment to Fincantieri Marine Group Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of Fincantieri – Cantieri Navali Italiani SpA.  The sale price in the all-cash transaction was approximately $120 million. The company used the cash proceeds, net of a preliminary working capital adjustment, to partially pay down the balance on the Term Loan X of approximately $118.5 million.  As of December 31, 2008 the balance of Term Loan X was $181.5 million.  As a result of this payment, the company incurred a charge of $4.1 million related to the partial write-off of debt issuance costs of $3.3 million and the write off of other deferred financing fees totaling $0.8 million.  The charge was recorded in loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

On March 6, 2008, the company formed a 50% joint venture with the shareholders of Tai’An Dongyue for the production of mobile and truck-mounted hydraulic cranes.  The cash flow impact of this acquisition is included in business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, within the cash flow from investing section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.  See further detail related to the joint venture at Note 3, “Acquisitions.”

 

The company is party to an accounts receivable securitization program whereby it sells certain of its domestic trade accounts receivable to a wholly owned, bankruptcy-remote, special purpose subsidiary which, in turn, sells participating interests in its pool of receivables to a third-party financial institution (Purchaser). The Purchaser receives an ownership and security interest in the pool of receivables.  New receivables are purchased by the special purpose subsidiary and participation interests are resold to the Purchaser as collections reduce previously sold participation interests. The company has retained collection and administrative responsibilities on the participation interests sold. The Purchaser has no recourse against the company for uncollectible receivables; however, the company’s retained interest in the receivable pool is subordinate to the Purchaser’s interest and is recorded at fair value. Due to a short average collection cycle of less than 60 days for such accounts receivable and the company’s collection history, the fair value of the company’s retained interest approximates book value. The retained interest recorded at December 31, 2008 was $103.0 million, and is included in accounts receivable in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

The securitization program’s capacity was increased from $90 million in 2006 to $105 million in the third quarter of 2007.  The program includes certain domestic trade accounts receivable from our U.S. Crane and Foodservice businesses. Trade accounts receivables sold to the Purchaser and being serviced by the company totaled $105.0 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $5.0 million from the balance sold to the Purchaser at December 31, 2007.

 

We spent a total of $150.3 million during 2008 for capital expenditures.  We continued to fund capital expenditures to improve the cost structure of our business, invest in new processes, products and technology, to maintain high-quality production standards and to complete certain production capacity expansion.  The following table summarizes 2008 capital expenditures and depreciation by segment.

 

 

 

Capital
Expenditures

 

Depreciation

 

Cranes and Related Products

 

$

129.4

 

$

66.3

 

Foodservice Equipment

 

10.9

 

12.4

 

Corporate

 

10.0

 

1.5

 

Total

 

$

150.3

 

$

80.2

 

 

On July 19, 2007, the company acquired Shirke Construction Equipments Pvt. Ltd (Shirke).  Headquartered in Pune, India, Shirke is a market leader in the Indian tower crane industry and has been Potain’s Indian manufacturing partner and distributor since 1982.  The cash flow impact of this acquisition is included in business acquisition, net of cash acquired within the cash flow from investing section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

On January 3, 2007, the company acquired the Carrydeck line of mobile industrial cranes from Marine Travelift, Inc. of Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin.  The acquisition of the Carrydeck line adds six new models to the company’s product offering of mobile industrial cranes.  The cash flow impact of this acquisition is included in business acquisitions, net of cash acquired within the cash flow from investing section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

On April 3, 2007, we sold all of our aftermarket replacement parts and rights to manufacture, sell and service aftermarket replacement parts, for all the models of the Grove Manlift aerial work platform product line around the world, to MinnPar LLC (MinnPar) for $4.9 million.  The cash flow impact of this divestiture is recorded in gain on sale of parts line and in proceeds from sale of business or parts in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

Restricted cash represents cash in escrow funds related to the security for an indemnity agreement for our casualty insurance provider.

 

On August 1, 2007, the company redeemed its 10 ½% senior subordinated notes due 2012.  Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, the company paid the note holders 105.25 percent of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest up to the redemption date.  As a result of this redemption, the company incurred a charge of $12.5 million related to the call premium, the write-off of unamortized

 

29



Table of Contents

 

debt issuance costs and other expenses.  We utilized cash on hand and availability under our revolving credit facility to fund this redemption.

 

During May 2006, we redeemed our 175 million Euro ($216.9 million based on May 15, 2006 exchange rates) 10 3/8% senior subordinated notes due 2011. Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, we paid the note holders 105.188 percent of the principal amount of the notes, which included a call premium of $11.2 million plus accrued and unpaid interest up to the redemption date.   We utilized cash on hand and availability under our revolving credit facility to fund this redemption.  The borrowings drawn on the revolving credit facility to complete this transaction were fully paid off during 2006.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we sold $3.7 million, $14.2 million and $14.8 million, respectively, of our long term notes receivable to third party financing companies. We guarantee varying percentages, up to 100%, of collection of the notes to the financing companies.   We have accounted for the sales of the notes as a financing of receivables.  The receivables remain on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, net of payments made, in other current and non-current assets, and we have recognized an obligation equal to the net outstanding balance of the notes in other current and non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The cash flow benefit of these transactions is reflected as a financing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the customers paid $7.5 million, $18.5 million and $30.2 million, respectively, of the notes to the third party financing companies.  As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the outstanding balance of the notes receivables guaranteed by us was $14.5 million, $18.2 million and $22.3 million, respectively.

 

Our outstanding debt at December 31, 2008 consists of $2.4 billion from our New Credit Agreement, $150.0 million of 7 1/8% senior notes due 2013 (Senior Notes due 2013), as well as outstanding amounts under our revolving credit facility, working capital lines of credit in non-U.S. locations and capital leases.  As of December 31, 2008, we also had outstanding $81.8 million of other indebtedness.  Our total debt has a weighted –average interest rate of 5.9%.  As of December 31, 2008, the company had $614.7 million of unused availability under the terms of the revolving facility (less the balance of outstanding letters of credit and including the $300.0 million option to increase the borrowing capacity of the New Credit Agreement).  See further detail related to our Debt at Note 10, “Debt.”

 

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we cancelled our two fixed-to-floating rate swap contracts which effectively converted $50.0 million of our fixed rate Senior Notes due 2013 to variable rate debt. These contracts were considered to be hedges against changes in the fair value of the fixed rate debt obligation.  In January 2009, the company entered into new interest rate hedging transactions related to its Term Loan A and Term Loan B facilities.  These hedge transactions fixed the interest rate paid for 50 percent of each of these facilities for a weighted average life of at least three years as required by the terms of the New Credit Agreement.  See additional discussion at Note 24, “Subsequent Events.”

 

Our Senior Notes due 2013 contain customary affirmative and negative covenants.  Among other restrictions, these covenants require us to meet specified financial tests, which include the following: consolidated interest coverage ratio and consolidated total leverage ratio.  These covenants also limit, among other things, our ability to redeem or repurchase our debt, incur additional debt, make acquisitions, merge with other entities, pay dividends or distributions, repurchase capital stock, and create or become subject to liens.  We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2008, and based upon our current plans and outlook, we believe we will be able to comply with these covenants during the subsequent 12 months.

 

Our debt position at various times increases our vulnerability to general adverse industry and economic conditions and results in a meaningful portion of our cash flow from operations being used for payment of interest on our debt.  This could potentially limit our ability to respond to market conditions or take advantage of future business opportunities.  Our ability to service our debt is dependent upon many factors, some of which are not subject to our control, such as general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, and regulatory factors.  In addition, our ability to borrow additional funds under the revolving credit facility in the future will depend on our meeting the financial covenants contained in the credit agreement, even after taking into account such new borrowings.

 

The revolving credit facility or other future facilities may be used for working capital requirements, capital expenditures, funding future acquisitions, and other investing and financing needs.  We believe that our available cash, revolving credit facility, cash generated from future operations, and access to public debt and equity markets will be adequate to fund our capital and debt financing requirements for the foreseeable future.

 

Management also considers the following regarding liquidity and capital resources to identify trends, demands, commitments, events and uncertainties that require disclosure:

 

A.              Our New Credit Agreement requires us to comply with certain financial ratios and tests to comply with the terms of the agreement. We were in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2008, the latest measurement date. The occurrence of any default of these covenants could result in acceleration of any outstanding balances under the New Credit Agreement. Further, such acceleration would constitute an event of default under the indentures governing our Senior Notes due 2013 and could trigger cross default provisions in other agreements.

 

B.                Circumstances that could impair our ability to continue to engage in transactions that have been integral to historical operations or are financially or operationally essential, or that could render that activity commercially impracticable, such as the inability to maintain a specified credit rating, level of earnings, earnings per share, financial ratios, or collateral.   We do not believe that the risk factors applicable to our business are reasonably likely to impair our ability to continue to engage in our planned activities at this time.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

C.                Factors specific to us and our markets that we expect to be given significant weight in the determination of our credit rating or will otherwise affect our ability to raise short-term and long-term financing . We do not presently believe that events covered by the risk factors applicable to our business could materially affect our credit ratings or could adversely affect our ability to raise short-term or long-term financing.

 

D.               We have disclosed information related to certain guarantees in Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

E.                 Written options on non-financial assets (for example, real estate puts). We do not have any written options on non-financial assets.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

Our disclosures concerning transactions, arrangements and other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons that are reasonably likely to materially affect liquidity or the availability of or requirements for capital resources are as follows:

 

·                          We have disclosed in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements our buyback and residual value guaranty commitments.

 

·                          We lease various assets under operating leases. The future estimated payments under these arrangements are disclosed in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and in the table below.

 

·                          We have disclosed our accounts receivable securitization arrangement in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

 

A summary of our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008 is as follows:

 

 

 

Total
Committed

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Thereafter

 

Debt

 

$

2,649.4

 

$

181.2

 

$

296.0

 

$

165.7

 

$

165.7

 

$

691.5

 

$

1,149.3

 

Capital leases

 

5.9

 

1.1

 

0.9

 

0.8

 

0.7

 

0.3

 

2.1

 

Operating leases

 

164.6

 

40.1

 

31.3

 

22.9

 

16.6

 

12.9

 

40.8

 

Total committed

 

$

2,819.9

 

$

222.4

 

$

328.2

 

$

189.4

 

$

183.0

 

$

704.7

 

$

1,192.2

 

 

·   There were no significant purchase obligation commitments at December 31, 2008.

 

·   Table above does not include interest payments.

 

·   FIN 48 tax liabilities totaling $66.2 million, excluding related interests and penalties, are not included in the table because the timing of their resolution cannot be estimated. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosures surrounding uncertain income tax positions under FIN 48.

 

At December 31, 2008, we had outstanding letters of credit that totaled $68.3 million.  We also had buyback commitments and residual value guarantees outstanding, that if all were satisfied in full at December 31, 2008, the total cash cost to us would be $105.1 million.  This amount is not reduced for amounts the company would recover from repossessing and subsequent resale of collateral.

 

We maintain defined benefit pension plans for some of our operations in the United States, Europe and Asia. The company has established the Retirement Plan Committee (the Committee) to manage the operations and administration of all benefit plans and related trusts.  In conjunction with the Enodis acquisition (see Note 3), and effective as of December 31, 2008, the company merged all but one of the former Enodis U.S. pension plans into the Manitowoc U.S. pension plan.  The unmerged plan continues to accrue benefits for the enrolled participants, while the remaining merged plans had benefit accruals frozen prior to the merger of the plans.

 

In 2008, cash contributions to all pension plans by us were $3.2 million, and we estimate that our pension plan contributions will be approximately $7.3 million in 2009.

 

Financial Risk Management

 

We are exposed to market risks from changes in interest rates, commodities, and changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  To reduce these risks, we selectively use financial instruments and other proactive management techniques.  We have written policies and procedures that place financial instruments under the direction of corporate finance and restrict all derivative transactions to those intended for hedging purposes.  The use of financial instruments for trading purposes or speculation is strictly prohibited.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

For a more detailed discussion of our accounting policies and the financial instruments that we use, please refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 10, “Debt,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we cancelled our two fixed-to-floating rate swap contracts which effectively converted $50.0 million of our fixed rate Senior Notes due 2013 to variable rate debt. These contracts were considered to be hedges against changes in the fair value of the fixed rate debt obligation.   At December 31, 2008, we did not use interest rate swaps or other types of derivative financial instruments to mitigate the risks related to fluctuations in interest rates which could negatively impact the fair value of our fixed-rate debt or increase our interest cost related to our floating rate debt. However, i n January 2009 the company entered into new interest rate hedging transactions related to its Term Loan A and Term Loan B facilities.  These hedge transactions fixed the interest rate paid for 50 percent of each of these facilities for a weighted average life of at least three years as required by the terms of the New Credit Agreement.  See additional discussion at Note 24, “Subsequent Events.”

 

Commodity Prices

 

We are exposed to fluctuating market prices for commodities, including steel, copper, aluminum, and petroleum-based products.  Each of our business segments is subject to the effect of changing raw material costs caused by movements in underlying commodity prices.  We have established programs to manage the negotiations of commodity prices.  Some of these programs are centralized across business segments, and others are specific to a business segment or business unit. In addition to the regular negotiations of material prices with certain vendors, during 2008 we entered into certain commodity hedges that fix the price of certain of our key commodities utilized in the production of our Foodservice product offerings.  At December 31, 2008, $2.1 million (net of tax of $1.1 million) of unrealized losses due to commodity hedging positions remain deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be realized as a component of cost of sales over the next 12 months.

 

Currency Risk

 

We have manufacturing, sales and distribution facilities around the world and thus make investments and enter into transactions denominated in various foreign currencies.  International sales, including those sales that originated outside of the United States, were approximately 58% of our total sales for 2008, with the largest percentage (30%) being sales into various European countries.

 

Regarding transactional foreign exchange risk, we enter into limited forward exchange contracts to 1) reduce the impact of changes in foreign currency rates between a budgeted rate and the rate realized at the time we recognize a particular purchase or sale transaction and 2) reduce earnings and cash flow impact on nonfunctional currency denominated receivables and payables.  Gains and losses resulting from hedging instruments either impact our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period of the underlying purchase or sale transaction, or offset the foreign exchange gains and losses on the underlying receivables and payables being hedged.  The maturities of these forward exchange contracts coincide with either the underlying transaction date or the settlement date of the related cash inflow or outflow.  The hedges of anticipated transactions are designated as cash flow hedges and the hedges of accounts receivable and accounts payable are designated as fair value hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”  At December 31, 2008, we had outstanding forward exchange contracts hedging anticipated transactions and future settlements of outstanding accounts receivable and accounts payable with an aggregate fair market value of a liability of $5.2 million.  A 10% appreciation or depreciation of the underlying functional currency at December 31, 2008 for fair value hedges would not have a significant impact on our Consolidated Statements of Operations as any gains or losses under the foreign exchange contracts hedging accounts receivable or payable balances would be offset by equal gains or losses on the underlying receivables or payables.  A 10% appreciation or depreciation of the underlying functional currency at December 31, 2008 for cash flow hedges would not have a significant impact on the date of settlement due to the insignificant amounts of such hedges.

 

Amounts invested in non-U.S. based subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect at year-end.  Results of operations are translated into U.S. dollars at an average exchange rate for the period.  The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in stockholders’ equity as cumulative translation adjustments.  The translation adjustment recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2008 is $87.1 million.

 

Environmental, Health, Safety, and Other Matters

 

Please refer to Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements where we have disclosed our Environmental, Health, Safety, Contingencies and other Matters.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include accounts of the company and all its subsidiaries.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect amounts reported in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and related footnotes.  In preparing these Consolidated Financial Statements, we have made our best estimates and judgments of certain amounts included in the Consolidated Financial Statements giving due consideration to materiality.  We do not believe there is a great likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported related to the accounting policies described below.  However, application of these accounting policies involve the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a

 

32



Table of Contents

 

result, actual results could differ from these estimates.  Although we have listed a number of accounting policies below which we believe to be most critical, we also believe that all of our accounting policies are important to the reader.  Therefore, please refer also to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed description of these and other accounting policies of the company.

 

Revenue Recognition — Revenue is generally recognized and earned when all the following criteria are satisfied with regard to a specific transaction: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed and determinable, collectability of cash is reasonably assured, and delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.  We periodically enter into transactions with customers that provide for residual value guarantees and buyback commitments.  These transactions are recorded as operating leases for all significant residual value guarantees and for all buyback commitments.  These initial transactions are recorded as deferred revenue and are amortized to income on a straight-line basis over a period equal to that of the customer’s third-party financing agreement.  In addition, we lease cranes to customers under operating lease terms.  Revenue from operating leases is recognized ratably over the term of the lease, and leased cranes are depreciated over their estimated useful lives.

 

Revenue Recognition under Percentage-of-completion Accounting — Revenue under long-term contracts, primarily within the former Marine segment, are recognized using the percentage-of-completion (POC) method of accounting.  Under this method, sales and gross profit are recognized as work is performed based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs at the completion of the contract. Recognized revenues that will not be billed under the terms of the contract until a later date are recorded as “recoverable costs and accrued profit on progress completed not billed,” which are included in other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Likewise, contracts where billings to date have exceeded recognized revenues are recorded as “amounts billed in excess of sales,” which are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Changes to the original estimates may be required during the life of the contract and such estimates are reviewed when customer change orders are placed and on a regular periodic basis. Sales and gross profit are adjusted when known for revisions in estimated total contract costs and contract values. Claims against customers are recognized as revenue when it is probable that the claim will result in additional contract revenue and the amount can be reliably estimated.  Estimated losses are recorded when identified.  The use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenues, costs and profits and in assigning the amounts to accounting periods. The company continually evaluates all of the issues related to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the POC method of accounting.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts — Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the future.  Our estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables includes evaluation of specific accounts where we have information that the customer may have an inability to meet its financial obligations together with a general provision for unknown but existing doubtful accounts based on pre-established percentages to specific aging categories which are subject to change if experience improves or deteriorates.  Despite overall market conditions and deterioration in the credit markets, we have not experienced a significant change in collection patterns or defaults on customer payments.

 

Inventories and Related Reserve for Obsolete and Excess Inventory — Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using both the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method and the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method and are reduced by a reserve for excess and obsolete inventories.  The estimated reserve is based upon specific identification of excess or obsolete inventories together with a general provision based on pre-established percentages applied to specific aging categories of inventory.  These categories are evaluated based upon historical usage, estimated future usage, and sales requiring the inventory.  These percentages were established based upon historical write-off experience.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — We account for goodwill and other intangible assets under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill is no longer amortized; however, it is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Company performs impairment reviews for its reporting units, which have been determined to be: Cranes Americas; Cranes Europe, Middle East, and Africa; Cranes Asia; Crane CARE; Foodservice Americas; Foodservice Europe, Middle East, and Africa; Foodservice Asia; and Foodservice Retail, using a fair-value method based on the present value of future cash flows, which involves management’s judgments and assumptions. The estimated fair value is then compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including recorded goodwill. The Company is subject to financial statement risk to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value. The impairment testing performed by the Company at June 30, 2008, indicated that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its corresponding carrying amount, including recorded goodwill and, as such, no impairment existed at that time.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2008, our stock price declined significantly and we began to see signs of a slow down in our Crane segment, highlighted by a decrease in our backlog.  Additionally, access to the credit markets, which are critical to the ability of some of our customers to finance crane purchases, has been restricted.  We believed these circumstances to be indicators of potential impairment under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and we performed an impairment test for each of the reporting units within our Crane segment as of December 31, 2008.  We re-performed our established method of present valuing future cash flows, which considered updated projections, and determined that goodwill was not impaired.  The determination of fair value of the reporting units requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, revenue growth and operating earnings projections, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and required capital projections for each reporting unit. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ materially from those estimates. We evaluated the significant assumptions used to determine the fair values of each reporting unit, both individually and in the aggregate and concluded they are reasonable.

 

We also considered a market approach in evaluating the potential for impairment by calculating fair value using recent like transaction multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA).  This analysis also did not indicate impairment. 

 

During the latter part of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and as of December 31, 2008, our market capitalization was below book value.  While we considered the market capitalization decline in our evaluation of fair value of our reporting units, that market metric is only one indicator of fair value. This is particularly true when a company’s share price appears to be significantly influenced by recent transactions or market uncertainty regarding leverage.  We believe the Enodis acquisition and the related increase in debt levels have unduly influenced our share price as evidenced by an excessive decline in share price in comparison with our peers.  When

 

33



Table of Contents

 

taking these factors into consideration, the control premium used by the company was within widely accepted control premium ranges.  A control premium is the amount that a buyer is willing to pay over the current market price of a company in order to acquire a controlling interest.  We therefore concluded there was no indication of impairment under this metric.

 

We will continue to monitor market conditions and determine if any additional interim review of goodwill is warranted.  Further deterioration in the market or actual results as compared with our projections may ultimately result in a future impairment.  In the event we determine that goodwill is impaired in the future, we would need to recognize a non-cash impairment charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated balance sheet and results of operations. 

 

In addition, we completed the acquisition of Enodis during the fourth quarter.  As a result of this acquisition, we have recorded an additional $1.4 billion of goodwill within our Foodservice segment.  The purchase price we paid for Enodis was based on our projections of future operating profits and the expected synergies we believe we can derive from cost savings and revenue enhancements.  However, we cannot be assured that the intended beneficial effect from this acquisition will be realized, particularly given the current difficult market conditions.  Consequently, an impairment charge may be required in a future period if operating results are below our projections.

 

In order to comply with the agreements with the European Commission and the United States Department of Justice we initiated a multiple step process to divest of the required businesses during the fourth quarter of 2008.    As part of our requirement to divest of these businesses, we obtained preliminary purchase offers from several potential buyers.  As we continued with the sales process throughout January and February of 2009 and preliminary purchase offers were rescinded or significantly reduced, it became apparent that the carrying value of the businesses at December 31, 2008 exceeded their fair value. We therefore considered the guidance in SFAS No.144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” and have recognized a non-cash charge of $175.0 million to adjust the carrying amount of the businesses to be divested in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in earnings from discontinued operations at December 31, 2008.  This charge reduces the carrying amount of the businesses to be divested to our revised estimated fair value, less costs to sell.  If the final sales price is less than our estimated fair value an additional impairment charge, which could have a material affect on our consolidated financial statements, would be recognized in future periods.

 

Other intangible assets with definite lives continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite and definite lived intangible assets are also subject to impairment testing.  Indefinite lived assets are tested annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired.  Definite lived intangible assets are tested whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable.   A considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing the impairment tests, principally in determining the fair value of the assets. While the company believes its judgments and assumptions were reasonable, different assumptions could change the estimated fair values and, therefore, impairment charges could be required.

 

Employee Benefit Plans — We provide a range of benefits to our employees and retired employees, including pensions and postretirement health care coverage. Plan assets and obligations are recorded annually based on the company’s measurement date utilizing various actuarial assumptions such as discount rates, expected return on plan assets, compensation increases, retirement and mortality rates, and health care cost trend rates as of that date.  The approach we use to determine the annual assumptions are as follows:

 

·                      Discount Rate — Our discount rate assumptions are based on the interest rate of noncallable high-quality corporate bonds, with appropriate consideration of our pension plans’ participants’ demographics and benefit payment terms.

 

·                      Expected Return on Plan Assets — Our expected return on plan assets assumptions are based on our expectation of the long-term average rate of return on assets in the pension funds, which is reflective of the current and projected asset mix of the funds and considers the historical returns earned on the funds.

 

·                      Compensation increase — Our compensation increase assumptions reflect our long-term actual experience, the near-term outlook and assumed inflation.

 

·                      Retirement and Mortality Rates — Our retirement and mortality rate assumptions are based primarily on actual plan experience and mortality tables.

 

·                      Health Care Cost Trend Rates — Our health care cost trend rate assumptions are developed based on historical cost data, near-term outlook and an assessment of likely long-term trends.

 

Measurements of net periodic benefit cost are based on the assumptions used for the previous year-end measurements of assets and obligations. The company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions when appropriate. As required by U.S. GAAP, the effects of the modifications are recorded currently or amortized over future periods.  Management has developed the assumptions with the assistance of its independent actuaries and other relevant sources and we believe the that our assumptions used are reasonable; however, changes in these assumptions could impact the company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Product Liability — We are subject in the normal course of business to product liability lawsuits.  To the extent permitted under applicable laws, our exposure to losses from these lawsuits is mitigated by insurance with self-insurance retention limits.  We record product liability reserves for our self-insured portion of any pending or threatened product liability actions.  Our reserve is based upon two estimates.  First, we track the population of all outstanding pending and threatened product liability cases to determine an appropriate case reserve for each based upon our best judgment and the advice of legal counsel.  These estimates are continually evaluated and adjusted based upon changes to the facts and circumstances surrounding the case. Second, the company determines the amount of additional reserve required to cover incurred but not reported product liability issues and to account for possible adverse development of the established case reserves (collectively referred to as IBNR).  This analysis is performed at least twice annually.  We have established a position within the actuarially determined range, which we believe is the best estimate of the IBNR liability.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Income Taxes — We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.”  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  We record a valuation allowance that represents a reserve on deferred tax assets for which utilization is uncertain.  Management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets.  The valuation allowance would need to be adjusted in the event future taxable income is materially different than amounts estimated.  Our policy is to remit earnings from foreign subsidiaries only to the extent any resultant foreign taxes are creditable in the United States.  Accordingly, we do not currently provide for additional United States and foreign income taxes which would become payable upon repatriation of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries.

 

We measure and record income tax contingency accruals in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). We recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we must determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis or when new information becomes available to management. These reevaluations are based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, successfully settled issues under audit, expirations due to statutes, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an increase to the tax accrual.

 

Stock Options — The computation of the expense associated with stock-based compensation requires the use of a valuation model.  We currently use a Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of our stock options and stock appreciation rights. The Black-Scholes model requires assumptions regarding the volatility of the company’s stock, the expected life of the stock award and the company’s dividend ratio. We primarily use historical data to determine the assumptions to be used in the Black-Scholes model and have no reason to believe that future data is likely to differ materially from historical data. However, changes in the assumptions to reflect future stock price volatility, future dividend payments and future stock award exercise experience could result in a change in the assumptions used to value awards in the future and may result in a material change to the fair value calculation of stock-based awards.

 

Warranties — In the normal course of business we provide our customers warranties covering workmanship, and in some cases materials, on products manufactured by us.  Such warranties generally provide that products will be free from defects for periods ranging from 12 months to 60 months with certain equipment having longer-term warranties.  If a product fails to comply with our warranty, we may be obligated, at our expense, to correct any defect by repairing or replacing such defective product.  We provide for an estimate of costs that may be incurred under our warranty at the time product revenue is recognized based on historical warranty experience for the related product or estimates of projected losses due to specific warranty issues on new products.  These costs primarily include labor and materials, as necessary associated with repair or replacement.  The primary factors that affect our warranty liability include the number of shipped units and historical and anticipated rates or warranty claims.  As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, we assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty liability and adjust the amounts as necessary.

 

Restructuring Charges — Restructuring charges for exit and disposal activities are recognized when the liability is incurred.  We use the definition of liability found in FASB Concept Statement No. 6, “Elements of Financial Statements.”  In addition, the liability for the restructuring charge associated with an exit or disposal activity is measured initially at its fair value.

 

Recent Accounting Changes and Pronouncements

 

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets”.  FSP FAS 132(R)-1 amends SFAS No. 132(R), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits”, to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about the types of plan assets held in a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan.  This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009.  The company is currently evaluating the impact this statement will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”, which identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”.  SFAS No. 162 is now effective for the company.  The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of

 

35



Table of Contents

 

FASB Statement No. 133”. SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133 with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: 1) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; 2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations; and 3) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The company is currently evaluating the impact on disclosures of the adoption of SFAS No. 161 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an Amendment of ARB No. 51”, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.  SFAS 160 clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements.  SFAS 160 also requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest.  It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated statement of income, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest.  SFAS 160 also provides guidance when a subsidiary is deconsolidated and requires expanded disclosures in the consolidated financial statements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent’s owners and the interests of the noncontrolling owners of a subsidiary.  SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  The company is currently evaluating the impact this statement will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations”, which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer:  (a) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; (b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and (c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination.  SFAS 141(R) requires contingent consideration to be recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date and, for certain arrangements, changes in fair value to be recognized in earnings until settled.  SFAS 141(R) also requires acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs to be expensed rather than treated as part of the cost of the acquisition.  SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  The company is currently evaluating the impact this statement will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”.  SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value.  SFAS 159 permits all entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible items at fair value (the “fair value option”).  A business entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date.  Upfront costs and fees related to items for which the fair value option is elected are recognized in earnings as incurred and not deferred.  SFAS 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities.  SFAS No. 159 was effective for us on January 1, 2008.  The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements as the company did not elect the fair value option for any of such eligible financial assets or financial liabilities.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.”  SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and establishes a hierarchy that categorizes and prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value. SFAS 157 also expands financial statement disclosures about fair value measurements. On February 12, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) 157-2 which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for one year, for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). FAS 157 and FSP 157-2 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have elected a partial deferral of SFAS 157 under the provisions of FSP 157-2 related to the measurement of fair value used when evaluating goodwill, other intangible assets and other long-lived assets for impairment and valuing asset retirement obligations and liabilities for exit or disposal activities. The impact of partially adopting SFAS 157 effective January 1, 2008 was not material to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Cautionary Statements about Forward-Looking Information

 

Statements in this report and in other company communications that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements, which are based upon our current expectations.  These statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from what appears within this annual report.

 

Forward-looking statements include descriptions of plans and objectives for future operations, and the assumptions behind those plans.  The words “anticipates,” “believes,” “intends,” “estimates,” and “expects,” or similar expressions, usually identify forward-looking statements.  Any and all projections of future performance are forward-looking statements.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

In addition to the assumptions, uncertainties, and other information referred to specifically in the forward-looking statements, a number of factors relating to each business segment could cause actual results to be significantly different from what is presented in this annual report.  Those factors include, without limitation, the following:

 

Crane— market acceptance of new and innovative products; cyclicality of the construction industry; the effects of government spending on construction-related projects throughout the world; changes in world demand for our crane product offering; the replacement cycle of technologically obsolete cranes; demand for used equipment; actions of competitors; successful and timely implementation of our ERP system; and foreign exchange rate risk.

 

Foodservice —market acceptance of new and innovative products; weather; consolidations within the restaurant and foodservice equipment industries; global expansion of customers; the commercial ice-cube machine replacement cycle in the United States; unanticipated issues associated with refresh/renovation plans by national restaurant accounts; specialty foodservice market growth; the demand for quickservice restaurant and kiosks; future strength of the beverage industry; and in connection with the acquisition of Enodis plc, compliance with the terms and conditions of regulatory approvals obtained in connection with the acquisition of Enodis, the ability to appropriately and timely integrate the acquisition of Enodis, the timing, price, and other terms of the divestiture of Enodis’ global ice business required by regulatory authorities, anticipated earnings enhancements, estimated cost savings and other synergies and the anticipated timing to realize those savings and synergies, estimated costs to be incurred in achieving synergies, potential divestitures and other strategic options.

 

Corporate (including factors that may affect both of our segments)— changes in laws and regulations throughout the world; the ability to finance, complete and/or successfully integrate, restructure and consolidate acquisitions, divestitures, strategic alliances and joint ventures; issues related to new facilities and expansions or consolidation of existing facilities; efficiencies and capacity utilization of facilities; competitive pricing; availability of certain raw materials; changes in raw materials and commodity prices; issues associated with new product introductions; matters impacting the successful and timely implementation of ERP systems; changes in domestic and international economic and industry conditions, including steel industry conditions; changes in the markets served by the company (including Enodis); unexpected issues associated with the availability of local suppliers and skilled labor; changes in the interest rate environment; risks associated with growth; foreign currency fluctuations and their impact on hedges in place with Manitowoc; world-wide political risk; geographic factors and economic risks; health epidemics; pressure of additional financing leverage resulting from acquisitions; success in increasing manufacturing efficiencies and capacities; unanticipated changes in revenue, margins, costs and capital expenditures; work stoppages, labor negotiations and rates; actions of competitors; unanticipated changes in consumer spending; the ability of our customers to obtain financing; the state of financial and credit markets; and unanticipated changes in customer demand.

 

Item 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

See Liquidity and Capital Resources, and Risk Management in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for a description of the quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk.

 

Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule:

 

Financial Statements:

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Financial Statement Schedule:

 

 

 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

37



Table of Contents

 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.:

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

As discussed in Notes 2 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for uncertain tax benefits in 2007.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded certain elements of the internal control over financial reporting of Enodis from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2008.  Subsequent to the acquisition, certain elements of Enodis’ internal control over financial reporting and related processes were integrated into the Company’s existing systems and internal control over financial reporting.  Those controls that were not integrated have been excluded from management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.  We have also excluded these elements of the internal control over financial reporting of Monarchy from our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  The excluded elements represent controls over accounts that are 14% of consolidated total assets and 4% of consolidated net sales as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

March 2, 2009

 

38



Table of Contents

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Millions of dollars, except per share data

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

4,503.0

 

$

3,684.0

 

$

2,650.8

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

3,487.2

 

2,822.5

 

2,039.5

 

Engineering, selling and administrative expenses

 

455.1

 

377.9

 

316.9

 

Amortization expense

 

11.6

 

5.8

 

3.3

 

Gain on sale of parts line

 

 

(3.3

)

 

Pension settlements

 

 

5.3

 

 

Integration expense

 

7.6

 

 

 

 

Restructuring expense

 

21.7

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

 

3,983.2

 

3,208.2

 

2,359.7

 

Operating earnings from continuing operations

 

519.8

 

475.8

 

291.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(54.1

)

(36.2

)

(46.3

)

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

(4.1

)

(12.5

)

(14.4

)

Loss on purchase price hedges

 

(379.4

)

 

 

Other income (expense)-net

 

(3.0

)

9.8

 

3.4

 

Total other income (expenses)

 

(440.6

)

(38.9

)

(57.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations before taxes on earnings and minority interest

 

79.2

 

436.9

 

233.8

 

Provision for taxes on earnings

 

1.5

 

122.1

 

74.8

 

Earnings from continuing operations before minority interests

 

77.7

 

314.8

 

159.0

 

Minority interest, net of income taxes

 

(1.9

)

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

79.6

 

314.8

 

159.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes of $(16.1), $(9.1) and $(3.2), respectively

 

(143.4

21.9

 

7.2

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes of $(17.4)

 

53.1

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(10.7

)

$

336.7

 

$

166.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

$

0.61

 

$

2.53

 

$

1.30

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(1.10

)

0.18

 

0.06

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

0.41

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(0.08

)

$

2.70

 

$

1.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

$

0.61

 

$

2.47

 

$

1.27

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(1.10

)

0.17

 

0.06

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

0.41

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(0.08

)

$

2.64

 

$

1.32

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

Millions of dollars, except share data

 

2008

 

2007

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

173.0

 

$

366.9

 

Marketable securities

 

2.6

 

2.5

 

Restricted cash

 

5.1

 

16.7

 

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $36.3 and $27.5, respectively

 

608.2

 

416.7

 

Inventories — net

 

925.3

 

591.0

 

Deferred income taxes

 

138.1

 

66.1

 

Other current assets

 

157.2

 

61.1

 

Current assets of discontinued operation

 

124.8

 

54.6

 

Total current assets

 

2,134.3

 

1,575.6

 

Property, plant and equipment — net

 

728.8

 

468.9

 

Goodwill

 

1,890.5

 

471.6

 

Other intangible assets — net

 

1,009.0

 

200.6

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

27.6

 

Other non-current assets

 

179.7

 

55.8

 

Long-term assets of discontinued operation

 

123.1

 

71.3

 

Total assets

 

$

6,065.4

 

$

2,871.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

1,206.3

 

$

845.7

 

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt

 

182.3

 

13.1

 

Customer advances

 

48.5

 

 

Product warranties

 

102.0

 

80.4

 

Product liabilities

 

34.4

 

34.7

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operation

 

44.6

 

100.7

 

Total current liabilities

 

1,618.1

 

1,074.6

 

Non-Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

2,473.0

 

217.5

 

Deferred income taxes

 

283.7

 

 

Pension obligations

 

48.0

 

25.0

 

Postretirement health and other benefit obligations

 

55.9

 

51.3

 

Long-term deferred revenue

 

56.3

 

60.6

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

230.6

 

92.5

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

3,147.5

 

446.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock (300,000,000 shares authorized, 163,175,928 shares issued, 130,359,554 and 129,880,734 shares outstanding, respectively)

 

1.4

 

1.4

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

436.1

 

419.8

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

68.5

 

114.5

 

Retained earnings

 

882.7

 

903.8

 

Treasury stock, at cost (32,816,374 and 33,295,194 shares, respectively)

 

(88.9

)

(89.6

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,299.8

 

1,349.9

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

6,065.4

 

$

2,871.4

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Millions of dollars

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Cash Flows From Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(10.7

)

$

336.7

 

$

166.2

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

143.4

 

(21.9

)

(7.2

)

Pension settlements

 

 

(5.3

)

 

Gain on sales of parts line

 

 

(3.3

)

 

Depreciation

 

80.2

 

80.2

 

67.4

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

11.6

 

5.8

 

3.3

 

Amortization of deferred financing fees

 

5.7

 

1.1

 

1.4

 

Deferred income taxes

 

6.9

 

17.7

 

14.8

 

Loss on purchase price hedges

 

379.4

 

 

 

Restructuring expense

 

21.7

 

 

 

Gain on sale of segment

 

(53.1

)

 

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

4.1

 

2.3

 

3.1

 

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

 

(3.6

)

(4.3

)

(2.1

)

Other

 

4.7

 

6.2

 

5.7

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of business acquisitions or dispositions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(25.4

)

(126.4

)

(13.2

)

Inventories

 

(179.9

)

(75.1

)

(157.6

)

Other assets

 

(29.1

)

(23.7

)

13.8

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(70.8

)

20.8

 

140.2

 

Other liabilities

 

1.4

 

4.8

 

(0.1

)

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

 

286.5

 

215.6

 

235.7

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities of discontinued operations

 

22.5

 

28.4

 

57.3

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

309.0

 

244.0

 

293.0

 

Cash Flows From Investing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(150.3

)

(112.8

)

(64.4

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

10.0

 

9.8

 

10.3

 

Restricted cash

 

11.6

 

(1.6

)

(15.1

)

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

(2,030.6

)

(79.9

)

(48.4

)

Settlement of hedges related to acquisitions

 

(379.4

)

 

 

Proceeds from sale of business or parts

 

118.5

 

4.8

 

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

Net cash used for investing activities of continuing operations

 

(2,420.3

)

(179.8

)

(117.7

)

Net cash used for investing activities of discontinued operations

 

(4.9

)

(6.8

)

(3.1

)

Net cash used for investing activities

 

(2,425.2

)

(186.6

)

(120.8

)

Cash Flows From Financing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

157.1

 

 

Payments on long-term debt

 

(693.8

)

(123.5

)

(256.7

)

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

2,769.3

 

19.8

 

20.1

 

Proceeds from (payments on) revolving credit facility-net

 

(54.6

)

56.7

 

(4.3

)

Payments on notes financing - net

 

(3.8

)

(4.3

)

(15.4

)

Debt issuance costs

 

(90.8

)

 

(0.2

)

Dividends paid

 

(10.4

)

(9.5

)

(8.6

)

Exercises of stock options including windfall tax benefits

 

8.5

 

27.6

 

32.2

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities of continuing operations

 

1,924.4

 

123.9

 

(232.9

)

Net cash provided by financing activities of discontinued operations

 

2.5

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

 

1,926.9

 

123.9

 

(232.9

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

(4.6

)

10.7

 

6.1

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(193.9

)

192.0

 

(54.6

)

Balance at beginning of year

 

366.9

 

174.9

 

229.5

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

173.0

 

$

366.9

 

$

174.9

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

23.7

 

$

41.5

 

$

48.3

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

142.7

 

$

141.8

 

$

23.7

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

and Comprehensive Income

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Millions of dollars, except shares data

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Common Stock - Shares Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

129,880,734

 

62,121,862

 

30,362,501

 

Stock options exercised

 

485,168

 

936,105

 

1,065,668

 

Two-for-one stock split

 

 

62,799,852

 

30,605,986

 

Stock swap for stock options exercised

 

(15,048

)

(6,385

)

(10,593

)

Restricted stock

 

8,700

 

29,300

 

98,300

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

4,000,000

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

130,359,554

 

129,880,734

 

62,121,862

 

Common Stock - Par Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

1.4

 

$

0.7

 

$

0.4

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

0.1

 

 

Two-for-one stock split

 

 

0.6

 

0.3

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

1.4

 

$

1.4

 

$

0.7

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

419.8

 

$

231.8

 

$

195.9

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

156.8

 

 

Two-for-one stock split

 

 

(0.6

)

(0.3

)

Stock options exercised

 

3.1

 

7.1

 

9.1

 

Restricted stock expense

 

1.9

 

2.0

 

1.2

 

Windfall tax benefit on stock options exercised

 

4.8

 

16.5

 

20.2

 

Stock option expense

 

6.5

 

6.2

 

5.7

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

436.1

 

$

419.8

 

$

231.8

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

114.5

 

$

48.0

 

$

16.6

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

(29.6

)

47.4

 

35.2

 

Derivative instrument fair market adjustment, net of income taxes of $(4.0), $(0.4) and $0.9

 

(7.3

(0.7

)

1.6

 

Adoption of FAS 158, net of income taxes of $(3.9)

 

 

 

(7.3

)

Additional minimum pension liability, net of income taxes of $0.9

 

 

 

1.9

 

Employee pension and postretirement benefits, net of income taxes of $(4.9), $10.7 and $0.0

 

(9.1

)

19.8

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

68.5

 

$

114.5

 

$

48.0

 

Retained Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

903.8

 

$

587.4

 

$

429.8

 

Adoption of FIN 48

 

 

(10.8

)

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

(10.7

336.7

 

166.2

 

Cash dividends

 

(10.4

)

(9.5

)

(8.6

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

882.7

 

$

903.8

 

$

587.4

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

(89.6

)

$

(93.4

)

$

(99.4

)

Stock options exercised

 

0.7

 

3.8

 

6.0

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

(88.9

)

$

(89.6

)

$

(93.4

)

Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(10.7

$

336.7

 

$

166.2

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

(29.6

)

47.4

 

35.2

 

Derivative instrument fair market adjustment, net of income taxes

 

(7.3

(0.7

)

1.6

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of income taxes

 

 

 

1.9

 

Employee pension and postretirement benefits, net of income taxes

 

(9.1

)

19.8

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(56.7

$

403.2

 

$

204.9

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.  Company and Basis of Presentation

 

Company  Founded in 1902, the Manitowoc Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “company”) is a multi-industry, capital goods manufacturer in two principal markets: Cranes and Related Products (Crane) and Foodservice Equipment (Foodservice).

 

The Crane business is a global provider of engineered lift solutions which designs, manufactures and markets a comprehensive line of lattice-boom crawler cranes, mobile telescopic cranes, tower cranes, and boom trucks.  The Crane products are primarily marketed under the Manitowoc, Grove, Potain, and National brand names and are used in a wide variety of applications, including energy, petrochemical and industrial projects, infrastructure development such as road, bridge and airport construction and commercial and high-rise residential construction.  Our crane-related product support services are marketed under the Crane CARE brand name and include maintenance and repair services and parts supply.

 

On October 27, 2008, we completed our acquisition of Enodis plc (Enodis), a global leader in the design and manufacture of innovative equipment for the commercial foodservice industry.  The $2.1 billion acquisition price of the transaction, exclusive of the cost to settle the related hedges of the GBP purchase price and assumed debt, the largest and most recent acquisition for the company, has established Manitowoc among the world’s top manufacturers of commercial foodservice equipment. With this acquisition, our Foodservice capabilities now span refrigeration, ice-making, cooking, food-prep, and beverage-dispensing technologies. Manitowoc is now able to equip entire commercial kitchens and serve the world’s growing demand for food prepared away from home.

 

In order to secure clearance for the acquisition of Enodis from the European Commission and United States Department of Justice, Manitowoc agreed to sell substantially all of Enodis’ global ice machine operations following completion of the transaction.  The businesses that will be sold are operated under the Scotsman, Ice-O-Matic, Simag, Barline, Icematic, and Oref brand names.  The company has also agreed to sell certain non-ice businesses of Enodis located in Italy that are operated under the Tecnomac and Icematic brand names.  Prior to disposal, the antitrust clearances require that the ice businesses are treated as standalone operations, in competition with Manitowoc.  The divestiture of the businesses is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2009.  The results of these operations have been classified as discontinued operations.

 

On December 31, 2008, the company completed the sale of its Marine segment to Fincantieri Marine Group Holdings Inc., a subsidiary of Fincantieri — Cantieri Navali Italiani SpA.  The sale price in the all-cash deal was approximately $120 million.  This transaction will allow the company to focus its financial assets and managerial resources on the growth of its increasingly global crane and foodservice businesses.  The company is reporting the Marine segment as a discontinued operation for financial reporting purposes as of December 31, 2008, and for all prior periods presented in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”.    After reclassifying the Marine segment to discontinued operations, the company has two remaining reportable segments, the Crane and Foodservice segments.

 

Basis of Presentation  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from these estimates.  Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation as a result of the sale of the Marine segment on December 31, 2008.

 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Marketable Securities All short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered cash equivalents.  Marketable securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007, include securities which are considered “available for sale.”  The difference between fair market value and cost of these investments was not significant for either year.  Restricted cash represents cash in escrow funds related to the security for an indemnity agreement for our casualty

 

43



Table of Contents

 

insurance provider.

 

Inventories Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value.  Approximately 88% of the company’s inventories at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  The remaining inventories were valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.  If the FIFO inventory valuation method had been used exclusively, inventories would have increased by $35.8 million and $23.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Finished goods and work-in-process inventories include material, labor and manufacturing overhead costs.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  The company accounts for its goodwill and other intangible assets under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”  Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not amortized, but it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently, as events dictate.  See additional discussion of impairment testing under “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,” below.  The company’s other intangible assets with indefinite lives, including trademarks and tradenames and in-place distributor networks, are not amortized, but are also tested for impairment annually, or more frequently, as events dictate.  The company’s other intangible assets subject to amortization are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable.  Other intangible assets are amortized over the following estimated useful lives:

 

 

 

Useful lives

Patents

 

10-20 years

Engineering drawings

 

15 years

Customer relationships

 

10-20 years

 

Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are charged against earnings as incurred.  Expenditures for major renewals and improvements that substantially extend the capacity or useful life of an asset are capitalized and are then depreciated.  The cost and accumulated depreciation for property, plant and equipment sold, retired, or otherwise disposed of are relieved from the accounts, and resulting gains or losses are reflected in earnings.  Property, plant and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line depreciation method for financial reporting and on accelerated methods for income tax purposes.

 

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated over the following estimated useful lives:

 

 

 

Years

Building and improvements

 

2-40

Machinery, equipment and tooling

 

2-20

Furniture and fixtures

 

5-20

Computer hardware and software

 

2-5

 

Property, plant and equipment also include cranes accounted for as operating leases.  Equipment accounted for as operating leases includes equipment leased directly to the customer and equipment for which the company has assisted in the financing arrangement whereby it has guaranteed more than insignificant residual value or made a buyback commitment.  Equipment that is leased directly to the customer is accounted for as an operating lease with the related assets capitalized and depreciated over their estimated economic life.  Equipment involved in a financing arrangement is depreciated over the life of the underlying arrangement so that the net book value at the end of the period equals the buyback amount or the residual value amount.  The amount of rental equipment included in property, plant and equipment amounted to $100.3 million and $115.3 million, net of accumulated depreciation, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  The company reviews long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable.

 

Each year, in its second quarter, the company tests for impairment of goodwill according to a two-step approach.  In the first step, the company estimates the fair values of its reporting units using the present value of future cash flows approach, subject to a comparison for reasonableness to its market capitalization at the date of valuation.  If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any.  In the second step the implied fair value of the goodwill is estimated as the fair value of the reporting unit used in the first step less the fair values of all other net tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit.  If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair market value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill.  In addition, goodwill of a reporting unit is tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.  For other indefinite lived intangible assets, the impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible assets to their carrying amount.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2008, our stock price declined significantly and we began to see signs of a slow down in our Crane segment, highlighted by a decrease in our backlog.  Additionally, access to the credit markets, which are critical to the ability of some of our customers to finance crane purchases, has been restricted.  We believed these circumstances to be indicators of potential

 

44



Table of Contents

 

impairment under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and we performed an impairment test for each of the reporting units within our Crane segment as of December 31, 2008.  We re-performed our established method of present valuing future cash flows, which considered updated projections, and determined that goodwill was not impaired.  The determination of fair value of the reporting units requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, revenue growth and operating earnings projections, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and required capital projections for each reporting unit. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ materially from those estimates. We evaluated the significant assumptions used to determine the fair values of each reporting unit, both individually and in the aggregate and concluded they are reasonable.

 

We also considered a market approach in evaluating the potential for impairment by calculating fair value using recent like transaction multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA).  This analysis also did not indicate impairment.

 

During the latter part of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and as of December 31, 2008, our market capitalization was below book value.  While we considered the market capitalization decline in our evaluation of fair value of our reporting units, that market metric is only one indicator of fair value. This is particularly true when a company’s share price appears to be significantly influenced by recent transactions or market uncertainty regarding leverage.  We believe the Enodis acquisition and the related increase in debt levels have unduly influenced our share price as evidenced by an excessive decline in share price in comparison with our peers.  When taking these factors into consideration, the control premium used by the company was within widely accepted control premium ranges.  A control premium is the amount that a buyer is willing to pay over the current market price of a company in order to acquire a controlling interest.  We therefore concluded there was no indication of impairment under this metric.

 

We will continue to monitor market conditions and determine if any additional interim review of goodwill is warranted.  Further deterioration in the market or actual results as compared with our projections may ultimately result in a future impairment.  In the event we determine that goodwill is impaired in the future, we would need to recognize a non-cash impairment charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated balance sheet and results of operations.

 

In addition, we completed the acquisition of Enodis during the fourth quarter.  As a result of this acquisition, we have recorded an additional $1.4 billion of goodwill within our Foodservice segment.  The purchase price we paid for Enodis was based on our projections of future operating profits and the expected synergies we believe we can derive from cost savings and revenue enhancements.  However, we cannot be assured that the intended beneficial effect from this acquisition will be realized, particularly given the current difficult market conditions.  Consequently, an impairment charge may be required in a future period if operating results are below our projections.

 

In order to comply with the agreements with the European Commission and the United States Department of Justice, we initiated a multiple step process to divest of the required businesses during the fourth quarter of 2008.    As part of our requirement to divest of these businesses, we obtained preliminary purchase offers from several potential buyers.  As we continued with the sales process throughout January and February of 2009 and preliminary purchase offers were rescinded or significantly reduced, it became apparent that the carrying value of the businesses at December 31, 2008 exceeded their fair value. We therefore considered the guidance in SFAS No.144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” and have recognized a non-cash charge of $175.0 million to adjust the carrying amount of the businesses to be divested in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in earnings from discontinued operations at December 31, 2008.  This charge reduces the carrying amount of the businesses to be divested to our revised estimated fair value, less costs to sell.  If the final sales price is less than our estimated fair value an additional impairment charge, which could have a material affect on our consolidated financial statements, would be recognized in future periods.

 

Other intangible assets with definite lives continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite and definite lived intangible assets are also subject to impairment testing.  Indefinite lived assets are tested annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired.  Definite lived intangible assets are tested whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable.   A considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing the impairment tests, principally in determining the fair value of the assets. While the company believes its judgments and assumptions were reasonable, different assumptions could change the estimated fair values and, therefore, impairment charges could be required.

 

For property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets, other than goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets, the company performs undiscounted operating cash flow analyses to determine impairments.  If an impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based upon comparison of the fair value to the net book value of the assets.  Impairment losses on assets held for sale are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs to sell.

 

Financial Instruments  The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and short-term variable rate debt approximated fair value at December 31, 2008 and 2007.  The fair value of the company’s 7 1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 was approximately $108.4 million and $149.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The fair values of the company’s term loans under the New Credit Agreement which became effective November 6, 2008, are as follows:  Term Loan A is approximately $768.8, Term Loan B is approximately $890.4 million, and Term Loan X is approximately $158.6 million.  The fair value of the outstanding amount of our revolving credit facility was estimated to approximate its carrying amount (see Note 10, “Debt” for the related book values of these debt instruments).  The aggregate fair values of commodity contracts and foreign currency exchange contracts at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $(11.6) million and $2.4 million, respectively.  The 2007 fair value amount also includes the fair value of interest rate swaps.  These fair values are the amounts at which they could be settled, based on estimates obtained from financial institutions.

 

Warranties Estimated warranty costs are recorded in cost of sales at the time of sale of the warranted products based on historical warranty experience for the related product or estimates of projected costs due to specific warranty issues on new products.  These estimates are reviewed periodically and are adjusted based on changes in facts, circumstances or actual experience.

 

Environmental Liabilities  The company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable.  Such accruals are adjusted as information develops or circumstances change.  Costs of long-term expenditures for environmental remediation obligations are discounted to their present value when the timing of cash flows are estimable.

 

Product Liabilities  The company records product liability reserves for its self-insured portion of any pending or threatened product liability actions.  The reserve is based upon two estimates.  First, the company tracks the population of all outstanding pending and threatened product liability cases to determine an appropriate case reserve for each based upon the company’s best judgment and the advice of legal counsel.  These estimates are continually evaluated and adjusted based upon changes to facts and circumstances surrounding the case.  Second, the company determines the amount of additional reserve required to cover incurred but not reported product liability issues and to account for possible adverse development of the established case reserves (collectively referred to as IBNR).  This analysis is performed at least twice annually.

 

Foreign Currency Translation  The financial statements of the company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated using the current exchange rate for assets and liabilities and the average exchange rate for the year for income and expense items.  Resulting translation adjustments are recorded to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) as a component of stockholders’ equity.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities  The company has written policies and procedures that place all financial instruments under the direction of corporate treasury and restrict all derivative transactions to those intended for hedging purposes.  The use of financial instruments for trading purposes is strictly prohibited.  The company uses financial instruments to manage the

 

45



Table of Contents

 

market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates, commodities and interest rates.  The company follows the guidance of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 137, No. 138, and No. 149.  The fair values of all derivatives are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The change in a derivative’s fair value is recorded each period in current earnings or Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) depending on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies as part of a hedge transaction and if so, the type of hedge transaction.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, a $379.4 million loss was recognized in operating earnings.  SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” states that hedges of a firm commitment to acquire a business do not qualify for hedge accounting (or balance sheet) treatment.  Therefore, the periodic market value changes in these hedges are required to go through the income statement.  During 2008, minimal amounts were recognized in earnings due to ineffectiveness of certain commodity hedges.  For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, no amount was recognized in earnings due to ineffectiveness of a hedge transaction.  The amount reported as derivative instrument fair market value adjustment in the accumulated OCI account within stockholders’ equity represents the net gain (loss) on foreign exchange currency exchange contracts and commodity contracts designated as cash flow hedges, net of income taxes.

 

Cash Flow Hedge The company selectively hedges anticipated transactions that are subject to foreign exchange exposure or commodity price exposure, primarily using foreign currency exchange contracts and commodity contracts, respectively.  These instruments are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133 and are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.  The effective portion of the contracts’ gains or losses due to changes in fair value are initially recorded as a component of OCI and are subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedge transactions, typically sales and costs related to sales, occur and affect earnings.  These contracts are highly effective in hedging the variability in future cash flows attributable to changes in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

Fair Value Hedges The company periodically enters into interest rate swaps designated as a hedge of the fair value of a portion of its fixed rate debt.  These hedges effectively result in changing a portion of its fixed rate debt to variable interest rate debt.  Both the swaps and the hedged portion of the debt are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.  The change in fair value of the swaps exactly offsets the change in fair value of the hedged debt, with no net impact to earnings.  Interest expense of the hedged debt is recorded at the variable rate in earnings.  As of December 31, 2008, the company had no interest rate swaps outstanding.  See Note 10, “Debt” for additional information related to these hedges.

 

The company selectively hedges cash inflows and outflows that are subject to foreign currency exposure from the date of transaction to the related payment date.  The hedges for these foreign currency accounts receivable and accounts payable are classified as fair value hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133 and are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.  Gains or losses due to changes in fair value are recorded as an adjustment to earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

Stock-Based Compensation  At December 31, 2008, the company has five stock-based compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 15, “Stock Based Compensation.”  Effective January 1, 2006, the company adopted SFAS No. 123 (R), “Share-Based Payment: An Amendment of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statements No. 123” (SFAS No. 123(R)), which revised SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”  SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be measured at fair value and expensed in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the service period (generally the vesting period) of the grant.  Upon adoption, the company transitioned to SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective application, under which compensation expense is only recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations beginning with the first period that SFAS No. 123(R) is effective and continuing to be expensed thereafter.  The company recognizes expense for all stock-based compensation with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the entire award.  In addition to the compensation expense related to stock options, the company recognized $1.9 million, $2.0 million and $1.2 million of compensation expense related to restricted stock during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Revenue Recognition and Long-Term Contracts  Revenue is generally recognized and earned when all the following criteria are satisfied with regard to a specific transaction: persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; the price is fixed or determinable; collectability of cash is reasonably assured; and delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.  Shipping and handling fees are reflected in net sales and shipping and handling costs are reflected in cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Revenue under these fixed-price long-term contracts are recorded based on the ratio of costs incurred to estimated total costs at completion, and costs are expensed as incurred.  Amounts representing contract change orders, claims or other items are included in revenue only when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable.  When adjustments in contract value or estimated costs are determined, any changes from prior estimates are reflected in earnings in the current period.  Anticipated losses on contracts or programs in progress are charged to earnings when identified.

 

As discussed above, the company enters into transactions with customers that provide for residual value guarantees and buyback commitments on certain crane transactions.  The company records transactions which it provides significant residual value guarantees and any buyback commitments as operating leases.  Net revenues in connection with the initial transactions are recorded as deferred revenue and are amortized to income on a straight-line basis over a period equal to that of the customer’s third party financing agreement.  See Note 17, “Guarantees.”

 

46



Table of Contents

 

The company also leases cranes to customers under operating lease terms.  Revenue from operating leases is recognized ratably over the term of the lease, and leased cranes are depreciated over their estimated useful lives.

 

Research and Development  Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred and amount to $40.0 million, $36.1 million and $31.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Research and development costs include salaries, materials, contractor fees and other administrative costs.

 

Income Taxes  The company utilizes the liability method to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the company’s financial statements.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary difference between financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse.  Valuation allowances are provided for deferred tax assets where it is considered more likely than not that the company will not realize the benefit of such assets.

 

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 .”   This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.”  It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.  FIN No. 48 was effective for the company on January 1, 2007.  Upon the adoption of FIN No. 48, the company recognized an additional tax liability of $10.8 million and a corresponding reduction in retained earnings recorded as a cumulative effect of an accounting change in the first quarter of 2007.

 

Earnings Per Share  Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year or period.  Diluted earnings per share is computed similar to basic earnings per share except that the weighted average shares outstanding is increased to include shares of restricted stock and the number of additional shares that would have been outstanding if stock options were exercised and the proceeds from such exercise were used to acquire shares of common stock at the average market price during the year or period.

 

Comprehensive Income  Comprehensive income includes, in addition to net earnings, other items that are reported as direct adjustments to stockholders’ equity.  Currently, these items are foreign currency translation adjustments, employee postretirement benefit adjustments and the change in fair value of certain derivative instruments.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk  Credit extended to customers through trade accounts receivable potentially subjects the company to risk.  This risk is limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across various industries and many geographical areas.  However, a significant amount of the company’s receivables are with distributors and contractors in the construction industry, large companies in the foodservice and beverage industry, customers servicing the U.S. steel industry, and government agencies.  The company currently does not foresee a significant credit risk associated with these individual groups of receivables, but continues to monitor the exposure due to the current global economic conditions.

 

Recent accounting changes and pronouncements In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets”.  FSP FAS 132(R)-1 amends SFAS No. 132(R), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits”, to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about the type of plan assets held in a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan.  This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009.  The company is currently evaluating the impact this statement will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”, which identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”.  SFAS No. 162 is now effective for the company.  The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133”. SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133 with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: 1) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; 2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations; and 3) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The company is currently evaluating the impact on disclosures of the adoption of SFAS No. 161 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an Amendment of ARB No. 51”, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the

 

47



Table of Contents

 

deconsolidation of a subsidiary.  SFAS 160 clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements.  SFAS 160 also requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest.  It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated statement of income, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest.  SFAS 160 also provides guidance when a subsidiary is deconsolidated and requires expanded disclosures in the consolidated financial statements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent’s owners and the interests of the noncontrolling owners of a subsidiary.  SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  The company is currently evaluating the impact this statement will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations”, which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer:  (a) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; (b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and (c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination.  SFAS 141(R) requires contingent consideration to be recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date and, for certain arrangements, changes in fair value to be recognized in earnings until settled.  SFAS 141(R) also requires acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs to be expensed rather than treated as part of the cost of the acquisition.  SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  The company is currently evaluating the impact this statement will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”.  SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value.  SFAS 159 permits all entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible items at fair value (the “fair value option”).  A business entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date.  Upfront costs and fees related to items for which the fair value option is elected are recognized in earnings as incurred and not deferred.  SFAS 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities.  SFAS No. 159 was effective for us on January 1, 2008.  The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements as the company did not elect the fair value option for any of such eligible financial assets or financial liabilities.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.”  SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and establishes a hierarchy that categorizes and prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value. SFAS 157 also expands financial statement disclosures about fair value measurements. On February 12, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) 157-2 which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for one year, for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). FAS 157 and FSP 157-2 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have elected a partial deferral of SFAS 157 under the provisions of FSP 157-2 related to the measurement of fair value used when evaluating goodwill, other intangible assets and other long-lived assets for impairment and valuing asset retirement obligations and liabilities for exit or disposal activities. The impact of partially adopting SFAS 157 effective January 1, 2008 was not material to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

3.    Acquisitions

 

On October 27, 2008, the company acquired 100% of the issued and to be issued shares of Enodis plc (Enodis).  The results of Enodis’ operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.  Enodis is a global leader in the design and manufacture of innovative equipment for the commercial foodservice industry.  The $2.1 billion acquisition price of the transaction, exclusive of the cost to settle the related hedges of the GBP purchase price and assumed debt, the largest and most recent acquisition for the company, has established Manitowoc among the world’s top manufacturers of commercial foodservice equipment. With this acquisition, our Foodservice capabilities now span refrigeration, ice-making, cooking, food-prep, and beverage-dispensing technologies, and allow Manitowoc to be able to equip entire commercial kitchens and serve the world’s growing demand for food prepared away from home.

 

The aggregate purchase price was $2.1 billion, exclusive of the settlement of related hedges, in cash and there are no future contingent payments or options.  The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.  The company is in the process of finalizing third-party valuations of certain intangible assets; thus, the allocation of the purchase price is subject to future refinement.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

At October 27, 2008:

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

56.9

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

157.9

 

Inventory, net

 

150.7

 

Other current assets

 

54.8

 

Current assets of discontinued operation

 

118.7

 

Total current assets

 

539.0

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

182.5

 

Intangible assets

 

819.0

 

Goodwill

 

1,393.8

 

Other non-current assets

 

40.9

 

Non-current assets of discontinued operation

 

337.0

 

Total assets acquired

 

3,312.2

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

287.6

 

Other current liabilities

 

33.4

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operation

 

58.1

 

Total current liabilities

 

379.1

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

382.4

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

463.6

 

Non-current liabilities of discontinued operation

 

26.5

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

1,251.6

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

2,060.6

 

 

Of the $819.0 million of acquired intangible assets, $339.0 million was assigned to registered trademarks and tradenames that are not subject to amortization, $165.0 million was assigned to developed technology with a weighted average useful life of 15 years, and the remaining $315.0 million was assigned to customer relationships with a weighted average useful life of 20 years.  All of the $1,393.8 million of goodwill was assigned to the Foodservice segment, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

The following information reflects the results of Manitowoc’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 on a pro forma basis as if the acquisition of Enodis had been completed on January 1, 2008 and January 1, 2007, respectively. Pro forma adjustments have been made to illustrate the incremental impact on earnings of interest costs on the borrowings to acquire Enodis, amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets of Enodis, depreciation expense related to the fair value of the acquired depreciable tangible assets and the tax benefit associated with the incremental interest costs and amortization and depreciation expense. The following unaudited pro forma information includes $14.6 million of additional expense related to the fair value adjustment of inventories and excludes certain cost savings or operating synergies (or costs associated with realizing such savings or synergies) that may result from the acquisition.

 

(in $millions, except per share data)

 

2008

 

2007

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma

 

$

5,962.2

 

$

5,664.0

 

As reported

 

4,503.0

 

4,005.0

 

Net Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma

 

$

(133.6

)

$

294.8

 

As reported

 

(10.7

336.7

 

Net Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma

 

$

(1.03

)

$

2.37

 

As reported

 

(0.08

)

2.70

 

 

The unaudited pro forma information is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent what our consolidated results of operations would have been had the transaction actually occurred as of January 1, 2008, or January 1, 2007, and does not purport to project our future consolidated results of operations.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

In conjunction with the acquisition of Enodis, certain restructuring activities have been undertaken to recognize cost synergies and rationalize the new cost structure of the Foodservice segment.  Amounts included in the acquisition cost allocation for these activities are summarized in the following table and recorded in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

At October 27, 2008:

Employee involuntary termination benefits

 

$

9.3

 

Facility closure costs

 

29.2

 

Other

 

5.0

 

Total

 

$

43.5

 

 

The finalization of the purchase price allocation during 2009 could have a material impact on the above restructuring amounts.

 

The company has not presented pro-forma financial information for the following acquisitions due to the immaterial dollar amount of the transactions and the immaterial impact on our results of operations:

 

On March 6, 2008, the company formed a 50% joint venture with the shareholders of Tai’An Dongyue Heavy Machinery Co., Ltd. (Tai’An Dongyue) for the production of mobile and truck-mounted hydraulic cranes.  The joint venture is located in Tai’An City, Shandong Province, China.  The company controls 60% of the voting rights and has other rights that give it significant control over the operations of Tai’An Dongyue, and accordingly, the results of this joint venture are consolidated by the company.  The aggregate consideration for the joint venture interest in Tai’An Dongyue was $32.5 million and resulted in $23.5 million of goodwill and $8.5 million of other intangible assets being recognized by the company’s Crane segment.  See further detail related to the goodwill and other intangible assets of the Tai’An Dongyue acquisition at Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

 

On July 19, 2007, the company acquired Shirke Construction Equipments Pvt. Ltd (Shirke) for an aggregate consideration of $64.5 million including approximately $1.3 million of acquisition costs.  Headquartered in Pune, India, Shirke is a market leader in the Indian tower crane industry and has been Potain’s Indian manufacturing partner and distributor since 1982.  The aggregate consideration paid for Shirke resulted in $33.8 million of goodwill and $30.2 million of other intangible assets being recognized by the company’s Crane segment.  See further detail related to the goodwill and other intangible assets of the Shirke acquisition at Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

 

On January 3, 2007, the company acquired the Carrydeck line of mobile industrial cranes from Marine Travelift, Inc. of Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin.  The acquisition of the Carrydeck line adds six new models to the company’s product offering of mobile industrial cranes.  The aggregate consideration paid for the Carrydeck line resulted in $9.2 million of goodwill and $6.5 million of other intangible assets being recognized by the company’s Crane segment.  See further detail related to the goodwill and other intangible assets of the Carrydeck acquisition at Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

 

On May 26, 2006, the company acquired substantially all of the assets and business operated by McCann’s Engineering & Mfg. Co. and McCann’s de Mexico S.A. de C.V. (McCann’s). Headquartered in Los Angeles, California, and with operations in Tijuana, Mexico, McCann’s is engaged in the design, manufacture and sale of beverage dispensing equipment primarily used in fast food restaurants, stadiums, cafeterias and convenience stores. McCann’s primary products are backroom beverage equipment such as carbonators, water boosters and racks. McCann’s also produces accessory components for beverage dispensers including specialty valves, stands and other stainless steel components. The aggregate consideration paid for the McCann’s acquisition was $37.1 million, including acquisition costs of approximately $0.7 million. The acquisition resulted in approximately $14.4 million of goodwill and $14.3 million of other intangible assets being recognized by the company’s Foodservice segment. See further detail related to the goodwill and other intangible assets of the McCann’s acquisition at Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

 

On January 3, 2006, the company acquired certain assets, rights and properties of ExacTech, Inc., a supplier of fabrication, machining, welding, and other services to various parties. Located in Port Washington, Wisconsin, ExacTech, Inc. now provides these services to the company’s U.S. based crane manufacturing facilities. The aggregate consideration paid for the acquisition resulted in approximately $6.5 million of goodwill being recognized by the company’s Crane segment in the first quarter of 2006.  See further detail related to the goodwill of the ExacTech, Inc. acquisition at Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

 

4.    Discontinued Operations

 

On December 31, 2008, the company completed the sale of its Marine segment to Fincantieri Marine Group Holdings Inc., a subsidiary of Fincantieri — Cantieri Navali Italiani SpA.  The sale price in the all-cash deal was approximately $120 million.  This transaction will allow the company to focus its financial assets and managerial resources on the growth of its increasingly global Crane and Foodservice businesses.  The company is reporting the Marine segment as a discontinued operation for financial reporting purposes as of December 31, 2008, and for all prior periods presented in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”.    After reclassifying the Marine segment to discontinued operations, the company has two remaining reportable segments, the Crane and Foodservice segments.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

The following selected financial data of the Marine segment for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is presented for informational purposes only and does not necessarily reflect what the results of operations would have been had the business operated as a stand-alone entity.  There was no general corporate expense or interest expense allocated to discontinued operations for this business during the periods presented.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

381.3

 

$

321.0

 

$

282.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pretax earnings from discontinued operation

 

$

53.2

 

$

26.1

 

$

11.1

 

Gain on sale, net of income taxes of $(17.4)

 

53.1

 

 

 

Provision for taxes on earnings

 

(18.1

)

(7.3

)

(3.5

)

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operation

 

$

88.2

 

$

18.8

 

$

7.6

 

 

The following table illustrates the amounts of assets and liabilities reported in discontinued operations for the Marine segment in the accompanying 2007 consolidated balance sheets:

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

10.4

 

Inventory, net

 

6.8

 

Sales in excess of billing

 

38.0

 

Other assets

 

2.8

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

20.7

 

Goodwill

 

47.2

 

Total assets

 

$

125.9

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other accrued expenses

 

$

21.2

 

Billings in excess of sales

 

65.6

 

Other current liabilities

 

13.9

 

Total current liabilities

 

$

100.7

 

 

In addition to the former Marine segment, the company has classified the Enodis ice and related businesses as discontinued in compliance with SFAS No. 144.

 

In order to secure clearance for the acquisition of Enodis from the European Commission and United States Department of Justice, Manitowoc agreed to sell substantially all of Enodis’ global ice machine operations following completion of the transaction.  The businesses that will be sold are operated under the Scotsman, Ice-O-Matic, Simag, Barline, Icematic, and Oref brand names.  The company has also agreed to sell certain non-ice businesses of Enodis located in Italy that are operated under the Tecnomac and Icematic brand names.  Prior to disposal, the antitrust clearances require that the ice businesses are treated as standalone operations, in competition with Manitowoc.  The divestiture of the businesses is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2009.  The results of these operations have been classified as discontinued operations.

 

In order to comply with the agreements with the European Commission and the United States Department of Justice we initiated a multiple step process to divest of the required businesses during the fourth quarter of 2008.    As part of our requirement to divest of these businesses, we obtained preliminary purchase offers from several potential buyers.  As we continued with the sales process throughout January and February of 2009 and preliminary purchase offers were rescinded or significantly reduced, it became apparent that the carrying value of the businesses at December 31, 2008 exceeded their fair value. We therefore considered the guidance in SFAS No.144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” and have recognized a non-cash charge of $175.0 million to adjust the carrying amount of the businesses to be divested in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in earnings from discontinued operations at December 31, 2008.  This charge reduces the carrying amount of the businesses to be divested to our revised estimated fair value, less costs to sell.  If the final sales price is less than our estimated fair value an additional impairment charge, which could have a material affect on our consolidated financial statements, would be recognized in future periods.

 

The earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2007 also reflects favorable product liability experience related to our discontinued Manlift business which was sold in 2004.  During the second quarter of 2004, the company completed the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Delta Manlift SAS (Delta), to JLG Industries, Inc.  Headquartered in Tonneins, France, Delta manufactured the Toucan brand of vertical mast lifts, a line of aerial work platforms distributed throughout Europe for use principally in industrial and maintenance operations.  The sale of Delta represents a discontinued operation under SFAS No. 144.  Results of Delta in prior periods have been classified as discontinued in the Consolidated Financial Statements to exclude the results from continuing operations.

 

During the third quarter of 2005, the company decided to close Toledo Ship Repair Company (Toledo Ship Repair), a division of the company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Manitowoc Marine Group, LLC.  Located in Toledo, Ohio, Toledo Ship Repair performed ship repair and industrial repair services.  The final disposition charge of $0.3 million in 2006 is recorded in gain on sale or closure of discontinued operations, net of income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The closure of Toledo Ship Repair represents a discontinued operation under SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”  Results of Toledo Ship Repair in 2006 have been classified as discontinued in the Consolidated Financial Statements to exclude the

 

51



Table of Contents

 

results from continuing operations.  There were no operating results from Toledo Ship Repair for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008.

 

5.  Financial Instruments

 

As discussed in Note 2, the company adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” effective January 1, 2008.  The following table sets forth the company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008 by level within the fair value hierarchy. As required by SFAS No. 157, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

 

 

Fair Value as of  December 31, 2008

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency exchange contracts

 

$

5.5

 

$

 

$

 

$

5.5

 

Total Current assets at fair value

 

$

5.5

 

$

 

$

 

$

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency exchange contracts

 

$

10.7

 

$

 

$

 

$

10.7

 

Forward commodity contracts

 

 

6.4

 

 

6.4

 

Total Current liabilities at fair value

 

$

10.7

 

$

6.4

 

$

 

$

17.1

 

 

The carrying value of the company’s other financial assets and liabilities, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, retained interest in receivables sold and short-term loans payable approximate fair value, without being discounted, due to the short periods during which these amounts are outstanding.

 

SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). SFAS No. 157 classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1

 

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

 

 

Level 2

 

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, or

 

 

 

 

 

Unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or

 

 

 

 

 

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability

 

 

 

Level 3

 

Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

 

The company endeavors to utilize the best available information in measuring fair value. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The company has determined that our financial assets and liabilities are level 1 and level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

As a result of our global operating and financing activities, the company is exposed to market risks from changes in interest and foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial position. When deemed appropriate, we minimize our risks from interest and foreign currency exchange rate and commodity price fluctuations through the use of derivative financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are used to manage risk and are not used for trading or other speculative purposes and we do not use leveraged derivative financial instruments. The forward foreign currency exchange contracts and forward commodity purchase agreements are valued using broker quotations, or market transactions in either the listed or over-the-counter markets. As such, these derivative instruments are classified within level 1 and level 2.

 

During July 2008, the company entered into various hedging transactions (the “hedges”) to comply with the terms of its New Credit Agreement (see further detail related to the New Credit Agreement at Note 10, “Debt”) issued to fund the purchase of Enodis.  The hedges were required by the company’s lenders to limit the company’s exposure to fluctuations in the underlying GBP purchase price of the Enodis shares which could have ultimately required additional funding capacity under the New Credit Agreement.  Subsequent to entering into the hedging transactions, the U.S. Dollar strengthened against the GBP which resulted in a significant change to the fair value of the underlying hedges.  SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” states that hedges of a firm commitment to acquire a business do not qualify for hedge accounting (or balance sheet) treatment.  Therefore, the periodic market value changes in these hedges were required to go through the income statement.   The final disposition of these hedge positions was

 

52



Table of Contents

 

determined based upon the market exchange rate on November 6, 2008, the date the funding transaction was completed.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, the loss on currency hedges related to the purchase of Enodis was $379.4 million. 

 

6.    Inventories

 

The components of inventories at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Inventories - gross:

 

 

 

 

 

Raw materials

 

$

416.0

 

$

252.3

 

Work-in-process

 

262.9

 

216.4

 

Finished goods

 

352.3

 

188.5

 

Total

 

1,031.2

 

657.2

 

Less excess and obsolete inventory reserve

 

(70.1

)

(42.6

)

Net inventories at FIFO cost

 

961.1

 

614.6

 

Less excess of FIFO costs over LIFO value

 

(35.8

)

(23.6

)

Inventories - net

 

$

925.3

 

$

591.0

 

 

7.    Property, Plant and Equipment

 

The components of property, plant and equipment at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

69.2

 

$

48.1

 

Building and improvements

 

303.6

 

215.9

 

Machinery, equipment and tooling

 

408.1

 

266.9

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

32.7

 

28.8

 

Computer hardware and software

 

64.2

 

43.5

 

Rental cranes

 

165.2

 

186.4

 

Construction in progress

 

96.9

 

64.5

 

Total cost

 

1,139.9

 

854.1

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(411.1

)

(385.2

)

Property, plant and equipment-net

 

$

728.8

 

$

468.9

 

 

* Accumulated depreciation for Rental cranes for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $64.9 million and $71.1 million, respectively.

 

8.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

The changes in carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, were as follows:

 

 

 

Crane

 

Foodservice

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2007

 

$

214.8

 

$

200.1

 

$

414.9

 

Carrydeck acquisition

 

9.2

 

 

9.2

 

Shirke acquisition

 

33.8

 

 

33.8

 

Foreign currency impact

 

13.7

 

 

13.7

 

Balance as of December 31, 2007

 

271.5

 

200.1

 

471.6

 

Tai’An Dongyue acquisition

 

23.5

 

 

23.5

 

Enodis acquisition

 

 

1,393.8

 

1,393.8

 

Foreign currency impact

 

(9.5

)

11.1

 

1.6

 

Balance as of December 31, 2008

 

$

285.5

 

$

1,605.0

 

$

1,890.5

 

 

As discussed in Note 3, “Acquisitions,” on October 27, 2008, the company acquired 100% of the issued and to be issued shares of Enodis plc.   Enodis is a global leader in the design and manufacture of innovative equipment for the commercial foodservice industry.  The aggregate purchase price of $2,060.6 million resulted in $819.0 million of identifiable intangible assets and $1,393.8 million of goodwill.  Of the $819.0 million of acquired intangible assets, $339.0 million was assigned to registered trademarks and tradenames that are not subject to amortization, $165.0 million was assigned to developed technology with a weighted average useful life of 15 years, and the remaining $315.0 million was assigned to customer relationships with a weighted average useful life of 20 years.  All of the $1,393.8 million of goodwill was assigned to the Foodservice segment.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Also discussed in Note 3, “Acquisitions,” during 2008, the company formed a 50% joint venture with the shareholders of Tai’An Dongyue for the production of mobile and truck-mounted hydraulic cranes.  The joint venture is located in Tai’An City, Shandong Province, China.  The aggregate consideration for the joint venture interest in Tai’An Dongyue was $32.5 million and resulted in $23.5 million of goodwill and $8.5 million of other intangible assets being recognized by the company’s Crane segment.  The other intangible assets consist of trademarks of $1.0 million, which have an indefinite life, customer relationships of $0.9 million, which have been assigned a 10-year life, and other intangibles of $6.6 million, which consist primarily of crane manufacturing licenses and have been assigned a 10-year life.

 

As discussed in Note 3, “Acquisitions,” during 2007, the company completed the acquisitions of the Carrydeck line of mobile industrial cranes and Shirke.  The acquisition of the Carrydeck line resulted in an increase of $9.2 million of goodwill and $6.5 million of other intangible assets being recognized by the company’s Crane segment.  The other intangible assets consist of trademarks totaling $1.2 million, which have an indefinite life, customer relationships of $4.2 million, which have been assigned a 20-year life, and non-patented technologies of $1.1 million which have been assigned a 20-year life.  The acquisition of Shirke resulted in an increase of $33.8 million of goodwill and $30.2 million of other intangible assets being recognized by the company’s Crane segment.  The other intangible assets consist of customer relationships of $10.5 million, which have been assigned a 10-year life, trademarks totaling $9.1 million, which have an indefinite life, and other intangibles of $10.6 million, which include various intangible assets that are amortized over 6 months to 6 years, which approximates their estimated useful lives.

 

As discussed in Note 3, “Acquisitions,” during 2006, the company completed the acquisitions of McCann’s and ExacTech, Inc.  The acquisition of ExacTech, Inc. resulted in an increase of $6.5 million of goodwill and no other intangible assets. The acquisition of McCann’s resulted in an increase of $14.4 million of goodwill and $14.3 million of other intangible assets. The other intangible assets consist of trademarks totaling $7.0 million, which have an indefinite life, customer relationships of $5.8 million, which have been assigned a 13 year life, and patents of $1.5 million which have been assigned a 10 year life.

 

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the company’s intangible assets other than goodwill were as follows as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

December 31, 2007

 

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net
Book
Value

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net
Book
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademarks and tradenames

 

$

458.3

 

$

 

$

458.3

 

$

120.9

 

$

 

$

120.9

 

Customer relationships

 

334.6

 

(5.5

)

329.1

 

20.4

 

(1.4

)

19.0

 

Patents

 

34.5

 

(16.5

)

18.0

 

35.2

 

(12.2

)

23.0

 

Engineering drawings

 

11.6

 

(5.4

)

6.2

 

12.0

 

(5.4

)

6.6

 

Distribution network

 

21.4

 

 

21.4

 

21.8

 

 

21.8

 

Other intangibles

 

184.9

 

(8.9

)

176.0

 

10.6

 

(1.3

)

9.3

 

 

 

$

1,045.3

 

$

(36.3

)

$

1,009.0

 

$

220.9

 

$

(20.3

)

$

200.6

 

 

Amortization expense recorded for the other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $11.6 million, $5.8 million and $3.3 million, respectively.  Estimated amortization expense for the five years beginning in 2009 is estimated to be approximately $32.1 million per year.

 

9.    Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts and interest payable

 

$

649.2

 

$

522.1

 

Employee related expenses

 

120.2

 

88.9

 

Litigation reserves

 

72.0

 

 

Restructuring expenses

 

41.1

 

 

Profit sharing and incentives

 

67.2

 

58.1

 

Accrued rebates

 

45.7

 

 

Deferred revenue - current

 

49.5

 

55.9

 

Derivative liabilities

 

17.1

 

0.8

 

Miscellaneous accrued expenses

 

144.3

 

119.9

 

 

 

$

1,206.3

 

$

845.7

 

 

54



Table of Contents

 

10.    Debt

 

Debt at December 31 is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Revolving credit facility

 

$

17.0

 

$

56.7

 

Term loan A

 

1,025.0

 

 

Term loan B

 

1,200.0

 

 

Term loan X

 

181.5

 

 

Fair value of interest rate swaps

 

 

0.1

 

Senior notes due 2013

 

150.0

 

150.0

 

Other

 

81.8

 

23.8

 

Total debt

 

2,655.3

 

230.6

 

Less current portion and short-term borrowings

 

(182.3

)

(13.1

)

Long-term debt

 

$

2,473.0

 

$

217.5

 

 

In April 2008, the company entered into a $2,400.0 million credit agreement which was amended and restated as of August 25, 2008 to ultimately increase the size of the total facility to $2,925.0 million (New Credit Agreement).  The New Credit Agreement became effective November 6, 2008.

 

The New Credit Agreement includes four loan facilities — a revolving facility of $400.0 million with a five-year term, a Term Loan A of $1,025.0 million with a five-year term, a Term Loan B of $1,200.0 million with a six-year term, and a Term Loan X of $300.0 million with an eighteen-month term.  The company has the option to increase the borrowing capacity of the revolving facility or Term Loan A, if agreed upon by the lender, up to an aggregate amount of $300.0 million.  The company is obligated to prepay the three term loan facilities from the net proceeds of asset sales, casualty losses, equity offerings, and new indebtedness for borrowed money, and from a portion of its excess cash flow, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Borrowings made under the revolving facility, Term Loan A, and Term Loan X will initially bear interest at 3.25 percent in excess of an adjusted LIBO rate as defined in the New Credit Agreement, or 1.50 percent in excess of an alternate base rate, at the company’s option.  Borrowings made under the Term Loan B will initially bear interest at 3.50 percent in excess of an adjusted LIBO rate as defined in the New Credit Agreement, or 1.50 percent in excess of an alternate base rate, at the company’s option.   The company cannot borrow under the alternate bas rate option if that rate is lower than the adjusted LIBO rate.  A commitment fee applies to the unused portion of the revolving facility and is 0.50 percent per year.

 

The New Credit Agreement contains financial covenants whereby the ratio of (a) consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other adjustments, as defined in the New Credit Agreement (EBITDA) to (b) consolidated interest expense, each for the most recent four fiscal quarters (Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio) and the ratio of (c) consolidated indebtedness to (d) consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarters (Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio) at all time, must each meet certain defined limits. The minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is required to be greater than 2.50:1.00 for fiscal quarters through March 31, 2009, 2.75:1.00 for fiscal quarters after March 31, 2009 through March 31, 2010 and greater than 3.00:1.00 thereafter.  The Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio is required to be less than 4.00:1.00 through December 30, 2009, less than 3.75:1.00 from December 31, 2009 through December 30, 2010 and less than 3.50:1.00 thereafter. The New Credit agreement also contains customary representations and warranties and events of default.

 

As of December 31, we complied with all affirmative and negative covenants inclusive of the financial covenants pertaining to our New Credit Agreement.  Based on our forecasted operating results and related debt reductions, we have projected compliance will all covenants through March of 2010.  Our ability to comply with the financial covenants in the future depends on further debt reduction and achieving our forecasted operating results.  Given the uncertain global economies, continued constraints in the credit markets, and other market uncertainties, there are various scenarios, including a reduction from forecasted operating results, under which we could violate our financial covenants in the second half of 2009.  Our failure to comply with such covenants or an assessment that we are likely to fail to comply with such covenants, could also lead us to seek an amendment to or a waiver of the financial covenants contained in our New Credit Agreement.  Despite our present belief that we could obtain an amendment if necessary, we cannot provide assurance that we would be able to obtain any amendments to or waivers of the covenants contained in our New Credit Agreement that we may request.  Any such amendment to or waiver of the covenants would likely involve upfront fees, higher annual interest costs and other terms less favorable to us than those currently in our New Credit Agreement.   In the event our current lenders won’t amend or waive the covenants, the debt would be due and we would need to seek alternative financing.  We cannot provide assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative financing.  If we were not able to secure alternative financing, this would have a material adverse impact on the company.

 

During 2008, the company incurred $118.3 million in debt issuance costs.  The cash flow impact of these fees, which totaled $90.8 million, is included in cash flow used for financing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ending December 31, 2008.  The remaining balance of $27.5 million which represents on original issue discount is required to be paid upon extinguishment of Term Loan B.

 

Prior to November 6, 2008, the company borrowed from its $300.0 million Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2006.  Borrowings under this five year, $300 million, Revolving Credit Facility bore interest at a rate equal to the sum of a base rate or a Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin, which is based on the company’s consolidated total leverage ratio as defined by the credit agreement.  The annual commitment fee in effect at December 31, 2007 on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility was 0.15%.  As of December 31, 2007, there was $56.7 million outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.  As of

 

55



Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2007, the company had $1.9 million of outstanding letters of credit outstanding secured by the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

On August 1, 2007, the company redeemed its $175 million 10 ½% senior subordinated notes due 2012. Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, the company paid the note holders 105.25 percent of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest up to the redemption date. As a result of this redemption, the company incurred a charge of $12.5 million ($8.1 million net of income taxes) related to the call premium, write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and other expenses. The charge was recorded in loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

On May 15, 2006, the company redeemed its 175 million Euro, 10 3/8% senior subordinated notes due 2011 for $216.9 million (based on May 15, 2006 exchange rates). Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, the company paid the note holders 105.188 percent of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest up to the redemption date.  As a result of this redemption, the company incurred a charge of $14.4 million ($9.4 million net of income taxes) related to the call premium ($11.2 million), write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs ($3.1 million) and other expenses ($0.1 million).  The charge was recorded in loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

On November 6, 2003, the company completed the sale of $150.0 million of 7 1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 (Senior Notes due 2013).  The Senior Notes due 2013 are unsecured senior obligations.  Our Revolving Credit Facility ranks equally with the Senior Notes due 2013, except that it is secured by substantially all domestic tangible and intangible assets of the company and its subsidiaries.  The Senior Notes due 2013 are fully and unconditionally jointly and severally guaranteed by substantially all of the company’s domestic subsidiaries (see Note 22, “Subsidiary Guarantors of Senior Notes due 2013”).  Interest on the Senior Notes due 2013 is payable semiannually in May and November each year.  The Senior Notes due 2013 can be redeemed by the company in whole or in part for a premium on or after November 1, 2008.  The following is the premium paid by the company, expressed as a percentage of the principal amount, if it redeems the Senior Notes due 2013 during the 12-month period commencing on November 1 of the year set forth below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2009

 

102.375

%

2010

 

101.188

%

2011 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

Our Senior Notes due 2013 contain customary affirmative and negative covenants.  Among other restrictions, these covenants require us to meet specified financial tests, which include the following: consolidated interest coverage ratio and consolidated total leverage ratio. These covenants also limit, among other things, our ability to redeem or repurchase our debt, incur additional debt, make acquisitions, merge with other entities, pay dividends or distributions, repurchase capital stock, and create or become subject to liens. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2008, and based upon our current plans and outlook, we believe we will be able to comply with these covenants during the subsequent 12 months.

 

As of December 31, 2008, the company had outstanding $17.0 million of borrowings under our revolving facility with an interest rate of 5.0%.  We also had outstanding $81.8 million of other indebtedness. Our total debt has a weighted-average interest rate of 5.9%.  This debt includes outstanding bank overdrafts in the Americas, Asia and Europe and various capital leases.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the company cancelled its two fixed-to-floating rate swap contracts which effectively converted $50.0 million of its fixed rate Senior Notes due 2013 to variable rate debt. These contracts were considered to be hedges against changes in the fair value of the fixed rate debt obligation.  In January 2009, the company entered into new interest rate hedging transactions related to its Term Loan A and Term Loan B facilities.  These hedge transactions fixed the interest rate paid for 50 percent of each of these facilities for a weighted average life of at least three years as required by the terms of the New Credit Agreement.  See additional discussion at Note 24, “Subsequent Events.”

 

The aggregate scheduled maturities of outstanding debt obligations in subsequent years are as follows:

 

2009

 

182.3

 

2010

 

296.9

 

2011

 

166.5

 

2012

 

166.4

 

2013

 

691.8

 

Thereafter

 

1,151.4

 

 

 

$

2,655.3

 

 

56



Table of Contents

 

11.    Accounts Receivable Securitization

 

The company has entered into an accounts receivable securitization program whereby it sells certain of its domestic trade accounts receivable to a wholly owned, bankruptcy-remote special purpose subsidiary which, in turn, sells participating interests in its pool of receivables to a third-party financial institution (Purchaser). The Purchaser receives an ownership and security interest in the pool of receivables.  New receivables are purchased by the special purpose subsidiary and participation interests are resold to the Purchaser as collections reduce previously sold participation interests. The company has retained collection and administrative responsibilities on the participation interests sold. The Purchaser has no recourse against the company for uncollectible receivables; however, the company’s retained interest in the receivable pool is subordinate to the Purchaser and is recorded at fair value. Due to a short average collection cycle of less than 60 days for such accounts receivable and due to the company’s collection history, the fair value of the company’s retained interest approximates book value. The retained interest recorded at December 31, 2008 is $103.0 million and is included in accounts receivable in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

The securitization program includes certain of the company’s domestic U.S. Foodservice and Crane segment’s businesses and the program was amended in the third quarter of 2007 to increase the capacity of the program from $90.0 million to $105.0 million.  Trade accounts receivables sold to the Purchaser and being serviced by the company totaled $105.0 million at December 31, 2008.

 

Incremental sales of trade receivables from the special purpose subsidiary to the Purchaser totaled $308.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Cash collections of trade accounts receivable balances in the total receivable pool totaled $1.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

The accounts receivables securitization program is accounted for as a sale in accordance with FASB Statement No. 140 “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities—a Replacement of FASB Statement No. 125.” Sales of trade receivables to the Purchaser are reflected as a reduction of accounts receivable in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and the proceeds received are included in cash flows from operating activities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

The table below provides additional information about delinquencies and net credit losses for trade accounts receivable subject to the accounts receivable securitization program.

 

 

 

Balance
outstanding December 31,
2008

 

Balance Outstanding
60 Days or More
Past Due
December 31, 2008

 

Net Credit Losses
Year Ended December 31,
2008

 

Trade accounts receivable subject to securitization program

 

$

208.0

 

$

5.9

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable balance sold

 

105.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained interest

 

$

103.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.    Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense for continuing operations is summarized below:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

(38.5

)

$

188.8

 

$

89.1

 

Foreign

 

117.7

 

248.1

 

144.7

 

Total

 

$

79.2

 

$

436.9

 

$

233.8

 

 

The provision for taxes on earnings (loss) from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

 

57



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(37.5

)

$

64.8

 

$

42.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State

 

0.3

 

10.3

 

3.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

40.2

 

42.8

 

31.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current

 

3.0

 

117.9

 

78.3

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal and state

 

7.2

 

(0.1

)

(5.2

)

Foreign

 

(8.7

)

4.3

 

1.7

 

Total deferred

 

(1.5

)

4.2

 

(3.5

)

Provision for taxes on earnings

 

$

1.5

 

$

122.1

 

$

74.8

 

 

The federal statutory income tax rate is reconciled to the company’s effective income tax rate for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Federal income tax at statutory rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

State income provision (benefit)

 

(2.1

)

1.6

 

1.7

 

Non-deductible book intangible asset amortization

 

0.5

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

Tax exempt export income

 

 

 

(0.5

)

Federal manufacturing income benefit

 

 

(0.7

)

 

Federal tax credits

 

(8.9

)

(1.4

)

 

Taxes on foreign income which differ from the U.S. statutory rate

 

(27.9

)

(6.1

)

(5.5

)

Adjustments for unrecognized tax benefits

 

3.5

 

(0.9

)

 

Other items

 

1.8

 

0.4

 

1.1

 

Provision for taxes on earnings

 

1.9

%

28.0

%

32.0

%

 

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 1.9% compared to 28.0% for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The effective tax rate in 2008 was favorably affected by the significant decrease in U.S. pre-tax income resulting from the loss on currency hedges and certain global tax planning initiatives that are not impacted by pre-tax income volatility.  The effective tax rate in 2007 was lower than the statutory rate as a result of a foreign tax credit carryforward which was recognized during the second quarter of 2007 and an IRS audit settlement during the third quarter of 2007.  In addition, the effective tax rate in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were favorably affected, as compared to the statutory rate, to varying degrees by certain global tax planning initiatives.

 

The deferred income tax accounts reflect the impact of temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their related basis as measured by income tax regulations.  A summary of the deferred income tax accounts at December 31 is as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Current deferred assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

$

28.0

 

$

13.9

 

Accounts receivable

 

7.2

 

12.1

 

Product warranty reserves

 

32.3

 

17.3

 

Product liability reserves

 

9.2

 

12.1

 

Other employee-related benefits and allowances

 

18.5

 

5.3

 

Net operating losses carryforwards, current portion

 

 

3.0

 

Deferred revenue, current portion

 

1.9

 

 

Other reserves and allowances

 

41.0

 

2.4

 

Net future income tax benefits, current

 

$

138.1

 

$

66.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current deferred assets (liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

$

(47.8

)

$

(34.3

)

Intangible assets

 

(305.8

)

(3.4

)

Post retirement benefits other than pensions

 

18.2

 

20.4

 

Deferred employee benefits

 

14.7

 

8.6

 

Severance benefits

 

 

0.2

 

Product warranty reserves

 

1.2

 

1.3

 

Tax credits

 

2.9

 

4.5

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

64.1

 

22.5

 

Deferred revenue

 

6.3

 

14.8

 

Other

 

2.5

 

2.8

 

Total non-current deferred asset (liability)

 

(243.7

)

32.1

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(40.0

)

(9.8

)

Net future tax benefits, non-current

 

$

(283.7

)

$

27.6

 

 

As a result of the Enodis acquisition, the company recorded through purchase accounting current deferred tax assets of $59.6 million and non-current deferred tax liabilities of $318.5 million, including a valuation allowance of $30.5 million.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

The company’s policy is to remit earnings from foreign subsidiaries only to the extent any underlying foreign taxes are creditable in the United States.  Accordingly, the company does not currently provide for additional United States and foreign income taxes which would become payable upon repatriation of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries.  Undistributable earnings from continuing operations on which additional income taxes have not been provided amounted to approximately $434.3 million at December 31, 2008.  If all such undistributed earnings were remitted, an additional provision for income taxes of approximately $152.0 million would have been necessary as of December 31, 2008.

 

As of December 31, 2008, the company has approximately $432.2 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, which are available to reduce future state tax liabilities.  These state net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning 2009 through 2028.  The company also has approximately $176.6 million of foreign loss carryforwards, which are available to reduce future foreign tax liabilities.  These foreign loss carryforwards generally have no expiration under current foreign law with the exception of China, which is limited to a five year carry forward. The valuation allowance represents a reserve for certain foreign loss carryforwards for which realization is not “more likely than not.”

 

The company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The following table provides the open tax years for which the company could be subject to income tax examination by the tax authorities in its major jurisdictions:

 

Jurisdiction

 

Open Years

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

 

2006 — 2008

Wisconsin

 

1997 — 2008

Pennsylvania

 

2004 — 2008

France

 

2003 — 2008

Germany

 

2001 — 2008

Italy

 

2003 — 2008

Portugal

 

2004 — 2008

United Kingdom

 

2005 — 2008

Singapore

 

2002 — 2008

 

The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an examination of the company’s U.S. income tax returns for the 2006 and 2007 tax years in the fourth quarter of 2008. Thus far there have been no significant developments with regards to this IRS examination.  In 2006, the Wisconsin Department of Revenue (WDOR) began an examination of the company’s Wisconsin income tax returns for 1997 through 2005.  The company expects to settle this examination in 2009 and does not expect a material impact to the financial statements.  In August 2007, the German tax authorities began an examination of the company’s German entity’s income and trade tax returns for 2001 through 2005. Thus far, there have been no significant developments with regard to this German examination.

 

The company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, ”  on January 1, 2007.  During 2008, the company recorded additional unrecognized tax benefits of $59.7 million of which $57.0 million resulted from the Enodis acquisition and was recorded through purchase accounting.  Included in the recorded unrecognized tax benefit is an increase of $24.0 million for accrued interest and penalties of which $22.5 million resulted from the Enodis acquisition and was recorded through purchase accounting.  A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest and penalties for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 

59



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

30.5

 

$

27.5

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 

2.0

 

18.7

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years resulting from the Enodis acquisition

 

34.5

 

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(4.9

)

Reductions based on settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

(9.5

)

Reductions for lapse of statute

 

(0.8

)

(1.3

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

66.2

 

$

30.5

 

 

Substantially all of the company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

 

The company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, the company accrued $24.0 million, ($1.9) million, and $0.5 million, respectively, for the payment of interest and penalties related to uncertain tax liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2008, $23.0 million of the total amount resulted from the Enodis acquisition and was recorded through purchase accounting.  As of the year ended December 31, 2008, the company has accrued interest and penalties of $30.1 million.

 

During the next 12 months, the company does not expect any material changes in its unrecognized tax benefits.

 

13.  Earnings Per Share

 

The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average shares outstanding used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

129,930,749

 

124,667,931

 

122,449,148

 

Effect of dilutive securities - stock options and restricted stock

 

 

 

2,821,485

 

3,122,384

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

129,930,749

 

127,489,416

 

125,571,532

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the total number of potential dilutive options was 1.7 million.  However, these options were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per common share for the year since to do so would decrease the loss per share.  For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, 0.0 million, and 0.3 million, respectively, common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, were anti-dilutive and were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

 

14.  Stockholders’ Equity

 

Authorized capitalization consists of 300 million shares of $0.01 par value common stock and 3.5 million shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock.  None of the preferred shares have been issued.

 

On March 21, 2007, the Board of Directors of the company approved the Rights Agreement between the company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent and declared a dividend distribution of one right (a “Right”) for each outstanding share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the company (the “Common Stock”), to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 30, 2007 (the “Record Date”).  In addition to the Rights issued as a dividend on the record date, the Board of Directors has also determined that one Right will be issued together with each share of Common Stock issued by the company after the Record Date.  Generally, each Right, when it becomes exercisable, entitles the registered holder to purchase from the company one share of Common Stock at a purchase price, in cash, of $110.00 per share ($220.00 per share prior to the September 10, 2007 stock split), subject to adjustment as set forth in the Rights Agreement (the “Purchase Price” or “Exercise Price”).

 

As explained in the Rights Agreement, the Rights become exercisable on the “Distribution Date”, which is that date that any of the following occurs: (1) 10 days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated persons (an “Acquiring Person”) has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the company; or (2) 10 business days following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or group beneficially owning 20% or more of such outstanding shares of Common Stock.  The Rights will expire at the close of business on March 29, 2017, unless earlier redeemed or exchanged by the company as described in the Rights Agreement.

 

On July 26, 2007, the board of directors authorized a two-for-one split of the company’s common stock.  Record holders of Manitowoc’s common stock at the close of business on August 31, 2007 received on September 10, 2007 one additional share of common stock for every share of Manitowoc common stock they owned as of August 31, 2007.  Manitowoc shares outstanding at the close of business on August 31, 2007 totaled 62,787,642.  The company’s common stock began trading at its post-split price at the beginning of trading on September 11, 2007.  Per share, share and stock option amounts within this Annual Report on Form 10-K for all periods presented have been adjusted to reflect the stock split.

 

The amount and timing of the quarterly dividend is determined by the board of directors at its regular meetings each year.  In the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company paid a quarterly dividend of $0.02 in cash for each quarter for a cumulative dividend in 2008 of $0.08 per share.   In the year ended December 31, 2007, the company paid a quarterly dividend of $.0175 (adjusted for the stock split in September of 2007) in cash the first two quarters and paid a quarterly dividend of $0.02 in cash in each of the last two quarters for a cumulative dividend in 2007 of $0.075 per share.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Currently, the company has authorization to purchase up to 10 million shares (adjusted for the 2006 and 2007 2-for-1 stock splits) of common stock at management’s discretion.  As of December 31, 2008, the company had purchased approximately 7.6 million shares (adjusted for the 2006 and 2007 2-for-1 stock splits) at a cost of $49.8 million pursuant to this authorization.  The company did not purchase any shares of its common stock during 2008, 2007 or 2006.

 

In November 2007, we sold, pursuant to an underwritten public offering, approximately 4.0 million shares of our common stock at a price of $39.48 per share to the public.  The offering was undertaken to meet anticipated investor demand for the company’s common stock in connection with Standard & Poor’s decision to add the company to the S&P 500 Index as of the close of trading on November 15.  Net cash proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, were $156.9 million.  We used the proceeds for general corporate purposes.

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Foreign currency translation

 

$

87.1

 

$

116.6

 

Derivative instrument fair market value, net of income taxes of $(3.2) and $0.8

 

(5.9

)

1.4

 

Employee pension and postretirement benefit adjustments, net of income taxes of $(6.8) and $(1.9)

 

(12.7

)

(3.5

)

 

 

$

68.5

 

$

114.5

 

 

15.  Stock Based Compensation

 

Effective January 1, 2006, the company adopted SFAS No. 123 (R), “Share-Based Payment: An Amendment of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statements No. 123” (SFAS No. 123(R)), which revised SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”  SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be measured at fair value and expensed in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the service period (generally the vesting period) of the grant.

 

As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the company recognized $6.5 million ($6.4 million after taxes), $6.2 million ($4.5 million after taxes) and $5.7 million ($3.9 million after taxes) of pre-tax compensation expense associated with stock options for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

The company maintains the following stock plans:

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 1995 Stock Plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock and limited stock appreciation rights as an incentive to certain employees.  Under this plan, stock options to acquire up to 10.1 million shares of common stock, in the aggregate, may be granted under the time-vesting formula at an exercise price equal to the market price of the common stock at the close of business or the business day immediately preceding the date of grant.  The options become exercisable in 25% increments beginning on the second anniversary of the grant date over a four-year period and expire ten years subsequent to the grant date.  The restrictions on any restricted shares granted under the plan lapse in one-third increments on each anniversary of the grant date.  Awards are no longer granted under this plan.  Awards surrendered under this plan become available for granting under the 2003 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan.

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan (2003 Stock Plan) provides for both short-term and long-term incentive awards for employees.  Stock-based awards may take the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and performance share or performance unit awards.  The total number of shares of the company’s common stock originally available for awards under the 2003 Stock Plan was 12.0 million shares (adjusted for all stock splits since the plan’s inception) and is subject to further adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and certain other transactions or events in the future.  Options under this plan are exercisable at such times and subject to such conditions as the compensation committee should determine.  Options granted under the plan to date become exercisable in 25% increments beginning on the second anniversary of the grant date over a four-year period and expire ten years subsequent to the grant date.  Restrictions on restricted stock awarded under this plan lapse 100% on the third anniversary of the grant date.  There have been no awards of stock appreciation rights, performance shares or performance units.

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 1999 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (1999 Stock Plan) provides for the granting of stock options to non-employee members of the board of directors.  Under this plan, stock options to acquire up to 0.7 million shares (adjusted for all stock splits since the plan’s inception and is subject to further adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and certain other transactions or events in the future) of common stock, in the aggregate, may be granted under a time-vesting formula and at an exercise price equal to the market price of the common stock at the date of grant.  For the 1999 Stock Plan, the options are exercisable in 25% increments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date over a four-year period and expire ten years subsequent to the

 

61



Table of Contents

 

grant date.  During 2004, this plan was frozen and replaced with the 2004 Director Stock Plan.

 

The 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock and Awards Plan (2004 Director Stock Plan) was approved by the shareholders of the company during the 2004 annual meeting and it replaces 1999 Stock Plan.  Stock-based awards may take the form of stock options, restricted stock, or restricted stock units.  The total number of shares of the company’s common stock originally available for awards under the 2004 Stock Plan was 0.9 million (adjusted for all stock splits since the plan’s inception and is subject to further adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and certain other transactions or events in the future).  Stock options awarded under the plan vest immediately and expire ten years subsequent to the grant date.  Restrictions on restricted stock awarded to date under the plan lapse on the third anniversary of the award date.

 

With the acquisition of Grove, the company inherited the Grove Investors, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.  Outstanding Grove stock options under the Grove Investors, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan were converted into options to acquire the company’s common stock at the date of acquisition.  Under this plan, after the conversion of Grove stock options to Manitowoc stock options, stock options to acquire 0.1 million shares (adjusted for all stock splits since the plan’s inception and is subject to further adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and certain other transactions or events in the future) of common stock of the company were outstanding.  These options are fully vested and expire on September 25, 2011.  No additional options may be granted under the Grove Investors, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

A summary of the company’s stock option activity is as follows (in millions, except weighted average exercise price):

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

Intrinsic Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding as of January 1, 2007

 

5.5

 

$

11.04

 

 

 

Granted

 

0.8

 

30.78

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(1.6

)

7.26

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

(0.2

)

17.16

 

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2007

 

4.5

 

$

15.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

0.5

 

39.27

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(0.5

)

8.97

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

(0.2

)

24.47

 

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2008

 

4.3

 

18.21

 

$

1.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exerciseable as of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2007

 

1.7

 

$

6.71

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

1.6

 

$

8.85

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

1.9

 

$

11.05

 

$

1.9

 

 

The outstanding stock options at December 31, 2008 have a range of exercise prices of $4.23 to $47.84 per option.  The following table shows the options outstanding and exercisable by range of exercise prices at December 31, 2008 (in millions, except weight average remaining contractual life and weighted average exercise price).

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Contractual

 

Weighted Average

 

Exercisable

 

Weighted Average

 

Range of Exercise Price

 

Options

 

Life (Years)

 

Exercise Price

 

Options

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$4.23 - $6.00

 

0.2

 

3.7

 

$

4.77

 

0.2

 

$

4.77

 

$6.01 - $7.00

 

0.5

 

3.5

 

6.31

 

0.5

 

6.31

 

$7.01 - $9.00

 

0.5

 

4.5

 

7.90

 

0.4

 

7.96

 

$9.01 - $10.20

 

0.6

 

6.3

 

10.13

 

0.3

 

10.13

 

$10.21 - $18.00

 

0.4

 

6.3

 

10.62

 

0.2

 

10.45

 

$18.01 - $25.00

 

0.5

 

7.2

 

18.89

 

0.1

 

18.90

 

$25.01 - $27.50

 

0.5

 

7.3

 

26.11

 

0.2

 

26.10

 

$27.51 - $29.52

 

0.6

 

8.2

 

29.51

 

 

29.52

 

$35.97 - $47.84

 

0.5

 

9.0

 

38.98

 

 

39.79

 

 

 

4.3

 

6.4

 

$

18.21

 

1.9

 

$

11.05

 

 

The company continues to use the Black-Scholes valuation model to value stock options.  The company used its historical stock prices as the basis for its volatility assumption.  The assumed risk-free rates were based on ten-year U.S. Treasury rates in effect at the time

 

62



Table of Contents

 

of grant.  The expected option life represents the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding and are based on historical experience.

 

As of December 31, 2008, the company has $15.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense which will be recognized over the next five years.

 

The weighted average fair value of options granted per share during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $15.34, $12.56 and $9.60, respectively.  The fair value of each option grant was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing method with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected life (years)

 

6.0

 

6.0

 

7.0

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.4

%

4.4

%

4.8

%

Expected volatility

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

34.0

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.3

%

0.3

%

0.6

%

 

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 the total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $13.8 million, $45.9 million and $46.5 million, respectively.

 

16. Contingencies and Significant Estimates

 

The company has been identified as a potentially responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERLA) in connection with the Lemberger Landfill Superfund Site near Manitowoc, Wisconsin.  Approximately 150 potentially responsible parties have been identified as having shipped hazardous materials to this site.  Eleven of those, including the company, have formed the Lemberger Site Remediation Group and have successfully negotiated with the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources to fund the cleanup and settle their potential liability at this site.  The estimated remaining cost to complete the clean up of this site is approximately $8.1 million.  Although liability is joint and several, the company’s share of the liability is estimated to be 11% of the remaining cost.   Remediation work at the site has been substantially completed, with only long-term pumping and treating of groundwater and site maintenance remaining.  The company’s remaining estimated liability for this matter, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 is $0.8 and $0.9 million, respectively.  Based on the size of the company’s current allocation of liabilities at this site, the existence of other viable potential responsible parties and current reserve, the company does not believe that any liability imposed in connection with this site will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

As of December 31, 2008, the company also held reserves for environmental matters related to Enodis locations of approximately $2.0 million and at another location of approximately $0.6 million.  At certain of the company’s other facilities, the company has identified potential contaminants in soil and groundwater.  The ultimate cost of any remediation required will depend upon the results of future investigation.  Based upon available information, the company does not expect the ultimate costs at any of these locations will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

The company believes that it has obtained and is in substantial compliance with those material environmental permits and approvals necessary to conduct its various businesses.  Based on the facts presently known, the company does not expect environmental compliance costs to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

As of December 31, 2008, various product-related lawsuits were pending.  To the extent permitted under applicable law, all of these are insured with self-insurance retention levels.  The company’s self-insurance retention levels vary by business, and have fluctuated over the last five years.  The range of the company’s self-insured retention levels is $0.1 million to $3.0 million per occurrence.  The high-end of the company’s self-insurance retention level is a legacy product liability insurance program inherited in the Grove acquisition for cranes manufactured in the United States for occurrences from January 2000 through October 2002.  As of December 31, 2008, the largest self-insured retention level currently maintained by the company is $2.0 million per occurrence and applies to product liability claims for cranes manufactured in the United States.

 

Product liability reserves in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008, were $34.4 million; $9.8 million was reserved specifically for actual cases and $24.6 million for claims incurred but not reported which were estimated using actuarial methods.  For the year ended December 31, 2007, product liability reserves in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were $34.7 million; $14.5 million was reserved specifically for actual cases and $20.2 million for claims incurred but not reported.  Based on the company’s experience in defending product liability claims, management believes the current reserves are adequate for estimated case resolutions on aggregate self-insured claims and insured claims.  Any recoveries from insurance carriers are dependent upon the legal sufficiency of claims and solvency of insurance carriers.

 

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the company had reserved $123.5 million and $92.1 million, respectively, for warranty claims included in product warranties and other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Certain of these warranty and

 

63



Table of Contents

 

other related claims involve matters in dispute that ultimately are resolved by negotiations, arbitration, or litigation.

 

It is reasonably possible that the estimates for environmental remediation, product liability and warranty costs may change in the near future based upon new information that may arise or matters that are beyond the scope of the company’s historical experience.  Presently, there are no reliable methods to estimate the amount of any such potential changes.

 

The company is involved in numerous lawsuits involving asbestos-related claims in which the company is one of numerous defendants.  After taking into consideration legal counsel’s evaluation of such actions, the current political environment with respect to asbestos related claims, and the liabilities accrued with respect to such matters, in the opinion of management, ultimate resolution is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows of the company.

 

In conjunction with the Enodis acquisition, the company assumed the responsibility to address outstanding and future legal actions.  As of December 31, 2008, the only significant unresolved claimed legal matter involves a former subsidiary of Enodis, Consolidated Industries Corporation (Consolidated).  Enodis sold Consolidated to an unrelated party in 1998. Shortly after the sale, Consolidated commenced bankruptcy proceedings.  Subsequently, the appointed bankruptcy trustee asserted a variety of bankruptcy and equitable claims seeking recovery in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Indiana.  On January 7, 2003, the United States District Court entered a partial summary judgment against Enodis and on July 28, 2004, the Bankruptcy Court also issued an opinion against Enodis.  On October 31, 2006, the District Court upheld the rulings of the Bankruptcy Court and the certain judgments against Enodis.  Both Enodis and the trustee appealed the court’s judgments to the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit.  On September 2, 2008, the Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals entered an order affirming in part, reversing in part, and remanding in part the judgments previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court and the District Court.

 

As a result of the ruling by the Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals, the District Court assigned the case to a Magistrate Judge in the Northern District of Indiana to conduct a settlement conference which began on December 10, 2008.  Subsequent to December 31, 2008, an agreement was reached and the Settlement Agreement was submitted to the Bankruptcy Court for approval.  Any objections to the Settlement Agreement must be filed no later than March 5, 2009.  We do not anticipate objections to made to the Settlement Agreement, and we will pay the agreed amount of $69.5 million plus interest from February 1, 2009 when the Settlement Agreement is approved by the Bankruptcy Court.  As of December 31, 2008, the company has accrued $72.0 million related to this matter in accounts payable and other accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

The company is also involved in various legal actions arising out of the normal course of business, which, taking into account the liabilities accrued and legal counsel’s evaluation of such actions, in the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

17. Guarantees

 

The company periodically enters into transactions with customers that provide for residual value guarantees and buyback commitments.  These initial transactions are recorded as deferred revenue and are amortized to income on a straight-line basis over a period equal to that of the customer’s third party financing agreement.  The deferred revenue included in other current and non-current liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $105.8 million and $102.4 million, respectively.  The total amount of residual value guarantees and buyback commitments given by the company and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $105.1 million and $128.4 million, respectively.  These amounts are not reduced for amounts the company would recover from repossessing and subsequent resale of the units.  The residual value guarantees and buyback commitments expire at various times through 2013.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the company sold $3.7 million and $14.2 million, respectively, of its long term notes receivable to third party financing companies. The company guarantees some percentage, up to 100%, of collection of the notes to the financing companies.  The company has accounted for the sales of the notes as a financing of receivables.  The receivables remain on the company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, net of payments made, in other current and non-current assets and the company has recognized an obligation equal to the net outstanding balance of the notes in other current and non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The cash flow benefit of these transactions are reflected as financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 customers have paid $7.5 million and $18.5 million, respectively, of the notes to the third party financing companies.  As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the outstanding balance of the notes receivables guaranteed by the company was $14.5 million and $18.2 million, respectively.

 

In the normal course of business, the company provides its customers a warranty covering workmanship, and in some cases materials, on products manufactured by the company.  Such warranty generally provides that products will be free from defects for periods ranging from 12 months to 60 months with certain equipment having longer-term warranties.  If a product fails to comply with the company’s warranty, the company may be obligated, at its expense, to correct any defect by repairing or replacing such defective products.  The company provides for an estimate of costs that may be incurred under its warranty at the time product revenue is recognized.  These costs primarily include labor and materials, as necessary, associated with repair or replacement.  The primary factors that affect the company’s warranty liability include the number of units shipped and historical and anticipated warranty claims.  As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, the company assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amounts as necessary.  Below is a table summarizing the warranty activity for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

91.2

 

$

69.1

 

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

 

61.0

 

64.9

 

Acquisitions

 

33.4

 

 

Settlements made (in cash or in kind) during the period

 

(61.1

)

(45.8

)

Currency translation

 

(1.0

)

3.0

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

123.5

 

$

91.2

 

 

18. Restructuring

 

Restructuring expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $21.7 million as compared to no restructuring expense in 2007 or 2006.  The restructuring expense is primarily in response to the accelerated decline in demand in Western and Southern Europe where market conditions have negatively impacted our tower crane product sales.  The tower crane backlog in Europe has declined by almost 80% in 2008 compared to the same period in 2007.  To better align the company’s resources with the current demand in Europe the company committed to a restructuring plan in the fourth quarter of 2008 to reduce the cost structure of its French and Portuguese facilities. 

 

64



Table of Contents

 

The plan includes workforce reductions of approximately 350 employees in France and 120 employees in Portugal.  As of December 31, 2008, no significant benefit payments have been made with respect to the workforce reductions, but all restructuring activities are expected to be completed by December 31, 2009.  The following table summarizes the initial amounts recorded for the activities, all of which are related to the Crane segment:

 

 

 

Total

 

Costs Incurred

 

Costs Incurred

 

As of December 31, 2008 ($ 000,000’s)

 

Expected Costs

 

During the Period

 

To Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Involuntary employee terminations and related costs

 

$

21.1

 

$

 

$

 

 

19. Employee Benefit Plans

 

Savings and Investment Plans The company sponsors a defined contribution savings plan that allows substantially all domestic employees to contribute a portion of their pre-tax and/or after-tax income in accordance with plan-specific guidelines.  In conjunction with the Enodis acquisition (see Note 3), the company currently sponsors two distinct defined contribution savings plans.  The acquired plan allows the company to make a matching contribution on pre-tax contributions to the plan in an amount equal to 100% of the first 3% of compensation and 50 % of the next 2% of compensation contributed to the plan.  Effective January 1, 2007 the former Manitowoc plan was revised to increase the company match to 100% of the participants’ contributions up to 4% from 3% previously, and match an additional 50% of the participants’ contributions between 4% to a maximum of 8% from 3% to a maximum of 6% previously, of the participants’ compensation.  It is anticipated that the underlying plan guidelines will be conformed during the integration process.  The company also provides retirement benefits through noncontributory deferred profit sharing plans covering substantially all employees.  Company contributions to the plans are based upon formulas contained in the plans.  Total costs incurred under these plans were $28.4 million, $36.1 million and $30.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Pension, Postretirement Health and Other Benefit Plans The company provides certain pension, health care and death benefits for eligible retirees and their dependents.  The pension benefits are funded, while the health care and death benefits are not funded but are paid as incurred.  Eligibility for coverage is based on meeting certain years of service and retirement qualifications.  These benefits may be subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions, and other limitations.  The company has reserved the right to modify these benefits.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)”.  The company adopted SFAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006 which resulted in adjustments to total assets, total liabilities, and accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax of $(11.2) million, $3.9 million, and $7.3 million, respectively.

 

The components of period benefit costs for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

 

 

 

US Pension Plans

 

Non-U.S. Pension
Plans

 

Postretirement Health
and Other

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost - benefits earned during the year

 

$

0.1

 

$

 

$

 

$

1.9

 

$

2.1

 

$

2.1

 

$

0.8

 

$

0.7

 

$

0.9

 

Interest cost of projected benefit obligation

 

7.8

 

7.0

 

6.4

 

5.0

 

3.6

 

4.4

 

3.2

 

3.3

 

3.2

 

Expected return on assets

 

(7.2

)

(7.0

)

(6.4

)

(4.1

)

(3.1

)

(3.5

)

 

 

 

Amortization of actuarial net (gain) loss

 

 

0.7

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.3

 

0.1

 

Settlement gain recognized

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special termination benefit

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

0.7

 

$

0.7

 

$

0.8

 

$

2.9

 

$

8.7

 

$

3.1

 

$

4.0

 

$

4.3

 

$

4.2

 

Weighted average assumptions:–

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.61

%

5.75

%

5.50

%

6.14

%

4.81

%

4.53

%

6.5

%

5.75

%

5.50

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

5.92

%

8.25

%

8.25

%

5.95

%

6.03

%

6.37

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

4.18

%

3.88

%

3.53

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

65



Table of Contents

 

The prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants.  Gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation and the market-related value of assets are amortized over the average remaining service period of active participants.

 

The following is a reconciliation of the changes in benefit obligation, the changes in plan assets, and the funded status as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

US Pension Plans

 

Non-U.S. Pension
Plans

 

Postretirement Health
and Other

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

Change in Benefit Obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

 

$

113.9

 

$

124.1

 

$

63.7

 

$

100.7

 

$

50.2

 

$

59.9

 

Service cost

 

0.1

 

 

1.9

 

2.1

 

0.8

 

0.7

 

Interest cost

 

7.8

 

7.0

 

5.0

 

3.6

 

3.2

 

3.3

 

Participant contributions

 

 

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

1.9

 

2.0

 

Plan settlements

 

 

 

 

(37.7

)

 

 

Special termination benefits

 

 

 

 

5.3

 

 

 

Net transfer in/(out)

 

42.6

 

 

123.3

 

 

4.0

 

 

Actuarial loss (gain)

 

13.7

 

(12.5

)

13.5

 

(5.1

)

6.4

 

(9.4

)

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

(17.3

)

3.6

 

0.1

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(5.3

)

(4.7

)

(5.0

)

(8.9

)

(5.8

)

(6.3

)

Benefit obligation, end of year

 

172.8

 

113.9

 

185.2

 

63.7

 

60.8

 

50.2

 

Change in Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

 

119.2

 

88.0

 

51.4

 

72.4

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

22.1

 

8.0

 

5.6

 

4.4

 

 

 

Employer contributions

 

0.7

 

28.0

 

4.1

 

19.2

 

3.9

 

4.3

 

Participant contributions

 

 

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

1.9

 

2.0

 

Plan settlements

 

 

 

 

(37.7

)

 

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

(18.8

)

1.9

 

 

 

Net transfer in/(out)

 

28.9

 

 

122.5

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(5.3

)

(4.7

)

(5.0

)

(8.9

)

(5.8

)

(6.3

)

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

 

165.6

 

119.2

 

159.9

 

51.4

 

 

 

Funded status

 

$

(7.2

)

$

5.3

 

$

(25.3

)

$

(12.3

)

$

(60.8

)

$

(50.2

)

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance sheet at December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension asset

 

$

11.0

 

$

11.9

 

$

6.8

 

$

3.4

 

$

 

$

 

Pension obligation

 

(18.2

)

(6.6

)

(32.1

)

(15.7

)

 

 

Postretirement health and other benefit obligations

 

 

 

 

 

(60.8

)

(50.2

)

Net amount recognized

 

$

(7.2

)

$

5.3

 

$

(25.3

)

$

(12.3

)

$

(60.8

)

$

(50.2

)

Weighted-Average Assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.20

%

6.50

%

6.25

%

5.68

%

6.23

%

6.50

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

5.92

%

6.50

%

5.95

%

6.03

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, consist of the following:

 

 

 

Pensions

 

Postretirement health and other

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

Net actuarial gain (loss)

 

$

(15.2

)

$

(4.8

)

$

(6.0

)

$

0.5

 

Prior service credit

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

 

 

Total amount recognized

 

$

(14.9

)

$

(4.5

)

$

(6.0

)

$

0.5

 

 

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year are not significant for the pension and the postretirement health and other plans.

 

For measurement purposes, a 7.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2008.  The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% for 2014 and remain at that level thereafter.  Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans.  The following table summarizes the sensitivity of our December 31, 2008 retirement obligations and 2009 retirement benefit costs of our plans to changes in the key assumptions used to determine those results:

 

66



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated increase

 

 

 

Estimated increase

 

 

 

 

 

(decrease) in Projected

 

Estimated increase

 

(decrease) in Other

 

 

 

Estimated increase

 

Benefit Obligation for the

 

(decrease) in Other

 

Postretirement Benefit Obligation

 

 

 

(decrease) in 2009

 

year ended

 

Postretirement

 

for the year ended

 

Change in assumption:

 

pension cost

 

December 31, 2008

 

Benefit costs

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50% increase in discount rate

 

 

(21.1

)

(0.1

)

(2.5

)

0.50% decrease in discount rate

 

0.1

 

22.8

 

0.1

 

2.6

 

0.50% increase in long-term return on assets

 

(1.6

)

 

 

 

0.50% decrease in long-term return on assets

 

1.6

 

 

 

 

1% increase in medical trend rates

 

 

 

0.4

 

5.6

 

1% decrease in medical trend rates

 

 

 

(0.4

)

4.9

 

 

It is reasonably possible that the estimate for future retirement and health costs may change in the near future due to changes in the health care environment or changes in interest rates that may arise.  Presently, there is no reliable means to estimate the amount of any such potential changes.

 

The weighted-average asset allocations of the U.S. pension plans at December 31, 2008 and 2007, by asset category are as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Equity

 

16.6

%

10.0

%

Fixed income

 

83.4

 

90.0

 

Real estate

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

The weighted-average asset allocations of the Non U.S. pension plans at December 31, 2008 and 2007, by asset category are as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Equity

 

26.9

%

33.5

%

Fixed income

 

72.5

 

63.5

 

Real estate

 

0.3

 

1.0

 

Other

 

0.3

 

2.0

 

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

The board of directors has established the Retirement Plan Committee (the Committee) to manage the operations and administration of all benefit plans and related trusts.  The Committee is committed to diversification to reduce the risk of large losses.  On a quarterly basis, the Committee reviews progress towards achieving the pension plans’ and individual managers’ performance objectives.

 

In conjunction with the Enodis acquisition (see Note 3), and effective as of December 31, 2008, the company merged all but one of the Enodis U.S. pension plans into the Manitowoc U.S. merged pension plan.  The unmerged plan continues to accrue benefits for the enrolled participants, while the remaining merged plans had benefit accruals frozen prior to the merger of the plans.  Effective January 1, 2007, the company merged all Manitowoc U.S. pension plans together and made a contribution of $27.2 million that is expected to fully fund the ongoing pension liability.  The company also changed its investment policy to more closely align the interest rate sensitivity of its pension assets with the corresponding liabilities.  The resulting asset allocation is approximately 10% equities and 90% fixed income.  This funding and change in allocation removed a significant portion of the U.S. pension’s volatility arising from unpredictable changes in interest rates and the equity markets.  This decision will protect the company’s balance sheet as well as support its goal of minimizing unexpected future pension cash contributions based upon the new provisions of the Pension Protection Act and protect our employees’ benefits.  It is anticipated that the underlying plan asset allocations will be conformed during the integration process.

 

During the second quarter of 2007, the company made a $15.1 million pension contribution to its U.K. defined benefit pension plan.  The $15.1 million contribution funded the defined benefit plan as well as paid an incentive to certain pensioners to transfer from the defined benefit plan to a defined contribution plan.  As a result of this payment, the company recorded a charge during the second quarter of 2007 of approximately $3.8 million to reflect the incentive given to the pensioners and expenses incurred. During the second quarter of 2007, the company recorded a charge of $1.4 million related to a withdraw liability from a multiemployer pension plan at its former River Falls, Wisconsin facility.  During the third quarter of 2005, the company closed its Kolpak operation located in River Falls, Wisconsin and consolidated it with its operation in Tennessee.  The $1.4 million represents the estimated payment the company will make to the multiemployer pension plan for its former union employees at the closed facility.

 

To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumptions, the company considered the historical returns and future expectations for returns in each asset class, as well as targeted asset allocation percentages within the pension portfolio.

 

The expected 2009 contributions for the U.S. pension plans are as follows: the minimum contribution for 2009 is $2.5 million; the discretionary contribution is $0 million; and the non-cash contribution is $0.  The expected 2009 contributions for the non-U.S. pension plans are as follows: the minimum contribution for 2009 is $4.8 million; the discretionary contribution is $0; and the non-cash contribution is $0.  Expected company paid claims for the postretirement health and life insurance plans are $4.8 million for 2009.  Projected benefit payments from the plans as of December 31, 2008 are estimated as follows:

 

67



Table of Contents

 

 

 

U.S Pension

 

Non-U.S.

 

Postretirement
Health and

 

 

 

Plans

 

Pension Plans

 

Other

 

2009

 

$

8.8

 

$

9.9

 

$

4.8

 

2010

 

9.2

 

10.0

 

4.9

 

2011

 

9.5

 

10.3

 

4.9

 

2012

 

9.9

 

11.0

 

4.9

 

2013

 

10.3

 

10.8

 

5.0

 

2014 — 2018

 

57.5

 

63.8

 

27.0

 

 

The fair value of plan assets for which the accumulated benefit obligation is in excess of the plan assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 

 

 

U.S Pension Plans

 

Non U.S. Pension Plans

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

30.3

 

6.6

 

38.4

 

13.9

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

30.3

 

6.6

 

35.6

 

13.4

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

12.1

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all U.S. pension plans as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $172.8 million and $113.9 million, respectively.  The accumulated benefit obligation for all non-U.S. pension plans as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $179.6 million and $22.3 million, respectively.

 

The measurement date for all plans is December 31, 2008.

 

The company maintains a target benefit plan for certain executive officers of the company that is unfunded.  Expenses related to the plan in the amount of $4.1 million, $3.0 million and $1.9 million were recorded in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Amounts accrued as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 related to this plan were $16.5 million and $13.4 million, respectively.

 

The company has two general deferred compensation plans that enable certain key employees and non-employee directors to defer a portion of their compensation or fees on a pre-tax basis.  Under the historical Manitowoc plan, the company matches contributions at a rate equal to an employee’s profit sharing percentage plus one percent.  Effective January 1, 2002, the company amended its deferred compensation plan to provide plan participants the ability to direct deferrals and company matching contributions into two separate investment programs, Program A and Program B.

 

The investment assets in Program A and B are held in two separate Deferred Compensation Plans, which restrict the company’s use and access to the funds but which are also subject to the claims of the company’s general creditors in rabbi trusts.  Program A invests solely in the company’s stock; dividends paid on the company’s stock are automatically reinvested; and all distributions must be made in company stock.  Program B offers a variety of investment options but does not include company stock as an investment option.  All distributions from Program B must be made in cash.  Participants cannot transfer assets between programs.

 

Program A is accounted for as a plan which does not permit diversification.  As a result, the company stock held by Program A is classified in equity in a manner similar to accounting for treasury stock.  The deferred compensation obligation is classified as an equity instrument.  Changes in the fair value of the company’s stock and the compensation obligation are not recognized.  The asset and obligation for Program A were both $2.3 million at December 31, 2008 and $0.2 million at December 31, 2007.  These amounts are offset in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income.

 

Program B is accounted for as a plan which permits diversification.  As a result, the assets held by Program B are classified as an asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and changes in the fair value of the assets are recognized in earnings.  The deferred compensation obligation is classified as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and adjusted, with a charge or credit to compensation cost, to reflect changes in the fair value of the obligation.  The assets, included in other non-current assets, and obligation, included in other non-current liabilities, were both $9.6 million at December 31, 2008 and $13.1 million at December 31, 2007.  The net impact on the Consolidated Statements of Operations was $0 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

Under the former Enodis plan, the company may provide any of the following types of contributions: (i) matching contributions may be credited to the participant’s account in an amount up to 6% of the amount, if any, of the base salary and bonus deferrals during the calendar year; (ii) non-elective contributions may be contributed to the account in an amount equal to 6% of the portion of the compensation that exceeds the applicable annual Internal Revenue Code Section; (iii) profit sharing contributions equal to 2% of the compensation that exceeds the applicable annual Internal Revenue Code Section limit (subject to satisfaction of company performance criteria); and (iv) additional discretionary contributions may be made for some or all participants at the discretion of the company.  It is anticipated that the underlying plan guidelines will be conformed during the integration process.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

20. Leases

 

The company leases various property, plant and equipment.  Terms of the leases vary, but generally require the company to pay property taxes, insurance premiums, and maintenance costs associated with the leased property.  Rental expense attributed to operating leases was $33.9 million, $28.0 million and $23.6 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Future minimum rental obligations under non-cancelable operating leases, as of December 31, 2008, are payable as follows:

 

2009

 

$

40.1

 

2010

 

31.3

 

2011

 

22.9

 

2012

 

16.6

 

2013

 

12.9

 

Thereafter

 

40.8

 

Total minimum rental obligations

 

164.6

 

 

21. Business Segments

 

On December 31, 2008, the company completed the sale of its Marine segment to Fincantieri Marine Group Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of Fincantieri — Cantieri Navali Italiani SpA.  The sale price in the all-cash deal was approximately $120 million.  The company is reporting the Marine segment as a discontinued operation for financial reporting purposes as of December 31, 2008, and for all prior periods presented in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”.  After reclassifying the Marine segment to discontinued operations, the company has two remaining reportable segments, the Crane and Foodservice segments.

 

The company identifies its segments using the “management approach,” which designates the internal organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source of the company’s reportable segments.  The company has not aggregated individual operating segments within these reportable segments.

 

The Crane business is a global provider of engineered lift solutions which designs, manufactures and markets a comprehensive line of lattice-boom crawler cranes, mobile telescopic cranes, tower cranes, and boom trucks.  The Crane products are marketed under the Manitowoc, Grove, Potain, and National brand names and are used in a wide variety of applications, including energy, petrochemical and industrial projects, infrastructure development such as road, bridge and airport construction, commercial and high-rise residential construction, mining and dredging.  Our crane-related product support services are marketed under the Crane CARE brand name and include maintenance and repair services and parts supply.

 

Our Foodservice Equipment business designs, manufactures and sells primary cooking and warming equipment; ice-cube machines, ice flaker machines and storage bins; refrigerator and freezer equipment; ware washing equipment; beverage dispensers and related products; serving and storage equipment; and food preparation equipment, cookware, kitchen utensils and tools.  Our suite of products is used by commercial and institutional foodservice operators such as full service restaurants, quick-service restaurant (QSR) chains, hotels, industrial caterers, supermarkets, convenience stores, hospitals, schools and other institutions.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies except that certain expenses are not allocated to the segments.  These unallocated expenses are corporate overhead, amortization expense of intangible assets with definite lives, interest expense and income tax expense.  The company evaluates segment performance based upon profit and loss before the aforementioned expenses.  Financial information relating to the company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is as follows.  Restructuring costs separately identified in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are included as reductions to the respective segments operating earnings for each year below.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

3,882.9

 

$

3,245.7

 

$

2,235.4

 

Foodservice

 

620.1

 

438.3

 

415.4

 

Total

 

$

4,503.0

 

$

3,684.0

 

$

2,650.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating earnings (loss) from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

555.6

 

$

470.5

 

$

280.6

 

Foodservice

 

56.8

 

61.3

 

56.2

 

Corporate

 

(51.7

)

(48.2

)

(42.4

)

Amortization expense

 

(11.6

)

(5.8

)

(3.3

)

Gain on sale of parts line

 

 

3.3

 

 

Restructuring expense

 

(21.7

)

 

 

Integration expense

 

(7.6

)

 

 

Pension settlements

 

 

(5.3

)

 

Operating earnings from continuing operations

 

$

519.8

 

$

475.8

 

$

291.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

129.4

 

$

103.7

 

$

51.3

 

Foodservice

 

10.9

 

3.7

 

10.9

 

Corporate

 

10.0

 

5.4

 

2.2

 

Total

 

$

150.3

 

$

112.8

 

$

64.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

66.3

 

$

70.4

 

$

58.4

 

Foodservice

 

12.4

 

8.0

 

7.2

 

Corporate

 

1.5

 

1.8

 

1.8

 

Total

 

$

80.2

 

$

80.2

 

$

67.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crane

 

$

2,223.7

 

$

1,958.1

 

$

1,572.4

 

Foodservice

 

3,389.4

 

341.5

 

340.1

 

Corporate

 

452.3

 

571.9

 

186.1

 

Total

 

$

6,065.4

 

$

2,871.4

 

$

2,098.6

 

 

Net sales from continuing operations and long-lived asset information by geographic area as of and for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

United States

 

$

1,896.6

 

$

1,627.4

 

$

1,252.6

 

$

1,607.1

 

$

609.0

 

Other North America

 

127.7

 

114.1

 

80.5

 

28.5

 

 

Europe

 

1,444.2

 

1,215.0

 

817.0

 

2,105.5

 

483.5

 

Asia

 

395.0

 

299.5

 

170.4

 

177.2

 

118.7

 

Middle East

 

314.0

 

183.0

 

167.8

 

1.8

 

1.7

 

Central and South America

 

117.4

 

61.9

 

54.0

 

0.6

 

0.4

 

Africa

 

82.8

 

64.2

 

50.6

 

 

 

South Pacific and Caribbean

 

13.5

 

16.0

 

5.0

 

5.4

 

5.6

 

Australia

 

111.8

 

102.9

 

52.9

 

5.0

 

6.3

 

Total

 

$

4,503.0

 

$

3,684.0

 

$

2,650.8

 

$

3,931.1

 

$

1,225.2

 

 

Net sales from continuing operations and long-lived asset information for Europe primarily relates to France, Germany and the United Kingdom.

 

22. Subsidiary Guarantors of Senior Notes due 2013

 

The following tables present condensed consolidating financial information for (a) the parent company, The Manitowoc Company, Inc. (Parent); (b) the guarantors of the Senior Notes due 2013, which include substantially all of the domestic wholly owned subsidiaries of the company (Subsidiary Guarantors); and (c) the wholly and partially owned foreign subsidiaries of the company, which do not guarantee the Senior Notes due 2013 (Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries).  Separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors are not presented because the guarantors are fully and unconditionally, jointly and severally liable under the guarantees, and 100% owned by the company.   On August 1, 2007, the company redeemed its 10 ½% senior subordinated notes due 2012, the guarantors of which are substantially the same as the guarantors of the Senior Notes due 2013.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of dollars, except per share data

 

Parent

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net sales

 

$

 

$

2,400.0

 

$

2,776.4

 

$

(673.4

)

$

4,503.0

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

 

1,940.2

 

2,220.4

 

(673.4

)

3,487.2

 

Engineering, selling and administrative expenses

 

53.9

 

165.6

 

235.6

 

 

455.1

 

Restructuring expense

 

 

0.1

 

21.6

 

 

21.7

 

Amortization expense

 

 

2.0

 

9.6

 

 

11.6

 

Integration expense

 

 

7.6

 

 

 

7.6

 

Equity in (earnings) loss of subsidiaries

 

(161.4

)

(8.5

)

 

169.9

 

 

Total costs and expenses

 

(107.5

)

2,107.0

 

2,487.2

 

(503.5

)

3,983.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 

107.5

 

293.0

 

289.2

 

(169.9

)

519.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(35.3

)

(3.7

)

(15.1

)

 

(54.1

)

Loss on purchase price hedges

 

(379.4

)

 

 

 

(379.4

)

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

(4.1

)

 

 

 

(4.1

)

Management fee income (expense)

 

52.5

 

(46.8

)

(5.7

)

 

 

Other income (expense)-net

 

101.4

 

(10.9

)

(93.5

)

 

(3.0

)

Total other expenses

 

(264.9

)

(61.4

)

(114.3

)

 

(440.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before taxes on earnings and minority interest

 

(157.4

)

231.6

 

174.9

 

(169.9

)

79.2

 

Provision (benefit) for taxes on earnings

 

(146.7

)

102.7

 

45.5

 

 

1.5

 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest

 

(10.7

)

128.9

 

129.4

 

(169.9

)

77.7

 

Minority interest, net of income taxes

 

 

 

(1.9

)

 

(1.9

)

Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(10.7

)

$

128.9

 

$

131.3

 

$

(169.9

)

$

79.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

35.1

 

(178.5

)

 

(143.4

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

53.1

 

 

 

53.1

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

(10.7

)

$

217.1

 

$

(47.2

)

$

(169.9

)

$

(10.7

)

 

71



Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net sales

 

$

 

$

2,097.4

 

$

2,091.2

 

$

(504.6

)

$

3,684.0

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

 

1,658.5

 

1,668.6

 

(504.6

)

2,822.5

 

Engineering, selling and administrative expenses

 

47.1

 

163.2

 

167.6

 

 

377.9

 

Amortization expense

 

 

1.9

 

3.9

 

 

5.8

 

Gain on sale of parts line

 

 

(3.3

)

 

 

(3.3

)

Pension settlements

 

1.3

 

 

4.0

 

 

5.3

 

Equity in (earnings) loss of subsidiaries

 

(303.2

)

(5.2

)

 

308.4

 

 

Total costs and expenses

 

(254.8

)

1,815.1

 

1,844.1

 

(196.2

)

3,208.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 

254.8

 

282.3

 

247.1

 

(308.4

)

475.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(22.6

)

(4.8

)

(8.8

)

 

(36.2

)

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

(12.5

)

 

 

 

(12.5

)

Management fee income (expense)

 

59.5

 

(60.3

)

0.8

 

 

 

Other income (expense)-net

 

70.6

 

(18.7

)

(42.1

)

 

9.8

 

Total other income (expenses)

 

95.0

 

(83.8

)

(50.1

)

 

(38.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before taxes on earnings (loss)

 

349.8

 

198.5

 

197.0

 

(308.4

)

436.9

 

Provision for taxes on earnings

 

13.1

 

54.5

 

54.5

 

 

122.1

 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 

336.7

 

144.0

 

142.5

 

(308.4

)

314.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

20.7

 

1.2

 

 

21.9

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

336.7

 

$

164.7

 

$

143.7

 

$

(308.4

)

$

336.7

 

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net sales

 

$

 

$

1,596.9

 

$

1,366.3

 

$

(312.4

)

$

2,650.8

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

 

1,267.9

 

1,084.0

 

(312.4

)

2,039.5

 

Engineering, selling and administrative expenses

 

41.4

 

141.4

 

134.1

 

 

316.9

 

Amortization expense

 

 

1.5

 

1.8

 

 

3.3

 

Equity in (earnings) loss of subsidiaries

 

(176.9

)

1.5

 

 

175.4

 

 

Total costs and expenses

 

(135.5

)

1,412.3

 

1,219.9

 

(137.0

)

2,359.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 

135.5

 

184.6

 

146.4

 

(175.4

)

291.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(34.0

)

(1.3

)

(11.0

)

 

(46.3

)

Management fee income (expense)

 

39.8

 

(39.8

)

 

 

 

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

(14.4

)

 

 

 

(14.4

)

Other income (expense)-net

 

33.4

 

(20.7

)

(9.3

)

 

3.4

 

Total other income (expenses)

 

24.8

 

(61.8

)

(20.3

)

 

(57.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before taxes on earnings (loss)

 

160.3

 

122.8

 

126.1

 

(175.4

)

233.8

 

Provision (benefit) for taxes on earnings

 

(5.9

)

44.1

 

36.6

 

 

74.8

 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 

166.2

 

78.7

 

89.5

 

(175.4

)

159.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

7.2

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

166.2

 

$

85.9

 

$

89.5

 

$

(175.4

)

$

166.2

 

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2.1

 

$

60.6

 

$

110.3

 

$

 

$

173.0

 

Marketable securities

 

2.6

 

 

 

 

2.6

 

Restricted cash

 

5.1

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Accounts receivable — net

 

0.3

 

127.6

 

480.3

 

 

608.2

 

Inventories — net

 

 

286.5

 

638.8

 

 

925.3

 

Deferred income taxes

 

53.5

 

 

84.6

 

 

138.1

 

Other current assets

 

95.9

 

12.4

 

48.9

 

 

157.1

 

Current assets of discontinued operations

 

 

 

124.8

 

 

124.8

 

Total current assets

 

159.5

 

487.1

 

1,487.7

 

 

2,134.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment — net

 

11.5

 

226.9

 

490.4

 

 

728.8

 

Goodwill

 

 

278.7

 

1,611.8

 

 

1,890.5

 

Other intangible assets — net

 

 

69.6

 

939.4

 

 

1,009.0

 

Deferred income taxes

 

25.0

 

 

(25.0

)

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

143.1

 

12.8

 

23.8

 

 

179.7

 

Long-term assets of discontinued operations

 

 

 

123.1

 

 

123.1

 

Investment in affiliates

 

2,460.0

 

23.6

 

 

(2,483.6

)

 

Total assets

 

$

2,799.1

 

$

1,098.7

 

$

4,651.2

 

$

(2,483.6

)

$

6,065.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

66.6

 

$

319.5

 

$

820.2

 

$

 

$

1,206.3

 

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt

 

114.6

 

 

67.7

 

 

182.3

 

Customer advances

 

 

23.6

 

24.9

 

 

48.5

 

Product warranties

 

 

40.2

 

61.8

 

 

102.0

 

Product liabilities

 

 

23.3

 

11.1

 

 

34.4

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

44.6

 

 

44.6

 

Total current liabilities

 

181.2

 

406.6

 

1,030.3

 

 

1,618.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

2,458.8

 

 

14.2

 

 

2,473.0

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

 

283.7

 

 

283.7

 

Pension obligations

 

9.6

 

3.2

 

35.2

 

 

48.0

 

Postretirement health and other benefit obligations

 

51.6

 

 

4.3

 

 

55.9

 

Intercompany

 

(1,248.7

)

(1,156.2

)

2,404.9

 

 

 

Long-term deferred revenue

 

 

9.5

 

46.8

 

 

56.3

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

46.8

 

16.3

 

167.5

 

 

230.6

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

1,318.1

 

(1,127.2

)

2,956.6

 

 

3,147.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,299.8

 

1,819.3

 

664.3

 

(2,483.6

)

1,299.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

2,799.1

 

$

1,098.7

 

$

4,651.2

 

$

(2,483.6

)

$

6,065.4

 

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

195.0

 

$

25.2

 

$

146.7

 

$

 

$

366.9

 

Marketable securities

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

Restricted cash

 

15.5

 

 

1.2

 

 

16.7

 

Accounts receivable — net

 

0.5

 

107.0

 

309.2

 

 

416.7

 

Inventories — net

 

 

201.5

 

389.5

 

 

591.0

 

Deferred income taxes

 

46.6

 

 

19.5

 

 

66.1

 

Other current assets

 

0.7

 

12.9

 

47.5

 

 

61.1

 

Current assets of discontinued operation

 

 

54.6

 

 

 

54.6

 

Total current assets

 

260.8

 

401.2

 

913.6

 

 

1,575.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment — net

 

9.5

 

178.7

 

280.7

 

 

468.9

 

Goodwill

 

 

278.7

 

192.9

 

 

471.6

 

Other intangible assets — net

 

 

71.6

 

129.0

 

 

200.6

 

Deferred income taxes

 

25.0

 

 

2.6

 

 

27.6

 

Other non-current assets

 

37.9

 

9.1

 

8.8

 

 

55.8

 

Long-term assets of discontinued operation

 

 

71.3

 

 

 

71.3

 

Investment in affiliates

 

932.4

 

8.4

 

 

(940.8

)

 

Total assets

 

$

1,265.6

 

$

1,019.0

 

$

1,527.6

 

$

(940.8

)

$

2,871.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

32.0

 

$

262.0

 

$

551.7

 

$

 

$

845.7

 

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt

 

 

 

13.1

 

 

13.1

 

Product warranties

 

 

38.5

 

41.9

 

 

80.4

 

Product liabilities

 

 

30.1

 

4.6

 

 

34.7

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operation

 

 

100.7

 

 

 

100.7

 

Total current liabilities

 

32.0

 

431.3

 

611.3

 

 

1,074.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

150.1

 

 

67.4

 

 

217.5

 

Pension obligations

 

6.4

 

3.3

 

15.3

 

 

25.0

 

Postretirement health and other benefit obligations

 

50.2

 

 

1.1

 

 

51.3

 

Intercompany

 

(370.3

)

(231.5

)

601.8

 

 

 

Long-term deferred revenue

 

 

16.6

 

44.0

 

 

60.6

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

47.3

 

16.0

 

29.2

 

 

92.5

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

(116.3

)

(195.6

)

758.8

 

 

446.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,349.9

 

783.3

 

157.5

 

(940.8

)

1,349.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,265.6

 

$

1,019.0

 

$

1,527.6

 

$

(940.8

)

$

2,871.4

 

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Guarantors

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities of continuing operations

 

235.9

 

119.5

 

101.0

 

(169.9

)

286.5

 

Cash provided by (used for) operating activities of discontinued operations

 

 

26.0

 

(3.5

)

 

22.5

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

 

$

 235.9

 

$

 145.5

 

$

 97.5

 

$

 (169.9

)

$

 309.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

(2,030.6

)

 

(2,030.6

)

Settlement of hedges related to acquisitions

 

(379.4

)

 

 

 

(379.4

)

Capital expenditures

 

(3.6

)

(82.4

)

(64.3

)

 

(150.3

)

Restricted cash

 

10.5

 

 

1.1

 

 

11.6

 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

0.7

 

9.3

 

 

10.0

 

Proceeds from sale of business

 

 

118.5

 

 

 

118.5

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Intercompany investments

 

(2,357.1

)

(143.6

)

2,330.8

 

169.9

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities of continuing operations

 

(2,729.7

)

(106.8

)

246.3

 

169.9

 

(2,420.3

)

Net cash used for investing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(4.9

)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

 

(2,729.7

)

(111.7

)

246.3

 

169.9

 

(2,425.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

2,695.0

 

 

74.3

 

 

2,769.3

 

Payments on long-term debt

 

(301.4

)

 

(392.4

)

 

(693.8

)

Payments on revolving credit facility - net

 

 

 

(54.6

)

 

(54.6

)

Payments on notes financing - net

 

 

(0.9

)

(2.9

)

 

(3.8

)

Debt issuance costs

 

(90.8

)

 

 

 

(90.8

)

Dividends paid

 

(10.4

)

 

 

 

(10.4

)

Exercises of stock options

 

8.5

 

 

 

 

8.5

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities of continuing operations

 

2,300.9

 

(0.9

)

(375.6

)

 

1,924.4

 

Net cash provided by financing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

2.5

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

 

2,300.9

 

1.6

 

(375.6

)

 

1,926.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

 

(4.6

)

 

(4.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(192.9

)

35.4

 

(36.4

)

 

(193.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

195.0

 

25.2

 

146.7

 

 

366.9

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

2.1

 

$

60.6

 

$

110.3

 

$

 

$

173.0

 

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Guarantors

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations

 

366.9

 

146.4

 

10.7

 

(308.4

)

215.6

 

Cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations

 

 

27.2

 

1.2

 

 

28.4

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

366.9

 

$

173.6

 

$

11.9

 

$

(308.4

)

$

244.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business acquisition

 

 

(15.9

)

(64.0

)

 

(79.9

)

Capital expenditures

 

(2.4

)

(47.9

)

(62.5

)

 

(112.8

)

Restricted cash

 

(0.5

)

 

(1.1

)

 

(1.6

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

0.3

 

9.5

 

 

9.8

 

Proceeds from sale of parts product line

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

4.8

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Intercompany investments

 

(250.8

)

(103.6

)

46.0

 

308.4

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities of continuing operations

 

(253.8

)

(162.3

)

(72.1

)

308.4

 

(179.8

)

Net cash used for investing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

(6.8

)

 

 

(6.8

)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

 

(253.8

)

(169.1

)

(72.1

)

308.4

 

(186.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

 

19.8

 

 

19.8

 

Proceeds from (payments on revolving credit facility)

 

 

 

56.7

 

 

56.7

 

Payments on long-term debt

 

(113.7

)

 

(9.8

)

 

(123.5

)

Payments on notes financing

 

 

(3.4

)

(0.9

)

 

(4.3

)

Net proceeds of equity offering

 

157.1

 

 

 

 

157.1

 

Dividends paid

 

(9.5

)

 

 

 

(9.5

)

Exercises of stock options

 

27.6

 

 

 

 

27.6

 

Net cash used for financing activities

 

61.5

 

(3.4

)

65.8

 

 

123.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

 

10.7

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

174.6

 

1.1

 

16.3

 

 

192.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

20.4

 

24.1

 

130.4

 

 

174.9

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

195.0

 

$

25.2

 

$

146.7

 

$

 

$

366.9

 

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

Parent

 

Subsidiary
Guarantors

 

Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations

 

349.5

 

143.6

 

(39.4

)

(340.8

)

112.9

 

Cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations

 

 

36.8

 

 

 

36.8

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

349.5

 

$

180.4

 

$

(39.4

)

$

(340.8

)

$

149.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business acquisition

 

 

 

(26.7

)

 

(26.7

)

Capital expenditures

 

(1.9

)

(60.0

)

(34.3

)

 

(96.2

)

Restricted cash

 

10.3

 

 

1.2

 

 

11.5

 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

0.6

 

5.0

 

 

5.6

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Intercompany investments

 

(315.6

)

(109.6

)

84.4

 

340.8

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities of continuing operations

 

(307.3

)

(169.0

)

29.6

 

340.8

 

(105.9

)

Net cash used for investing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(2.2

)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

 

(307.3

)

(171.2

)

29.6

 

340.8

 

(108.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

 

33.1

 

 

33.1

 

Payments on long-term debt

 

 

 

(43.1

)

 

(43.1

)

Payments on notes financing

 

 

(2.5

)

(1.9

)

 

(4.4

)

Debt issuance costs

 

(17.6

)

 

 

 

(17.6

)

Dividends paid

 

(7.8

)

 

 

 

(7.8

)

Exercises of stock options

 

8.6

 

 

 

 

8.6

 

Net cash used for financing activities

 

(16.8

)

(2.5

)

(11.9

)

 

(31.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

25.4

 

6.7

 

(19.6

)

 

12.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

195.0

 

25.2

 

146.7

 

 

366.9

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

220.4

 

$

31.9

 

$

127.1

 

$

 

$

379.4

 

 

78



Table of Contents

 

23. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

The following table presents quarterly financial data for 2008 and 2007.  The 2007 quarterly financial data has been adjusted for the Marine segment sale completed on December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Net sales

 

$

988.5

 

$

1,191.1

 

$

1,106.8

 

$

1,216.6

 

$

779.8

 

$

933.1

 

$

925.2

 

$

1,045.9

 

Gross profit

 

242.8

 

287.1

 

243.7

 

242.2

 

183.9

 

226.3

 

211.8

 

239.5

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

95.3

 

121.2

 

(37.8

)*

(99.1

)*

60.2

 

91.2

 

71.1

 

92.3

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

7.3

 

12.7

 

11.7

 

(175.1

)

3.9

 

6.3

 

4.8

 

6.9

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

 

 

53.1

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

102.6

 

$

133.9

 

$

(26.1

)

$

(221.1

)

$

64.1

 

$

97.5

 

$

75.9

 

$

99.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

$

0.73

 

$

0.93

 

$

(0.29

)

$

(0.76

)

$

0.49

 

$

0.73

 

$

0.57

 

$

0.74

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

0.06

 

0.10

 

0.09

 

(1.35

)

0.03

 

0.05

 

0.04

 

0.06

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

 

 

0.41

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

0.79

 

$

1.03

 

$

(0.20

)

$

(1.70

)

$

0.52

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.61

 

$

0.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

$

0.72

 

$

0.92

 

$

(0.29

)

$

(0.76

)

$

0.47

 

$

0.71

 

$

0.56

 

$

0.71

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

0.06

 

0.10

 

0.09

 

(1.35

)

0.03

 

0.05

 

0.04

 

0.05

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

 

 

0.41

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

0.78

 

$

1.01

 

$

(0.20

)

$

(1.70

)

$

0.50

 

$

0.76

 

$

0.59

 

$

0.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends per common share

 

$

0.02

 

$

0.02

 

$

0.02

 

$

0.02

 

$

0.0175

 

$

0.0175

 

$

0.02

 

$

0.02

 

 


* Includes expense, net of tax, of $112.3 million and $120.4 million recorded in the 3 rd  and 4 th  quarters, respectively, in relation to hedges on the purchase price of Enodis.

 

24. Subsequent Events

 

In January 2009 the company entered into new interest rate hedging transactions related to its Term Loan A and Term Loan B facilities.  These hedge transactions fixed the interest rate paid for 50 percent of each of these facilities for a weighted average life of at least three years as required by the terms of the New Credit Agreement.  A notional amount of Term Loan A borrowings equal to $512.5 million was fixed at a London Interbank Offered (LIBO) rate plus the 3.25 basis point spread at 5.39%.  A notional amount of Term Loan B borrowings equal to $600.0 million was fixed at a LIBO rate plus the 3.50 basis point spread at 7.13%.  Both interest rate hedges for the Term Loan A and Term Loan B are amortizing swaps that have an aggregate weighted average life of three years.  The remaining unhedged 50% portions of the Term Loans A and B as well as the revolving credit facility and Term Loan X continue to bear interest at a variable interest rate plus the applicable spread according to the New Credit Agreement.

 

In February of 2009 the company announced the lay-off of 450 production employees at its Crane Segment manufacturing facility in Shady Grove, Pennsylvania.  This action was taken in response to the continued economic weakness affecting the demand for our crane products.

 

In February of 2009 a Settlement Agreement was reached in the Consolidated Industries Corporation matter, related to a former subsidiary of Enodis, which was submitted to the Bankruptcy Court.  Any objections to the Settlement Agreement must be filed no later than March 5, 2009.  We do not anticipate objections to made to the Settlement Agreement, and we will pay the agreed amount of $69.5 million plus interest from February 1, 2009 when the Settlement Agreement is approved by the Bankruptcy Court.  As of December 31, 2008, the company has accrued $72.0 million related to this matter in accounts payable and other accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  See further discussion of the Consolidated Industries Corporation matter at Note 16, “Contingencies and Significant Estimates.”

 

Item 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The company’s management, with the participation of the company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-

 

79



Table of Contents

 

15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing, and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely discussions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The company’s management, with the participation of the company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, the company’s management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

 

Management has excluded certain elements of the internal control over financial reporting of Enodis from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, because it was acquired by the company in a purchase business combination during 2008. Subsequent to the acquisition, certain elements of Enodis' internal control over financial reporting and related processes were integrated into the company's existing systems and internal control over financial reporting. Those controls that were not integrated have been excluded from management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. The excluded elements represent controls over accounts that are 14% of consolidated total assets and 4% of consolidated net sales as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

The effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter of 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

Item 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections of the 2009 Proxy Statement captioned “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Audit Committee” and “Election of Directors.”  See also “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I hereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

The company has a Global Ethics Policy and other policies relating to business conduct, that pertain to all employees, which can be viewed at the company’s website www.manitowoc.com.  The company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to the company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and controller, which is part of the company’s Global Ethics Policy and other policies related to business conduct.

 

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections of the 2009 Proxy Statement captioned “Compensation of Directors,” “Executive Compensation,” “Report of the Compensation and Benefits Committee on Executive Compensation,” and “Contingent Employment Agreements.”

 

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections of the 2009 Proxy Statement captioned “Ownership of Securities” and the subsection captioned “Equity Compensation Plans.”

 

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section of the 2009 Proxy Statement captioned “Governance of the Board and its Committees — Governance of the Company.”

 

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section of the 2009 Proxy Statement captioned “Other Information — Independent Public Accountants.”

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Part IV

 

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) Documents filed as part of this Report.

 

 (1)

 

Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

The following Consolidated Financial Statements are filed as part of this report under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Date.”

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules:

 

Financial Statement Schedule for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006

 

Schedule

 

Description

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

II

 

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

X

 

All other financial statement schedules not listed have been omitted since the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto, or is not applicable or required under rules of Regulation S-X.

 

(b) Exhibits:

 

See Index to Exhibits immediately following the signature page of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Balance at
Beginning
of
Year

 

Acquisition
of
Business

 

Charge to
Costs and
Expenses

 

Utilization
of Reserve

 

Impact of
Foreign
Exchange
Rates

 

Balance at
end of
Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year End December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

23.8

 

$

0.2

 

$

6.0

 

$

(4.0

)

$

1.3

 

$

27.3

 

Inventory obsolescence reserve

 

$

36.3

 

$

0.6

 

$

16.8

 

$

(11.3

)

$

2.0

 

$

44.4

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

$

7.4

 

$

 

$

2.5

 

$

(0.7

)

$

0.5

 

$

9.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year End December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

27.3

 

$

0.1

 

$

4.4

 

$

(7.3

)

$

1.0

 

$

25.5

 

Inventory obsolescence reserve

 

$

44.4

 

$

 

$

12.1

 

$

(15.6

)

$

1.7

 

$

42.6

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

$

9.7

 

$

 

$

 

$

(0.1

)

$

0.2

 

$

9.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year End December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

25.5

 

$

12.6

 

$

5.2

 

$

(6.1

)

$

(0.8

)

$

36.4

 

Inventory obsolescence reserve

 

$

42.6

 

$

24.6

 

$

22.9

 

$

(18.8

)

$

(1.2

)

$

70.1

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

$

9.8

 

$

30.5

 

$

1.3

 

$

(1.3

)

$

(0.3

)

$

40.0

 

 

81



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized:

 

Date: March 2, 2009

 

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.
(Registrant)

 

 

 

/s/ Glen E. Tellock

 

Glen E. Tellock

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Carl J. Laurino

 

Carl J. Laurino

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons constituting a majority of the Board of Directors on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

  /s/ Glen E. Tellock

 

 

  Glen E. Tellock, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

  /s/ Carl J. Laurino

 

 

  Carl J. Laurino, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

  /s/ Keith D. Nosbusch

 

 

  Keith D. Nosbusch, Director

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

  /s/ Dean H. Anderson

 

 

  Dean H. Anderson, Director

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

  /s/ Robert C. Stift

 

 

  Robert C. Stift, Director

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

  /s/ James L. Packard

 

 

  James L. Packard, Director

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

  /s/ Daniel W. Duval

 

 

  Daniel W. Duval, Director

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

  /s/ Virgis W. Colbert

 

 

  Virgis W. Colbert, Director

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

  /s/ Kenneth W. Krueger

 

 

  Kenneth W. Krueger, Director

 

March 2, 2009

 

82



Table of Contents

 

  /s/ Cynthia M. Egnotovich

 

 

 Cynthia M. Egnotovich, Director

 

March 2, 2009

 

83



Table of Contents

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

Filed/Furnished
Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended on November 5, 1984, May 5, 1998, and March 31, 2006 filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Restated By-Laws (as amended through May 3, 2005) (filed as Exhibit 3. (ii) to the company’s current report on Form 8-K dated May 3, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Rights Agreement dated March 21, 2007 between the Registrant and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of March 21, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2(a)*

 

Indenture, dated August 8, 2002, by and among The Manitowoc Company, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the company’s current Report on Form 8-K dated as of August 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2(b)

 

Indenture, dated as of November 6, 2003, by and between The Manitowoc Company, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the company’s current Report on Form 8-K dated as of November 6, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Articles III, V, and VIII of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (see Exhibit 3.1 above)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 14, 2006 by and among The Manitowoc Company, Inc., as Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference) as amended on May 31, 2007, with such amendment filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 25, 2008 by and among The Manitowoc Company, Inc., as Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference) as amended on December 19, 2008, with such amendment filed as Exhibit 4.6 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

X(1)

 

 

 

 

 

10.1**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective August 20, 1993, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference) as amended and restated through  December 31, 2008, with such Amended and Restated plan filed as exhibit 10.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

X(1)

 

 

 

 

 

10.2**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. Management Incentive Compensation Plan (Economic Value Added (EVA) Bonus Plan Effective July 4, 1993, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

84



Table of Contents

 

10.2(a)**

 

Short-Term Incentive Plan, Effective January 1, 2005, as amended on February 27, 2007, effective January 1, 2007 and as further amended on February 15, 2008, effective January 1, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.2(a) to this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

X(1)

 

85



Table of Contents

 

10.3(a)**

 

Form of Contingent Employment Agreement between the company and the following executive officers of the Company: Terry D. Growcock, Glen E. Tellock, Carl J. Laurino, Maurice D. Jones, Thomas G. Musial, and Dean J. Nolden (filed as Exhibit 10(a) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3(b)**

 

Form of Contingent Employment Agreement between the company and the following executive officers of the company and certain other employees of the company: Eric P. Etchart, Robert P. Herre, and Michael Kachmer (filed as Exhibit 10(b) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4**

 

Form of Indemnity Agreement between the company and each of the directors, executive officers and certain other employees of the company (filed as Exhibit 10(b) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 1, 1989 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5**

 

Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Fred M. Butler and the company dated March 15, 1993 (filed as Exhibit 10(e) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6(a)**

 

Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Robert K. Silva and the company dated January 2, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10 to the company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the transition period ended December 31. 1994 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6(b)**

 

Restatement to clarify Mr. Silva’s Supplemental Retirement Agreement dated March 31, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.6(b) to the company’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6(c)**

 

Supplemental Retirement Plan dated May 2000, as amended and restated through December 31, 2008, with such Amended and Restated plan  filed as Exhibit 10.6(c) to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

X(1)

 

 

 

 

 

10.7(a)**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 1995 Stock Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.7(a) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7(b)**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 1999 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.7(b) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7(c)**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as amended on December 17, 2208, effective January 1, 2005, with such amended plan filed as Exhibit 10.7(c) to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

X(1)

 

10.7(d)**

 

Grove Investors, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on September 13, 2002 (Registration No. 333-99513) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7(e)**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock and Award Plan, as amended on December 17, 2008, effective January 1, 2005, with such amended plan filed as Exhibit 10.7(e) to this Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

X(1)

 

86



Table of Contents

 

10.8**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. Incentive Stock Option Agreement with Vesting Provisions (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of February 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement with Vesting Provisions (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of February 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Awards under The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, amended February 27, 2007(filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11**

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. Award Agreement for the 2004 Non-employee Director Stock and Awards Plan, as amended effective May 3, 2006 and February 27, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

Amended and Restated Receivable Purchase Agreement among Manitowoc Funding , LLC, as Seller, The Manitowoc Company, Inc., as Servicer, Hannover Funding Company LLC, as Purchaser, and Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, as Agent, dated as of December 21, 2006 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 on the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 22, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference) as amended on August 15, 2007 with such amendment filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008, by and among The Manitowoc Company, Inc., MMG Holding Co., LLC, Fincantieri-Cantieri Navali Italiani S.p.A. and Fincantieri Marine Group Holdings Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of August 1, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase Agreement , dated as of December 31, 2008, by and among The Manitowoc Company, Inc., MMG Holding Co., LLC, Fincantieri-Cantieri Navali Italiani S.p.A. and Fincantieri Marine Group Holdings Inc.

 

X(1)

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Statement regarding computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (see Note 13 to the 2007 Consolidated Financial Statements included herein).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.1

 

Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

X(1)

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

 

X(1)

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

X(1)

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Rule 13a - 14(a)/15d - 14(a) Certifications

 

X(1)

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

 

X(2)

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

 

X(2)

 


(1)   Filed Herewith

(2)   Furnished Herewith

 

* Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request a copy of any unfiled exhibits or schedules to such documents.

 

** Management contracts and executive compensation plans and arrangements required to be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(c) of Form 10-K.

 

87


Exhibit 4.6

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of December 19, 2008 by and among The Manitowoc Company, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers signatory hereto (together with the Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually, as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as Collateral Agent, and the other financial institutions signatory hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    The Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are party to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 25, 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”).  Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them by the Credit Agreement.

 

B.                                      The Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the undersigned Lenders wish to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual execution hereof and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Amendments to Credit Agreement .  Upon the “Effective Date” (as defined below), the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

(a)                                   The defined term “Adjusted LIBO Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing (or, as applicable, for purposes of determining the Alternate Base Rate with respect to any ABR Borrowing) for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate; provided that, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency, the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall mean the LIBO Rate.

 

(b)                                  The defined term “Alternate Base Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day plus 1%, (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (d) the

 



 

Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters BBA Libor Rates Page 3750 (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day.  Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively; provided , however , that in no event shall the Alternate Base Rate with respect to the Term B Loan at any time be less than 4.50% per annum.

 

(c)                                   The defined term “Applicable Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurocurrency Loan (other than the Term B Loan), or with respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth in Schedule 1.01 under the caption “ABR Spread”, “Eurocurrency Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio; provided , however , that for purposes of calculating the Applicable Rate with respect to ABR Loans bearing interest at the rate determined pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of Alternate Base Rate, the ABR Spread shall be additionally increased by 0.50% and (b) with respect to the Term B Loan, (i) 3.50% per annum with respect to Eurocurrency Loans and (ii) 2.00% per annum with respect to ABR Loans; provided , however , that such rates with respect to the Term B Loan shall be 3.25% per annum with respect to Eurocurrency Loans and 1.75% per annum with respect to ABR Loans during any time when either Level I Status or Level II Status (in each case as defined on Schedule 1.01) exists, with such status being determined as set forth on Schedule 1.01.

 

(d)                                  The defined term “Foreign Subsidiary” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, each subsidiary of such Person which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.  For the avoidance of doubt, Newco and the Target shall be for all purposes hereof considered to be Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

(e)                                   The defined term “French Pledge Agreements” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

2



 

French Pledge Agreements ” means the Pledge Agreement (Acte de Nantissement de Compte d’Instruments Financiers) by Manitowoc FSG International Holdings, Inc. and the two Pledge Agreements (Acte de Nantissement de Compte d’Instruments Financiers and Acte de Nantissement de Parts Sociales) by Manitowoc France SAS, each dated as of the Effective Date and made in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors.

 

(f)                                     The defined term “LIBO Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing (or, as applicable, for purposes of determining the Alternate Base Rate with respect to any ABR Borrowing) for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Quotation Day for such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in the currency of such Borrowing (as reflected on the applicable Telerate screen page), for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the rate at which JPMorgan offers to place deposits in the currency of such Borrowing for such Interest Period to first-class banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Quotation Day for such Interest Period; and provided further that in no event shall the LIBO Rate with respect to the Term B Loan at any time be less than 3.00% per annum.

 

(g)                                  The defined term “Material Subsidiary” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Material Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) which has or acquires assets constituting more than the greater of (i) .50% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries and (ii) $20,000,000 or (b) which generated more than 4% of Consolidated Net Income over the four fiscal quarter period most recently ended prior to the time of computation, but excluding Grove Australia Pty. Ltd ; it being understood that in calculating Consolidated Net Income for the purposes of this definition, Consolidated Net Income shall (x) be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to (1) the Target and its Subsidiaries acquired during or after such period pursuant to the Acquisition and not subsequently sold or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during or after such period, (2) any Acquired Entity or Business acquired during or after such

 

3



 

period pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition and not subsequently sold or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during or after such period and (3) any Subsidiary or business disposed of during or after such period by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (y) exclude any gains or losses on foreign currency transactions in connection with the Acquisition.

 

(h)                                  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:

 

Alternate Currency Participation Exposure ” means, for any Lender at any time, its Alternate Currency Exposure minus the aggregate amount of Alternate Currency Loans it holds directly.

 

Defaulting Lender means any Lender, as determined by the Administrative Agent, that has (a) failed to fund any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit, Swingline Loans  or Alternate Currency Loans within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender, the Alternate Currency Fronting Lender or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (d) become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

 

Permitted Transactions ” means transactions entered into to facilitate corporate restructurings or lawful tax planning, in either event, otherwise permitted by this Agreement, which transactions are comprised of either (a) loans, capital contributions, or other transfers (in each case consisting exclusively of book entries, cash (by wire or otherwise) or intercompany obligations and not any other type of asset) by Credit Parties to External Subsidiaries but only if the amount of such transfers is returned to a Domestic Credit Party (if the initial Credit Party transferor was a Domestic Credit Party) or to any Credit Party (if the initial Credit Party transferor was a Foreign Credit Party) in the same form as made (i.e., a cash capital contribution shall be returned in cash)

 

4



 

promptly, but in no event later than the Business Day next following the date of the initial transfer or (b) loans, capital contributions, or other transfers (in each case consisting exclusively of book entries, cash (by wire or otherwise) or intercompany obligations and not any other type of asset) by External Subsidiaries to Credit Parties but only if the amount of such transfers is returned to an External Subsidiary in the same form as made (i.e., a cash capital contribution shall be returned in cash) promptly, but in no event later than the Business Day next following the date of the initial transfer; provided, however, that (A) if any of the foregoing transactions shall involve transfers of funds from the Borrower or a Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, such transfers shall be accomplished by (i) book entries on the accounts of the Borrower or such Subsidiary maintained with the Administrative Agent or (ii) wire transfers to accounts of the Borrower or such Subsidiary maintained with the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates; (B) such transactions shall not be detrimental to the interests of the Lenders and  shall occur at a time when no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (C) the Borrower has given the Administrative Agent at least 10 days (or such lesser number of days as the Administrative Agent may agree) prior written notice of its intent to engage in or cause such transactions, accompanied by a reasonably detailed description of same.

 “ Restructuring Transactions ” means, collectively, the loans, forgivenesses of Indebtedness, capital contributions and other transfers and investments substantially as described on Schedule 1.05 hereto.

 

(i)                                      Article II of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 2.23 as follows:

 

SECTION 2.23.                  Defaulting Lenders .

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender with a Revolving Commitment or Revolving Credit Exposure becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a)                                   if any Swingline Exposure, LC Exposure or Alternate Currency Participation Exposure of such Lender exists at the time a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Applicable Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (i) prepay such Swingline Exposure or, if agreed by the Swingline Lender, cash collateralize the Swingline Exposure of the

 

5



 

Defaulting Lender on terms satisfactory to the Swingline Lender, (ii) cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.06(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding and (iii) prepay all Alternate Currency Exposure (other than Alternate Currency Borrowings as to which such Lender is not a Participating Lender) or, if agreed by the Alternate Currency Fronting Lender, cash collateralize the Alternate Currency Participation Exposure of the Defaulting Lender on terms satisfactory to the Alternate Currency Fronting Lender; and

 

(b)                                  the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan, the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit and no Alternate Currency Lender shall be required to fund any Alternate Currency Borrowing as to which such Defaulting Lender would be a Participating Lender unless, in each case, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Alternate Currency Fronting Lender, as applicable, is satisfied that cash collateral will be provided by the Applicable Borrower in accordance with Section 2.23(a).

 

(j)                                      Section 2.20(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(b)           If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.16, or if any of the Borrowers is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.18, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.16 or payments required to be made pursuant to

 

6



 

Section 2.18, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments.  A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

(k)                                   The final sentence of Section 2.21(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Upon any such designation of a Wholly-Owned Foreign Subsidiary and the consent of each of the Lenders with a Revolving Commitment, which will not be unreasonably withheld, such Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder (with the related rights and obligations) and shall be entitled to request (i) Revolving Loans, (ii) Alternate Currency Loans in one or more specified Alternate Currencies from such Alternate Currency Lenders as shall agree to make Alternate Currency Loans to such Subsidiary Borrower or (iii) a combination of the foregoing, on and subject to the terms and conditions of, and to the extent provided in, this Agreement; provided , however , that if the Borrower so indicates in the applicable Designation Letter, the Subsidiary Borrower may be entitled to request only Alternate Currency Loans, in which case such Subsidiary Borrower shall then be entitled to request only Alternate Currency Loans on and subject to the terms and conditions of, and to the extent provided in, this Agreement and the consent to such designation of only the Administrative Agent and the applicable Alternate Currency Lenders shall be required.

 

(l)                                      The first sentence of Section 5.13(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(c)                                   Without limiting the provisions of Sections 5.10(c) or 5.13, the Borrower agrees that within 60 days after the Initial Borrowing Date (and periodically thereafter as the Administrative Agent may request) it will identify to the Administrative Agent by written notice each Foreign Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary of the Borrower which may (i) become a guarantor of some or all of the Obligations, (ii) have 65% or more of its Equity Interests pledged to secure some or all of the Obligations or (iii) pledge its assets to secure some or all of the Obligations (each of the foregoing being “Credit Support”), in each case (A) without having an adverse tax or other financial consequence to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any material respect, (B) solely to the extent any of the foregoing actions could not reasonably be expected to result in personal liability to the directors of such Foreign Subsidiary and

 

7



 

(C) solely to the extent any of the foregoing actions are not otherwise prohibited by applicable law (any of the actions described in (i) — (iii) above which do not have any of the consequences described in (A) — (C) above being “Permitted Credit Support”).

 

(m)                                Section 6.01(f) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(f)                                     Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Borrower acquired pursuant to the Acquisition or a Permitted Acquisition (or Indebtedness assumed at the time of the Acquisition or a Permitted Acquisition of an asset securing such Indebtedness), provided that (i) such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, the Acquisition or such Permitted Acquisition, (ii) such Indebtedness does not constitute debt for borrowed money, it being understood and agreed that Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness shall not constitute debt for borrowed money for purposes of this clause (ii) and (iii) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness permitted by this clause (f) to be outstanding at any time shall not exceed $50,000,000 minus the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 6.01(s);

 

(n)                                  Section 6.01(n) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(n) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees (v) by the Borrower of the pension obligations of Enodis Group Limited, (w) by the Domestic Credit Parties of each other’s Indebtedness and lease and other contractual obligations permitted under this Agreement, (x) by the Foreign Credit Parties of each other’s and each Domestic Credit Party’s Indebtedness and lease and other contractual obligations permitted under this Agreement, (y) by External Subsidiaries of each other’s and each Credit Party’s Indebtedness and lease and other contractual obligations permitted under this Agreement or (z) by any Credit Party of any Indebtedness and lease and other contractual obligations permitted under this Agreement of any External Subsidiary (or by any Domestic Credit Party of any Indebtedness and lease and other contractual obligations permitted under this Agreement of any Foreign Credit Party) so long as the amount of such Guarantee under this clause (z), when aggregated with (1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Intercompany Loans which are restricted in amount by the proviso to Section 6.05(i) and (2) the aggregate amount of contributions, capitalizations and debt forgiveness which are

 

8



 

restricted in amount by the proviso to Section 6.05(j) and which have theretofore been made and not repaid do not at any time exceed the Dollar Equivalent of $80,000,000;

 

(o)                                  Section 6.01(r) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(r)                                     Indebtedness incurred in consummating the Funding Transactions, the Restructuring Transactions and the Permitted Transactions; and

 

(p)                                  Section 6.02(m) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(m)                                Liens on property or assets acquired pursuant to the Acquisition or a Permitted Acquisition, or on property or assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower in existence at the time such Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to the Acquisition or a Permitted Acquisition; provided that (i) any Indebtedness that is secured by such Liens is permitted to exist under Section 6.01(f), (ii) such Liens are not created in connection with, or in contemplation or anticipation of, the Acquisition or such Permitted Acquisition and do not attach to any other asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) such Liens secure no more than the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness, if any, secured by such Liens on the date of the Acquisition or the Permitted Acquisition;

 

(q)                                  Section 6.03 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word “and” at the conclusion of subsection 6.03(a)(xix), replacing the “.” at the conclusion of subsection 6.03(a)(xx) with “; or” and adding a new subsection 6.03(a)(xxi) as follows:

 

(xxi)                            the Borrower may transfer assets to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may transfer assets to the Borrower or to any other Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, in connection with the Restructuring Transactions and the Permitted Transactions.

 

(r)                                     The second sentence of Section 6.04 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Notwithstanding clause (b) of this Section 6.04, other than in connection with the Restructuring Transactions and the Permitted Transactions, a Foreign Credit Party may not pay any dividend to an External Subsidiary unless (x) such dividend is substantially contemporaneously therewith directly or indirectly remitted as a dividend or distribution to a Domestic Credit Party, (y) such dividend is in the form of an intercompany note payable of such

 

9



 

Foreign Credit Party which is subordinated on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to the obligations of such Foreign Credit Party under the Credit Documents (a “ Dividend Note ”) or (z) at the time such dividend is paid no Default has occurred and is continuing and, after giving effect to such dividend, the “Outflow Amount” (as defined below) does not exceed €30,000,000.

 

(s)                                   Section 6.05(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(i)                                      the Borrower and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may make intercompany loans and advances between and among one another (collectively, “ Intercompany Loans ”); provided that (I) at no time shall the sum of (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Intercompany Loans (excluding Intercompany Loans outstanding on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 1.02 and Intercompany Loans permitted by 6.05(o)) made pursuant to this clause (i) by Credit Parties to External Subsidiaries or by Domestic Credit Parties to Foreign Credit Parties, plus (B) the aggregate amount of contributions, capitalizations and forgiveness (excluding any contributions, capitalizations and forgivenesses permitted by Section 6.05(o)) theretofore made by Credit Parties to (or in respect of) External Subsidiaries and by Domestic Credit Parties to (or in respect of) Foreign Credit Parties, in each case pursuant to Section 6.05(j) (net of cash equity returns), plus (C) the outstanding amount of Guarantees issued pursuant to Section 6.01(n)(z) exceed the Dollar Equivalent of $80,000,000 (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such Intercompany Loans), (II) no Intercompany Loans may be made by a Credit Party to an External Subsidiary or by a Domestic Credit Party to a Foreign Credit Party at a time that an Event of Default exists and is continuing, (III) any such Intercompany Loan made by a Credit Party shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note which shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required pursuant to the US Pledge Agreement, and (IV) each Intercompany Loan made to any Credit Party by an External Subsidiary shall include (or, if not evidenced by an Intercompany Note, the books and records of the respective parties shall note that such Intercompany Loan shall be subject to) the subordination provisions attached as Annex A to the form of Intercompany Note;

 

(t)            Section 6.05(j)  of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(j)                                      the Borrower and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may make cash capital contributions to their respective Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, and may capitalize or forgive any Indebtedness owed

 

10



 

to them by a Wholly-Owned Foreign Subsidiary or a Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary and outstanding under clause (i) of this Section 6.05; provided that (I) at no time shall the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of such contributions, capitalizations and forgiveness (excluding any contributions, capitalizations and forgivenesses permitted by Section 6.05(o)) made by Credit Parties to External Subsidiaries or by Domestic Credit Parties to Foreign Credit Parties (net of cash equity returns), plus (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Intercompany Loans (excluding Intercompany Loans outstanding on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 1.02 and Intercompany Loans permitted by 6.05(o)) made by Credit Parties to External Subsidiaries and by Domestic Credit Parties to Foreign Credit Parties, in each case pursuant to Section 6.05(i) (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs thereof), plus (C) the outstanding amount of Guarantees issued pursuant to Section 6.01(n)(z), exceed the Dollar Equivalent of $80,000,000, (II) Credit Parties may only make capital contributions to, and capitalize or forgive any Indebtedness owed to them by, a Wholly-Owned Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (j) to the extent (A) required to comply with any thin capitalization rules applicable to such Wholly-Owned Foreign Subsidiary or (B) that the making of Intercompany Loans to such Wholly-Owned Foreign Subsidiary would have adverse tax consequences to the Credit Party making the same, and (III) no such contributions, capitalizations or forgivenesses may be made by a Credit Party to a External Subsidiary or by a Domestic Credit Party to a Foreign Credit Party at any time that an Event of Default exists and is continuing;

 

(u)           Section 6.05(k)  of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(k)           the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make transfers of assets among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as permitted by Sections 6.03(a)(ix), (x), (xi) and (xxi);

 

(v)           Section 6.05(o)  of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(o)           the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate the Funding Transactions, the Restructuring Transactions and the Permitted Transactions (subject, in the case of Intercompany Loans with respect to the Restructuring Transactions and the Permitted Transactions, to the requirements of clauses (II), (III) and (IV) of Section 6.05(i)).

 

11



 

(w)          Section 6.09(a)  of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(a)           make (or give any notice in respect of) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on or redemption or acquisition for value of, or any prepayment or redemption as a result of any asset sale, change of control or similar event of (including in each case, without limitation, by way of depositing with the trustee with respect thereto or any other Person money or securities before due for the purpose of paying when due), (i) any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) unless no Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) any Indebtedness which is subordinated to any of the Obligations (other than Intercompany Loans) or (iii) any Senior Notes unless the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio immediately prior to and after giving effect to making such payment is less than 2.00 to 1.00;

 

(x)            The second sentence of the final paragraph of Section 8.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the UK Security Trustee shall also be authorized, on behalf of the Lenders, to  (i)  enter into such amendments of the Security Documents and to enter into such agreements (including intercreditor agreements but excluding any releases of Collateral not otherwise authorized hereby) as, in either case, it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with a Permitted Securitization and (ii) execute releases of Collateral being transferred from the Borrower or a Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereby and in connection with which such Collateral is substantially contemporaneously repledged (with the same priority as the released pledge or security interest) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent  or  the UK Security Trustee, as applicable, for the benefit of the Secured Creditors.

 

(y)           A new Schedule 1.05 to the Credit Agreement is hereby added to the Credit Agreement in the form of Schedule 1.05 attached hereto.

 

2.             Confirmation .  For the avoidance of doubt, the parties confirm and agree that the term “Other Creditor” and “Secured Creditor” as used in the US Security Agreement and the other Security Documents shall include Lenders and their Affiliates which were party to Swap Agreements or Bank Product Agreements (as defined in the US Security Agreement) in existence as of the Effective Date or the Restatement Date.

 

3.             Representations and Warranties of the Borrowers .  The Borrowers represent and warrant that:

 

12



 

(a)           The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers of this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and that this Amendment is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrowers enforceable against the Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to  the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors’ rights generally;

 

(b)           Each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation or warranty which is already qualified as to materiality or by reference to Material Adverse Effect is true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date hereof (other than representations and warranties that relate solely to an earlier date);

 

(c)           After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

4.             Effective Date .  This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders (without respect to whether it has been executed and delivered by all the Lenders); provided that Sections 1 and 2 hereof shall not become effective until the date (the “ Effective Date ”) when the following additional conditions have also been satisfied:

 

(a)           The execution and delivery by Kysor Nevada Holding Corp. of a joinder to the Subsidiary Guaranty and the US Security Agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)           Each of the Credit Parties shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Reaffirmation of Guaranty and Collateral Documents in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent shall have received an executed legal opinion from Foley & Lardner LLP in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

 

(d)           The Borrowers shall have provided such other corporate and other certificates, opinions, documents, instruments and agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly of the occurrence of the Effective Date and such notice shall be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.  In the event the Effective Date has not occurred on or before December 19, 2008, Sections 1 and 2 hereof shall not become operative and shall be of no force or effect.

 

13



 

5.             Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement .

 

(a)           Except as specifically amended or waived above, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

(b)           The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, except as specifically set forth herein.  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 

(c)           This Amendment shall be deemed to be a Credit Document for all purposes of the Credit Documents.

 

6.             Costs and Expenses .  The Borrower hereby affirms its obligations under Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement to reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment, including but not limited to the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of attorneys for the Administrative Agent with respect thereto.

 

7.             Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law (without regard to conflict of law provisions) of the State of New York.

 

8.             Headings .  Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.

 

9.             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC EMEA HOLDING SARL

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC HOLDING ASIA SAS

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

BNP PARIBAS

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

[ADDITIONAL LENDER SIGNATURE]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 



 

Schedule 1.05

 

RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTIONS

 

The Borrower and its Subsidiaries intend to engage in a number of intercorporate transactions to integrate the corporate structure of Enodis Ltd. (“Enodis”) and its subsidiaries with the existing corporate structure of the Borrower and its pre-existing Subsidiaries, and to maximize the financial performance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

1.                                        Repayment of Enodis’s Private Placement and Revolving Credit Agreement Obligations .

 

Shortly after the funding of the Loans under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower provided $235 million and £86 million to Enodis to enable Enodis to pay off the Target Debt, as required by the Credit Agreement.  The Borrower proposes to characterize these transfers of funds as loans to Enodis, rather than as capital contributions, as of the Effective Date of Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.  These loans will be payable in pounds and will total £235.128 million.

 

2.                                        Buyout of the Enodis Stock Options Held by Employees of Enodis .

 

Shortly after the funding of the Loans under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower provided £10,665,282.93 to Enodis Holdings Ltd. and $54,123,679.36 to Enodis Corporation to buy out the Enodis stock options held by employees of Enodis as required in connection with the acquisition transaction.  The Borrower proposes to characterize these transfers of funds as loans rather than as capital contributions, as of the Effective Date of Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

3.                                        German Restructuring .

 

The Borrower proposes to combine the German subsidiaries of Enodis with the pre-existing German subsidiaries of the Borrower, both to rationalize the corporate organization and to permit the filing of a consolidated income tax return in Germany.  As part of that transaction, the Borrower would contribute to Manitowoc Finance (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l. approximately £203 million of its notes receivable from Enodis.

 

4.                                        U.S. Restructuring .

 

The U.S. Subsidiaries of Enodis are currently owned by foreign entities.  The Borrower proposes to bring the Domestic Subsidiaries of Enodis under the direct ownership of the Borrower and its pre-existing Domestic Subsidiaries, without the intervention of any foreign entities.  This will rationalize the business organization; allow the Borrower and all of the Domestic Subsidiaries to file a single consolidated federal income tax return in the United States, and permit the pledge of 100% of the stock of these entities to the Lenders.

 



 

As part of those transaction, Boek- en Offset Drukkerij Kuyte BV, which is a Foreign Subsidiary, would sell its shares of Enodis Holdings Inc. to the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower in exchange for an intercompany note for £840 million.  After a series of intermediate steps, this note will be transferred to the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries and eliminated.

 

5.                                        Enodis Intercompany Loan Transactions .

 

The Borrower proposes to finalize the journal entries for several non-cash transactions to settle intercompany loans involving the Target and its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date of Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.  The net effect of these transactions is to increase the assets of the U.S. Subsidiaries of the Target.

 

6.                                        French Thin Capitalization Planning .

 

The Borrower and Subsidiaries intend to enter into a series of transactions which will result in Manitowoc France SAS becoming liable for a payable in the amount of €178 million, which was previously owed by Manitowoc Holding Asia SAS, which is a Subsidiary Borrower.

 

7.                                        Sale of Ice Business .

 

The Borrower will be required by the antitrust authorities to sell certain subsidiaries in the ice business.  These sales are described as Divestiture Transactions in the Credit Agreement.  The Subsidiaries to be sold are parties to intercompany loan transactions with other subsidiaries of the Borrower.  The Borrower proposes to arrange for the payment, forgiveness, or other settlement of these intercompany loan transactions shortly before the required Divestiture Transactions take place.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY AND COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS

 

Each of the undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of that certain Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment ”) relating to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 25, 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”) referred to therein, consents to the Amendment and each of the transactions referenced therein, hereby (i) reaffirms its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty, the Parent Guaranty and each other Security Document to which it is a party and agrees that all references in any such other Credit Document to the “Credit Agreement” shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by the Amendment and (ii) confirms and acknowledges its agreement to the matters set forth in Section 2 of the Amendment.  Capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment.

 

Dated as of December 19, 2008

 

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC EMEA HOLDING SARL

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC HOLDING ASIA SAS

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC CRANE COMPANIES, INC.

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

 

MANITOWOC FOODSERVICE COMPANIES, INC.

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC MARINE GROUP LLC

 

 

 

By: The Manitowoc Company, Inc., its sole managing member

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

GROVE U.S. L.L.C.

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC FSG HOLDINGS, INC.

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC FP, INC.

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC FSG OPERATIONS, INC.

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Reaffirmation of Guaranty and Collateral Documents]

 



 

 

MMG HOLDING CO., LLC

 

 

 

By: The Manitowoc Company, Inc., its sole managing member

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MARINETTE MARINE CORPORATION

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MCCANN’S ENGINEERING & MANUFACTURING CO., LLC

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC FRANCE SAS

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MANITOWOC FSG INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. (f/k/a North Central Crane & Excavator Sales Corp.)

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MCCALL REFRIGERATION, INC.

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Reaffirmation of Guaranty and Collateral Documents]

 


Exhibit 10.1

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.

 

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Effective June 30, 1993

 

and

 

Amended and Restated Through December 31, 2008

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

AGREEMENTS AND ELECTIONS TO DEFER

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

INVESTMENT DIRECTIONS

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTIONS

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

ACCOUNTS

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

MANITOWOC STOCK

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

GENERAL PROVISIONS

16

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

Amended for 409A

 

i



 

ARTICLE 1

PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

Section 1.1             Purpose .

 

The purpose of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is to promote the best interests of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries and affiliates and the stockholders of the Company by (1) attracting and retaining well-qualified persons for service as non-employee directors of the Company and promoting identity of interest between directors and stockholders of the Company; and (2) attracting and retaining key management employees possessing a strong interest in the successful operation of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively referred to herein as the “Employer”) and encouraging their continued loyalty, service, and counsel to the Employer.  It is intended that the Plan will allow participants to elect voluntarily to defer and convert, in the case of non-employee directors, all or a portion of their retainer and meeting fees for services as a director and, in the case of key employees, a portion of their compensation, into Manitowoc Stock and other investments for payment upon retirement, death, disability, or designated distribution date.

 

Section 1.2             Effective Date of Plan and Prior Amendments .

 

The effective date of the Plan is June 30, 1993.  The Plan was amended and restated on May 7, 1996, to permit participation by key employees of subsidiaries adopting the Plan and on February 18, 1997, to conform to Rule 16b-3.  The Plan was further amended as of March 31, 2002, to modify investment options under the Plan and to simplify rules pertaining to distribution elections.

 

Section 1.3             Grandfathered Accounts and Code Section 409A .

 

Effective December 31, 2008, the Plan was amended and restated to reflect the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Company’s good faith compliance with Code Section 409A between October 3, 2004 and December 31, 2008 and other interim Plan amendments.  All benefits that were earned and vested on or before December 31, 2004 are “grandfathered” within the meaning of IRS Notice 2005-1 and any provision in this restated Plan document that would otherwise cause such grandfathered amounts to be “materially modified” at anytime after October 3, 2004 shall be deemed amended or deleted to the extent necessary to ensure that those amounts do not become subject to Code Section 409A.

 

1



 

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

Section 2.1             Administrator .

 

“Administrator” means a committee of the Board composed of not less than two directors, each of whom shall qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, or such other committee or officer of the Company designated by the Board.

 

Section 2.2             Agreement .

 

“Agreement” means the agreement (as approved as to form by the Administrator) entered into between the Employer and a Participant, whereby the Participant agrees to defer a portion of the Participant’s Compensation pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the Employer agrees to make benefit payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  An Agreement may be an “Initial Agreement” applicable to a Participant or a “Modified Agreement.”

 

Section 2.3             Beneficiary .

 

“Beneficiary” means the person or entity designated by the Participant to be the beneficiary of the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant.  If a valid designation of Beneficiary is not in effect at the time of the death of a Participant, the estate of the Participant is deemed to be the sole Beneficiary of such Account.  If a Participant dies before receiving full distribution of such Participant’s Account, any remaining distributions shall be made to the Beneficiary.  If a Beneficiary dies while entitled to receive distributions from the Plan, any remaining payments shall be paid to the estate of the Beneficiary.  Beneficiary designations shall be in writing, filed with the Administrator, and in such form as the Administrator may prescribe for this purpose.

 

Section 2.4             Board .

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Section 2.5             Change of Control .

 

“Change of Control” means, for Grandfathered Accounts, the first to occur of the following:

 

(a)           The acquisition by any person or entity, or group thereof acting in concert, of beneficial ownership of securities of the Company which, together with securities previously owned, confer upon the holder the voting power, on all matters brought to a vote of stockholders, of thirty percent (30%) or more of all the then outstanding shares of the Company.

 

2



 

(b)           The sale, assignment or transfer of assets (or earning power) of the Company or any subsidiary or subsidiaries, in a transaction or series of transactions, to a twenty percent (20%) stockholder (as herein defined) or any affiliate of a twenty percent (20%) stockholder, if the aggregate market value thereof exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate book value, determined by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of all the assets (or earning power) of the Company determined on a consolidated basis before such transaction or the first of such transactions, unless the Board approved such transaction or transactions before the date on which the twenty percent (20%) stockholder became a twenty percent (20%) stockholder.  For purposes of this definition of Change of Control, a twenty percent (20%) stockholder means any person, entity, or group of persons and/or entities acting in concert, who or which, together with such stockholder, and its or their affiliates and associates, is the beneficial owner of securities of the Company which confer upon the holder the voting power, on all matters brought to a vote of stockholders, of twenty percent (20%) or more of all the then outstanding shares of the Company.

 

(c)           The merger or consolidation of the Company (or of one or more subsidiaries of the Company, in a transaction or series of transactions, if the aggregate book value of the assets thereof exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate book value of all the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis before such transaction or the first of such transactions), with or into a twenty percent (20%) stockholder or any affiliate of a twenty percent (20%) stockholder, unless the Board approved such merger or consolidation before the date on which the twenty percent (20%) stockholder first became a twenty percent (20%) stockholder.

 

(d)           The dissolution of the Company, unless the Board approved such dissolution before the date on which the twenty percent (20%) stockholder first became a twenty percent (20%) stockholder.

 

(e)           Change in the composition of the Board after which a majority of the members thereof are not continuing directors.  Continuing director, for this purpose, means (i) any member of the Board while such person is a member of the Board, who is not an acquiring person, or an affiliate or associate of an acquiring person, or a representative of an acquiring person or of any such affiliate or associate, and was a member of the Board prior to July 4, 1993, or (ii) any person who subsequently becomes a member of the Board, who is not an acquiring person, or an affiliate or associate of an acquiring person, or a representative of an acquiring person or of any such affiliate or associate, if such person’s nomination for election or election to the Board is recommended or approved by a majority of the continuing directors.  As used herein, affiliate and associate shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

 

(f)            The commencement (within the meaning of Rule 14d-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act) of a tender or exchange offer which, if successful, would result in a change of control of the Company.

 

(g)           A determination by the Board, in view of then current circumstances or impending events, that a change of control of the Company has occurred or is imminent, which determination shall be made for the specific purpose of triggering the operative provisions of the Company’s contingent employment agreements.

 

3



 

For Non-Grandfathered Accounts, a “Change of Control” means the first event that would be a “Change of Control” for a Grandfathered Account and which would also satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v).

 

Section 2.6             Company .

 

“Company” means The Manitowoc Company, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, or any successor corporation.

 

Section 2.7             Code .

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as interpreted by regulations and rulings issued pursuant thereto, all as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

Section 2.8             Compensation .

 

“Compensation” means (i) for non-employee director Participants, the Retainer Fee and (ii) for key employee Participants, “Compensation” has the same meaning as the term “eligible compensation,” as defined in The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan and incorporated herein by this reference, without regard to the dollar limits applied to that definition by Code Section 401(a)(17), and without regard to whether such Participants are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Retirement Plan.

 

Section 2.9             Date .

 

“Date” means the date an Initial Agreement, a Modified Agreement, or a Form is received by the Administrator.

 

Section 2.10           Deferred Compensation Account; Account; Sub-Account .

 

“Deferred Compensation Account” generally refers to a Participant’s entire interest in the Plan.  “Account” generally refers to a Participant’s entire interest in Program A and Program B, separately.  “Sub-Account” means the separate accounts maintained under Program B.

 

Section 2.11           Disability .

 

“Disability” means: (a) for Grandfathered Accounts, a disability as set forth in Code Section 22(e)(3); and (b) for Non-Grandfathered Accounts, a situation that would allow a distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(ii).  Code Sections 409A(a)(2)(A)(ii) and 409A(a)(2)(C) provide that a Participant shall be considered “disabled” only when he or she: (a) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (b) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

 

4



 

Section 2.12           Distribution Date .

 

“Distribution Date” means the date designated by a Participant in the Participant’s Distribution Election Form for the commencement of payment of amounts credited to the Participant’s Accounts.

 

Section 2.13           Employer .

 

“Employer” means the Company and each subsidiary and affiliate of the Company which adopts this Plan.

 

Section 2.14           Employer Contribution .

 

“Employer Contribution” means the amount of contribution which may be made each year on behalf of key employee Participants, as described in Article 7.

 

Section 2.15           Exchange Act .

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

Section 2.16           Forms .

 

Each of the following, as approved by the Administrator and properly completed by the Participant, is a “Form” under the Plan:

 

(a)                   “Beneficiary Designation Form” is used to designate a Participant’s Beneficiaries.  A Beneficiary Designation may, but is not required, to specify the form of payment from those available under the Plan.  A Beneficiary Designation may, but is not required, to designate contingent Beneficiaries.

 

(b)                   “Distribution Election Form” is used to designate the form and timing of distributions to be made to a Participant from the Participant’s Accounts in the Plan.  Separate Distribution Election Forms may be filed for a Participant’s Program A Account and Program B Account.  If only one Distribution Election Form is on file with the Plan it shall apply to Accounts of the Participant in both Program A and Program B.  No Distribution Election Form other than the Form filed at the commencement of Plan participation can be given effect until it has been on file with the Administrator for 12 months.  For Non-Grandfathered Accounts, a new or modified Distribution Election Form must either: (i) meet one of the exemptions set forth in IRS Notice 2007-86, Notice 2006-79 or Notice 2005-1; or (ii) further delay the commencement of any amount previously deferred by a minimum of 5 additional years.

 

(c)                   “Hardship Distribution Request Form” is used to request a hardship distribution of amounts credited to a Participant’s Accounts.  Hardship distributions shall be drawn from Program B and then Program A Accounts, in that order.

 

(d)                   “New Investment Direction Form” is used to change investment directions prospectively under the Plan as to new deferral amounts.

 

5



 

(e)                   “Investment Transfer Form” is used to transfer funds from one Program B Sub-Account to another.  Investment Transfer Forms cannot be used in Program A effective March 31, 2002.

 

Section 2.18           Grandfathered Account .

 

“Grandfathered Account” refers to all or any part of a Participant’s Account that was earned and fully vested as of December 31, 2004.  If, at any time, this Plan, any Agreement, any Form or any other administrative policy is amended or interpreted to cause a “material modification” that would cause a Grandfathered Account to be subject to Code Section 409A, such amendment, interpretation or change shall be deemed amended or modified to the extent that no Grandfathered Amount will be subject to Code Section 409A.  If necessary to avoid the application of Code Section 409A or to provide guidance as the result of the application of the preceding provisions, the terms of the Plan, as in effect on October 3, 2004, shall apply to all Grandfathered Accounts.

 

Section 2.19           Manitowoc Stock .

 

“Manitowoc Stock” means the common stock, $.01 par value, of the Company.

 

Section 2.20           Non-Grandfathered Account .

 

“Non-Grandfathered Account” refers to all or any part of a Participant’s Account that was not earned and fully vested as of December 31, 2004.  Non-Grandfathered Accounts are subject to Code Section 409A and the provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied with the intent to ensure that no benefits are subject to taxation before the date when such benefits are paid to a Participant or Beneficiary.  Nothing in this Plan, any Agreement, any Form or related document shall be construed or interpreted as a guarantee of any particular tax consequences.

 

Section 2.21           Participant .

 

“Participant” means any non-employee member of the Board and any eligible employee of an Employer who has executed an Agreement.  Key employee status for a Plan Year is determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year, or, as to newly-hired employees in their first year of employment, at time of hire based on current base rate of pay.  Key employees, for all Plan purposes, include only elected officers of the Company and other “highly compensated employees.”  For purposes of this Section, “highly compensated employees” means any employee of an Employer who:  (a) for all Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2004, has been employed by one or more Employer(s) for at least one year at a salary grade of 210 or higher and who continues to be employed by an Employer at such a salary grade on the last day of the preceding Plan Year; or (b) for all Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2004, received Compensation in a Plan Year equal to or greater than the indexed amount described in Code Section 414(q)(1).  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any employee who was an eligible highly compensated employee and who made contributions to the Plan during the 2003 Plan Year, shall continue to remain a key employee for so long as the individual would have continued to satisfy the eligibility requirements that were in effect prior to January 1, 2004.  An individual who temporarily continues eligibility under this transition rule 

 

6



 

and who later ceases to satisfy the prior requirements must satisfy the new requirements in order to again be eligible to participate in the Plan.  A Participant who ceases to be a non-employee director or a key employee shall cease making deferrals as of the first day of the Plan Year following such loss of eligibility, but shall remain an inactive Participant until all amounts due such person under the Plan have been distributed in full. Plan Year

 

Section 2.22           Plan Year .

 

“Plan Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 

Section 2.23           Program A .

 

“Program A,” effective March 31, 2002, is deemed to be solely invested in Manitowoc Stock.  Any dividends paid on shares of Manitowoc Stock deemed to be held under Program A are deemed to be reinvested in Manitowoc Stock under Program A, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator.  There are no investment options in Program A.  Effective March 31, 2002, the funds in Program A cannot be transferred at any time to Program B.  All distributions under the Plan from Program A must be made in Manitowoc Stock, except fractional shares may be paid in cash.  Any Manitowoc Stock that may be held in trust pursuant to the Plan in connection with Program A will be held in a trust that is completely separate from any trust that may hold assets pursuant to the Plan in connection with Program B.

 

Section 2.24           Program B .

 

“Program B,” effective March 31, 2002, is deemed to consist of Sub-Accounts, each of which is deemed to be invested in a designated mutual fund.  Any dividends paid on such mutual funds shall be deemed to be reinvested in the applicable Sub-Account.  Manitowoc Stock is not an investment option in Program B.  Funds deemed to be invested pursuant to Program B cannot be transferred at any time to Program A.  All distributions from Program B must be made in cash.  Any assets that may be held in trust pursuant to the Plan in connection with Program B will be held in a trust that is completely separate from any trust that may hold assets pursuant to the Plan in connection with Program A.

 

Section 2.25           Retainer Fee .

 

“Retainer Fee” means those fees paid by the Company to non-employee directors for services rendered on the Board or any committee of the Board, including attendance fees and fees for serving as committee chair.  Any Retainer Fee payable for services during a month is deemed to accrue to the non-employee director on the first day of such month for Plan purposes.

 

Section 2.26           Rule 16b-3 .

 

“Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission or its successor, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

7



 

Section 2.27           Separation .

 

“Separation” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(2)(A)(i).

 

ARTICLE 3

AGREEMENTS AND ELECTIONS TO DEFER

 

Section 3.1             Initial Deferrals .

 

Each new non-employee director and new key employee shall be entitled to defer Compensation accruing on and after the first day of the month following such person’s Initial Agreement Date, provided such Initial Agreement Date is not more than thirty (30) days after the Date such person initially becomes eligible under the Plan.  Thereafter, such persons shall be eligible to commence deferrals only with respect to compensation that is earned, in whole or in part, as of the first day of any subsequent Plan Year, provided their Initial Agreement Date is before such date.  Notwithstanding the preceding limitation, Participants were allowed to revoke and modify their existing elections for Non-Grandfathered Benefits between October 3, 2004 and December 31, 2008, in accordance with transitional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service, including IRS Notice 2005-1, Notice 2006-79, Notice 2007-86 and the proposed regulations issued under Code Section 409A.  For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, Participants may make a separate election with respect to such performance-based compensation until 6 months before the end of the measurement period for such compensation.  For purposes of this provision, performance-based compensations has the meaning provided in Code Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(iii) .

 

Section 3.2             Termination of Employment, Service or Status and Reinstatement .

 

A Participant has no further right to defer Compensation under the Plan after termination of service to the Company as a non-employee director, or after termination of employment in the case of all other Participants, or, if earlier, upon receipt of written notice from the Administrator of revocation of an employee’s status as a key employee.  Such revocations by the Administrator are effective only upon the first day of the Plan Year following the date that the employee is provided such written notice.  If a Participant terminates service with the Employer and subsequently returns to service, the Participant shall be treated as a new employee (or director if applicable) for all Plan purposes.

 

Section 3.3             Deferral Percentages and Limitations .

 

A non-employee director Participant may make a deferral election with respect to all or part of the non-employee director Participant’s Compensation, in increments of five percent (5%).  A key employee Participant may make separate deferral elections, in whole percentages, with respect to regular pay and incentive bonuses.  Deferral elections shall not exceed forty percent (40%) of regular pay for any Plan Year and deferral elections with regard to incentive bonuses are not subject to a percentage maximum; provided, however, that the maximum amount of Compensation of a key employee Participant for any Plan Year which may be considered for purposes of determining the Employer contribution authorized by Section 7.1 shall not exceed

 

8



 

twenty-five percent (25%) for any Plan Year.  Deferral elections remain in effect from year to year until modified or revoked in accordance with Plan rules.

 

Section 3.4             Necessary Election Information and Documentation .

 

Each Participant shall provide as a part of an Initial Agreement, and in a Modified Agreement, as necessary, supplemented by appropriate Forms, the following information:

 

(a)           the percentage of Compensation to be deferred;

 

(b)           the percentage of deferred Compensation to be directed to Program A (the Manitowoc Stock Program) or Program B (the Diversified Investment Program);

 

(c)           the Program B Sub-Accounts to which deferred amounts are to be allocated;

 

(d)           the Distribution Date;

 

(e)           whether distributions are to be in a lump sum, in installments, or a combination thereof; and

 

(f)            the Participant’s Beneficiaries.

 

Persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be afforded a further opportunity to determine in advance whether applicable withholding requirements on amounts distributed from Program A are to be satisfied by an Employer through withholding of shares of Manitowoc Stock or whether the Participant will provide cash from other sources for this purpose.

 

Section 3.5             Increasing Deferral Elections .

 

A Participant may increase the deferral amount specified in the Participant’s Initial Agreement by completing and executing a Modified Agreement and submitting it to the Administrator.  Such Modified Agreement shall be effective with respect to Compensation accruing on and after the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the Date of the Modified Agreement.  For Plan Years beginning on or after 2007, Participants may make a separate election with respect to such performance-based compensation until 6 months before the end of the measurement period for such compensation.  For purposes of this provision, performance-based compensations has the meaning provided in Code Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(iii) .

 

Section 3.6             Reducing or Revoking Deferral Elections .

 

A Participant may reduce, or completely revoke, such Participant’s deferral election by completing and executing a Modified Agreement and submitting it to the Administrator.  Such Modified Agreement shall be effective with respect to Compensation accruing on and after the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the Date of the Modified Agreement; provided, however, that the effective date of such an election shall be the first day of the month following the Date of the Modified Agreement if the Participant establishes to the Administrator that the

 

9



 

reason for the reduction/revocation constitutes an “unforeseeable emergency” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(vi).  Further, to the extent permitted under Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1, an election to reduce or completely revoke a pre-2005 deferral election shall become effective as soon as administratively feasible.  In the event that the Administrator allows a Participant to reduce or cease making deferral contributions under the Plan other than on the first day of a Plan Year, the Participant shall forfeit any Employer Contributions to which the Participant’s Account would otherwise be entitled for the Plan Year in which such reduction or revocation occurred.  For Plan Years beginning on or after 2007, Participants may make a separate election with respect to such performance-based compensation until 6 months before the end of the measurement period for such compensation.  For purposes of this provision, performance-based compensations has the meaning provided in Code Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(iii) .

 

Section 3.7             Change of Beneficiary .

 

A Participant shall be permitted at any time to modify the Participant’s Beneficiary Designation Form.

 

ARTICLE 4

INVESTMENT DIRECTIONS

 

Section 4.1             New Investment Direction Form .

 

In connection with an Initial Agreement and thereafter, from time to time as determined by the Participant (or a Beneficiary after the Participant’s death), in accordance with Administrator rules, each Participant shall file a New Investment Direction Form applicable to new deferral amounts to be credited to the Participant’s Program B Account.  Such instructions shall be effective on the first day of the month following the new Investment Direction Form Date.

 

Section 4.2             Sub-Account Transfers .

 

A Participant (or a Beneficiary after the Participant’s death) may transfer to one or more different Sub-Accounts in Program B all or a part (not less than ten percent (10%)) of the amounts credited to the Participant in other Program B Sub-Accounts by completing and executing an Investment Transfer Form and submitting it to the Administrator.  Such transfers among Program B Sub-Accounts shall become effective on the first day of the calendar month following the Investment Transfer Form Date.

 

Section 4.3             No Transfers Out of Program A After March 31, 2002 .

 

Effective March 31, 2002, transfers into or out of Accounts in Program A are not permitted.

 

10



 

ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1             Distribution Forms .

 

Each Distribution Election Form shall designate the Distribution Date applicable to the Participant’s Account governed by the election, and whether distributions are to be made in a lump sum, in installments, or in a combination thereof.  Each installment in a series of installment distributions from a Non-Grandfathered Account shall be treated as a separate individual distribution for purposes of applying the change in distribution provisions set forth in this Plan and under Code Section 409A.  Distribution Election Forms are to be completed at the time a Participant completes the Participant’s Initial Agreement and may be modified thereafter, as the Participant may elect.  Modified Distribution Election Forms for Grandfathered Accounts must be filed with the Administrator not less than 12 months before the modification can be permitted to be effective and modifications by insiders must be approved in advance by the Administrator; modified Distribution Election Forms for Non-Grandfathered Accounts that apply to distributions made for any reason other than death, Disability or an “unforeseeable emergency” must also provide that the new distribution date will be at least 5 years after the date when the distribution would have been made under the prior Distribution Election Form.  Separate Distribution Election Forms may be filed for each Program A Account and Program B Account.  If only one Distribution Election Form is on file with the Plan it shall apply to Accounts of the Participant in both Program A and Program B.

 

Section 5.2             Distribution Dates .

 

A Participant may designate as a Distribution Date the first day of the calendar month following the date of the Participant’s death; the first day of the calendar month following the date of the Participant’s Disability; the first day of the calendar month following the date of termination of the Participant’s service as a member of the Board if the Participant is a non-employee director; or, if the Participant is an employee of an Employer, the first day of the calendar month following the date of termination of the Participant’s employment with the Employer; the first day of any calendar month specified by the Participant; or the earliest to occur of these dates.  For purposes of Non-Grandfathered Accounts: (a) a distribution may only commence as a result of a termination of employment or service if such termination is also a Separation, as defined above; and (b) to the extent that the Participant is a “key employee,” as defined in Code Section 416(i), a distribution from any Non-Grandfathered Account that is made as a result of a Separation may not commence until at least 6 months after such Separation.

 

Section 5.3             Distribution Forms .

 

A Participant shall direct whether distributions from an Account are to be made in a lump sum, in no more than 180 monthly, 60 quarterly, or 15 annual installments.  Each installment is determined by dividing the applicable Account balance by the number of remaining payments.  Each installment in a series of installment distributions from a Non-Grandfathered Account shall be treated as a separate individual distribution for purposes of applying the change in distribution provisions set forth in this Plan and under Code Section 409A.  If a Participant receives a distribution on an installment basis, amounts remaining in that Account before payment in full is

 

11



 

completed shall continue to accrue earnings and incur losses in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  Except as provided in Section 5.4, all distributions shall be made to the Participant.  Installment payments shall be made pro rata from each Account (including any Sub-Accounts) holding assets subject to the installment method of payment.  Separate payment method elections for Sub-Accounts in Program B are not permitted.  The Administrator may determine minimum amounts applicable to any periodic payment method to facilitate convenient administration of the Plan.

 

Section 5.4             Distributions After Death .

 

If the Distribution Date is the first day of the month following the Participant’s death or a fixed date which in fact occurs after the Participant’s death or if at the time of death the Participant was receiving distributions in installments, the balance remaining in the Participant’s Account shall be payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary.  All distributions to Beneficiaries shall be in a lump sum except when the Distribution Date is the first day of the month following the Participant’s death and the Beneficiary Designation specifies installment payments to the Beneficiary.

 

Section 5.5             Distributions of Manitowoc Stock .

 

All distributions from Program A shall be made in shares of Manitowoc Stock, except that fractional shares may be paid in cash.  All distributions from Program B shall be made in cash.  Any brokerage commissions or transaction fees applicable to the sale of shares of Manitowoc Stock distributed from Program A are the responsibility of the recipient of the distribution.

 

Section 5.6             Hardship .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant (or Beneficiary after the death of the Participant) may request an extraordinary distribution of all or part of the amount credited to the Participant’s Account because of hardship.  A distribution from a Grandfathered Account shall be deemed to be because of hardship if such distribution is necessary due to unanticipated events beyond the control of the Participant (or Beneficiary) that would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant (or Beneficiary) if the extraordinary distribution is not permitted.  Any request by an insider for a hardship distribution must be approved in advance by the Administrator.  A distribution from a Non-Grandfathered Account shall be deemed to be because of hardship only if the circumstances also constitute a “unforeseeable emergency” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(vi).  In accordance with Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii), such an unforeseeable emergency exists if the Participant suffers a severe financial hardship resulting from: (a) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)); (b) the Participant’s loss of property due to casualty; or (c) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising from events beyond the control of the Participant.  Any hardship distribution from a Non-Grandfathered Account may not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship may is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of

 

12



 

the Participant’s assets (to the extent that the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

 

Section 5.7             Exchange Act Compliance .

 

The Administrator may adopt any additional rules and modify existing rules and procedures, as necessary, to assure compliance with the insider trading liability rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, as in effect from time to time.

 

Section 5.8             Change of Control .

 

Any remaining balance in a Participant’s Account shall be distributed in a single lump sum amount to the Participant, or the Participant’s Beneficiary if applicable, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company.  Such distribution shall occur not later than thirty (30) days following the date on which the Change in Control of the Company occurred and shall include the accelerated distribution of any installment payments otherwise to be paid.

 

ARTICLE 6

ACCOUNTS

 

Section 6.1             Participant Program A and Program B Accounts .

 

The Employer shall establish Accounts under Program A and Program B for each Participant having an interest in each Program.  Accounts in Program B shall be divided into Sub-Accounts for each Participant as indicated by the Participant’s investment directions in effect from time to time.  The Employer shall credit to each Account and applicable Sub-Accounts, any amounts deferred by a Participant under the Plan, including for key employees any Employer Contribution allocable to the Participant’s Account under Section 7.1.  Such credits for deferred Compensation are to be made within a reasonable time (not to exceed thirty (30) days) following the time that the deferred Compensation, but for the Participant’s deferral election, would otherwise have been paid or made available to the Participant.  The credits for Employer Contributions, if any, shall be made as provided in Section 7.1.  The Employer shall deduct amounts it is required to withhold on the deferred Compensation at the time it is credited to a Participant’s Account, under any state, federal, or local law for payroll or other taxes or charges, from the Participant’s Compensation which is not deferred, to the maximum extent possible, before reducing the amount of the Participant’s deferrals.

 

Section 6.2             Immediate Vesting .

 

The Accounts of Participants in the Plan are immediately vested and non-forfeitable.

 

Section 6.3             Account Investments .

 

Accounts, including Sub-Accounts, established for Participants shall be deemed to be fully invested at all times in the investment assigned to the Account or Sub-Account.  The Employer shall separately account for credited amounts as units of the designated investment, having the value attributable to units of the designated investment at all times, taking into

 

13



 

account reinvestment of all dividends pertaining to such investment, but without adjustment for any income tax consequences attributable to deemed Employer ownership of such investments.

 

Section 6.4             Participant Account Statements .

 

The Administrator shall provide to each Participant, not less frequently than semiannually, a statement with respect to each of the Participant’s Accounts, including Sub-Accounts, in such form as the Administrator determines to be appropriate, setting forth credited amounts added during the reporting period, any units of each designated investment attributable to each Account or Sub-Account and their current value, amounts distributed to the Participant since the last report, the current balance to the credit of such Participant in each Account and Sub-Account, and other appropriate information.

 

Section 6.5             Investment Options .

 

Program A is deemed to be invested solely in Manitowoc Stock.  Program B is divided into Sub-Accounts, each of which is deemed to be invested in a designated mutual fund.  Each such Sub-Account is a separate investment option under Program B.  The investment options associated with Program B that are currently available are set forth in the Summary Plan Information that is provided to each Participant.  The Administrator shall, from time to time, review the investment options available under Program B and may, on a prospective basis, eliminate, modify, or otherwise change such investment options.

 

ARTICLE 7

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 7.1             Amount of Employer Contributions .

 

The Employer shall credit to the Accounts of key employee Participants, in accordance with their investment directions on file with the Plan, an Employer Contribution equal to the amount of deferred compensation of a key employee for a Plan Year multiplied by the rate, determined as a percentage of eligible compensation, of fixed and variable profit sharing contributions plus one percent (1%) that the Participant has received from the Participant’s Employer for the Plan Year under the 401(k) Retirement Plan, subject to the restrictions of Section 3.3 and Section 3.6.  If the Participant is not a participant in the 401(k) Retirement Plan, the amount of Employer contribution made on behalf of the Participant shall be determined in a similar manner but with regard to the qualified defined contribution retirement program in which the Participant does participate, as determined by the Administrator.  Effective as of January 1, 2005, the Employer also reserves the right to make such additional contributions as it deems necessary or advisable to compensate any Participant who is adversely and unexpectedly affected by any forfeitures, adjustments or other limitations under any qualified retirement plan(s) maintained by the Employer.  Such contributions are wholly within the discretion of the Employer and need not be made on a uniform or consistent basis.

 

14



 

Section 7.1             Crediting Employer Contributions .

 

Such Employer Contribution shall be credited to the Account of the eligible Participant within a reasonable time (not to exceed thirty (30) days) following the time the Employer deposits its similar contributions to the 401(k) Retirement Plan.

 

ARTICLE 8

MANITOWOC STOCK

 

Section 8.1             Manitowoc Stock Allocation and Adjustment .

 

The amount of Manitowoc Stock which may be allocated to Participants’ Accounts under the Plan is determined by the amount of Compensation deferred under the Plan and the investment directions provided by Participants.  In the event of any merger, share exchange, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in corporate structure affecting Manitowoc Stock, appropriate adjustments shall be made to the units credited to Program A for each Participant, except that any such adjustments to units credited to Program A for each Participant subject to Section 16 shall be only such as is necessary to maintain the proportionate interest of such Participant and preserve, without exceeding, the value reflected by such Participant’s Program A Account.

 

Section 8.2             Manitowoc Stock Value .

 

Plan record keeping pertaining to Manitowoc Stock shall be based on the fair market value of Manitowoc Stock.  Fair market value per share of Manitowoc Stock on any given date is defined for Plan purposes as the value, as determined by the Administrator, at which shares were traded on that date in representative trades reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on The New York Stock Exchange on such date or, if no Manitowoc Stock is traded on such date, the most recent date on which Manitowoc Stock was traded.

 

Section 8.3             No Stockholder Rights .

 

Participants shall have no rights as a stockholder pertaining to Manitowoc Stock units credited to their Program A Accounts.  No Manitowoc Stock unit nor any right or interest of a Participant under the Plan in any Manitowoc Stock unit may be assigned, encumbered, or transferred, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  The rights of a Participant hereunder with respect to any Manitowoc Stock unit are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

Section 8.4             Manitowoc Stock Distributions .

 

Any shares of Manitowoc Stock distributed to Participants under the Plan shall be subject to such stock transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Company, any stock exchange upon which Manitowoc Stock is then listed and any applicable Federal, state or foreign securities law, and the Administrator may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

15



 

ARTICLE 9

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 9.1             Administration and  Administrator Authority

 

The Administrator shall administer and interpret the Plan, and supervise preparation of Agreements, forms, and any amendments thereto.  Interpretation of the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Administrator and shall be final and binding upon each Participant and Beneficiary.  The Administrator may adopt and modify rules and regulations relating to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  If the Administrator shall also be a Participant or Beneficiary, any determinations affecting such person’s participation in the Plan which would otherwise be made by the Administrator shall be made by the Board or its delegate for this purpose.  If at any time the Administrator is not composed of at least two “Non-Employee Directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, then all determinations affecting participation by persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be made by the Board.  Headings are given to the sections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference.  The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.  With regard to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, transactions under the Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successor under the Exchange Act.  The Plan shall be construed so that transactions under the Plan will be exempt from Section 16 of the Exchange Act pursuant to regulations and interpretations issued from time to time by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Section 9.2             General Creditor Status, No Assignment and Exercise of Rights .

 

The right of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary to receive a distribution hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company or any Employer and neither the Participant nor any Beneficiary shall have any rights in or against any amount credited to the Participant’s Account or any other specific assets of the Company or any Employer.  The right of a Participant or Beneficiary to the payment of benefits under this Plan shall not be assigned, encumbered, or transferred, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  The rights of a Participant hereunder are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

Section 9.3             Unfunded Plan .

 

This Plan is unfunded and is maintained by Employers primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for non-employee directors of the Company and a select group of management and highly compensated employees.  Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to its terms shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Employer and any Participant or Beneficiary, or any other person.  The Employers may authorize the creation of one or more trusts or other arrangements to assist the Employers in meeting the obligations created under the Plan.  Any liability to any person with respect to the Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created pursuant to the Plan.  No obligation of an Employer hereunder

 

16



 

shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company or any Employer.

 

Section 9.4             Payment and Withholding of Taxes .

 

No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for Federal income tax purposes with respect to any participation under the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Employer, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Employer regarding the payment of, any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount.

 

Section 9.5             Amendment and Termination .

 

There shall be no time limit on the duration of the Plan.  The Board may, at any time, amend or terminate the Plan without the consent of the Participants or Beneficiaries, provided, however, that no amendment or termination may reduce any Account balance accrued on behalf of a Participant based on deferrals already made, or divest any Participant of rights to which such Participant would have been entitled if the Plan had been terminated immediately prior to the effective date of such amendment.  This Section shall not, however, restrict the right of the Board to cause all Accounts to be distributed in the event of Plan termination, provided all Participants and Beneficiaries are treated in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner in such event.  In addition, no amendment may become effective until stockholder approval is obtained if the amendment (i) except as expressly provided in the Plan, materially increases the aggregate number of shares of Manitowoc Stock that may be allocated in a Plan Year, (ii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or (iii) materially modifies the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan.

 

Section 9.6             Initial Approval .

 

The Plan will become effective on July 4, 1993, subject to approval by a majority of the votes cast at a duly held meeting of the Company’s stockholders at which a quorum representing a majority of all outstanding voting stock is, either in person or by proxy, present.

 

Section 9.7             Administrative Costs .

 

Costs of establishing and administering the Plan will be paid by the Employers in such proportion as determined by the Administrator.

 

Section 9.8             Limitations on “Compensation” Under the Plan .

 

Compensation and Employer Contributions credited to an Account hereunder shall not be considered “compensation” for the purpose of computing benefits under any qualified retirement plan maintained by an Employer, but shall be considered compensation for welfare benefit plans, such as life and disability insurance programs sponsored by the Employers.

 

17



 

Section 9.9             Severability .

 

If any of the provisions of the Plan shall be held to be invalid, or shall be determined to be inconsistent with the purpose of the Plan, the remainder of the Plan shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 9.10           Binding Effect .

 

This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and each Employer, their successors and assigns and the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives.

 

Section 9.11           Applicable Law .

 

This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Wisconsin to the extent not preempted by federal law.

 

Section 9.21           409A Compliance .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan document or any accompanying forms or related material, the Plan is, with respect to Non-Grandfathered Benefits, designed and intended to operate in compliance with the requirements set forth in Internal Revenue Code § 409A and any regulations or guidance issued thereunder.  Any provisions of this Plan document, or any related material which conflict with or would be deemed to violate Internal Revenue Code § 409A shall be deemed limited, as determined by the Board in order to comply with such requirements.  Notwithstanding such intentions and provisions, nothing in this Plan or any related document is intended to provide individual Participants or Beneficiaries with any guaranty, warranty or assurance of particular tax treatment for benefits hereunder.

 

18


Exhibit 10.6(c)

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.

 

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE
RETIREMENT PLAN

 

Effective January 1, 2000

 

and

 

Amended and Restated Through December 31, 2008

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

PLAN PURPOSE

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

ANNUAL CONTRIBUTION CREDIT

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

ACCOUNT BALANCE

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFIT ELIGIBILITY AND PAYMENT

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

GENERAL PROVISIONS

11

 

i



 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

 

Whereas, the Manitowoc Company, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), deems it desirable to adopt a supplemental executive retirement plan for its key employees.

 

Now, therefore, the Company hereby establishes this amended and restated version of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
Plan Purpose

 

The purpose of this Plan is to attract and retain key management employees by supplementing their retirement income. The key management employees of the Company who participate in this Plan (“Participants”) will be selected by and designated in writing by the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

This Plan is an unfunded target benefit plan. A target benefit plan is similar to a defined contribution plan. An annual contribution credit is calculated for each Participant as a level percent of pay. Such accumulated Annual Contribution Credit, accumulated at the Plan’s assumed rate of investment return, is expected to fund a life annuity in an amount equal to a target benefit payable as a life annuity under assumptions defined in this Plan. A Participant’s benefit is the Account Balance maintained for a Participant by the Company. Distributions from this Plan shall be processed as set forth in Article 5.

 

The Plan is hereby amended and restated to reflect the requirements of Code Section 409A as of January 1, 2005, the Company’s good faith compliance with Code Section 409A between October 3, 2004 and December 31, 2008 and other interim Plan amendments.  All benefits that were earned and vested on or before December 31, 2004 are “grandfathered” within the meaning of IRS Notice 2005-1 and any provision in this restated Plan document that would otherwise cause such grandfathered amounts to be “materially modified” at anytime after October 3, 2004 shall be deemed amended or deleted to the extent necessary to ensure that those amounts do not become subject to Code Section 409A

 

1



 

ARTICLE 2
Definitions

 

2.1.           “Account Balance” is an account maintained for each Participant which reflects the accumulation of the Annual Contribution Credits and the Investment Credits earned under the Plan.

 

2.2.           “Actuarial Equivalent” shall mean a single payment or a series of payments that have the same value as another single payment or series of payments. For purposes of this Plan, any Actuarial Equivalence for payments made shall reflect a 9.0% interest rate and life annuity values shall reflect mortality based upon the 1994 Uninsured Pensioners Mortality Table.

 

2.3.           “Actuary” is an enrolled actuary hired by the Plan Administrator to calculate the Annual Contribution Credit under the Plan.

 

2.4.           “Administrator” shall mean the Plan’s administrator, as defined in Article 6.

 

2.5.           “Annual Contribution Credit” is the amount calculated under Article 3 and credited to each Participant’s Account Balance.

 

2.6.           “Board” refers to the board of directors of the Company.

 

2.7.           “Change in Control” means: (a) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of the ownership of 25% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (b) a

 

2



 

change in the majority of the Board; or (d) a major corporate transaction, such as a merger, sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets or a liquidation, which results in a change in the majority of the Board or a majority of stockholders. For Non-Grandfathered Accounts, a “Change of Control” means the first event that would be a “Change of Control” under the preceding definition  and which would also satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v).

 

2.8.           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as interpreted by regulations and rulings issued pursuant thereto, all as amended and in effect from time to time.     .

 

2.9.           “Company” shall mean The Manitowoc Company, Inc. a Wisconsin corporation and its successors.

 

2.10.         “Compensation” shall mean, for any Plan Year, a Participant’s regular base salary established by the Company as of December 31 (including elective deferrals that are excluded from gross income and are payable to a plan described in Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code) plus actual bonus awards earned for the Plan Year. Compensation shall not include commissions, the value of fringe benefits and other special awards or payments.

 

2.11.         “Final Average Compensation Target” shall mean the average of the Participant’s projected Compensation for the five consecutive calendar year period when the Participant receives or is projected to receive his highest average Compensation prior to the Participant’s Target Retirement Date.  Projected Compensation will be determined by increasing the current Compensation for each year in the future by 6.0%, compounded annually, until the Plan Year preceding the Participant’s Target Retirement Date.  To the

 

3



 

extent that a Participant works past his Target Retirement Date, his Final Average Compensation Target will continue to be adjusted for increases in Compensation after the Target Retirement Date.

 

2.12.         “Grandfathered Account” refers to all or any part of a Participant’s Account Balance that was earned and fully vested as of December 31, 2004, calculated based upon the terms of the Plan in effect on October 3, 2004.   If, at any time, this Plan, any agreement, any form or any other administrative policy is amended or interpreted to cause a “material modification” that would cause a Grandfathered Account to be subject to Code Section 409A, such amendment, interpretation or change shall be deemed amended or modified to the extent that no Grandfathered Amount will be subject to Code Section 409A.  If necessary to avoid the application of Code Section 409A or to provide guidance as the result of the application of the preceding provisions, the terms of the Plan, as in effect on October 3, 2004, shall apply to all Grandfathered Accounts.

 

2.13.         “Investment Credit” is the annual increase in a Participant’s Account Balance on December 31 equal to 9.0% of the Account Balance as of January 1 of the same Plan Year.

 

2.14.         “Non-Grandfathered Account” refers to all or any part of a Participant’s Account Balance that was not earned and fully vested as of December 31, 2004, according to the terms of the Plan in effect on October 3, 2004.  Non-Grandfathered Accounts are subject to Code Section 409A and the provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied with the intent to ensure that no benefits are subject to taxation before the date when such benefits are paid to a Participant or Beneficiary.  Nothing in this Plan, any agreement, any form or

 

4



 

related document shall be construed or interpreted as a guarantee of any particular tax consequences.

 

2.15.         “Normal Retirement Date” is the first day of the month following age 65.

 

2.16.         “Plan” means The Manitowoc Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan established January 1, 2000, restated effective January 1, 2009 and set forth herein, as amended from time to time.

 

2.17.         “Plan Year” shall be the calendar year.

 

2.18.         “Substantial Employment Change” shall mean following a Change in Control: (a) a Participant’s employment is terminated without cause; (b) a negative, fundamental or material change is made in a Participant’s duties or responsibilities; (c) a Participant’s salary or other material compensation or benefits are reduced and such decrease is not related to Company or individual performance; (d) a Participant is required to materially relocate his or her residence or principal office location against his or her will; or (e) a Participant is not offered a comparable position with a successor entity.

 

2.19.         “Target Retirement Benefit” is fifty-five percent (55%) of a Participant’s Final Average Compensation Target.  For any executive who becomes a Participant after December 31, 2008 and whose projected total service at his Target Retirement Date is less than 25 years, his Target Retirement Benefit will be 55% of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation Target times the  Participant’s projected total service with the Company at his Target Retirement Date divided by 25.  If a Participant whose Target Retirement Benefit was reduced under the preceding provision works past his Target Retirement

 

5



 

Date, then his Target Retirement Benefit will be 55% of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation Target times the Participant’s actual years of service with the Company, not to exceed 25, divided by 25.  Total service is all service as an employee of the Company and will be based upon complete months and years of projected or actual service.  If the Company adopts any other employer-provided defined benefit retirement plan, the actuarial equivalent of such benefit payable as a level life annuity will be subtracted from the Target Retirement Benefit.

 

2.20.         “Target Retirement Date” is the earlier of the Normal Retirement Date and the first of the month following the date on which the Participant’s attained age plus years of service with the Company equals 80. Attained age and years of service will be calculated in years and complete months.

 

ARTICLE 3
Annual Contribution Credit

 

3.1.           The Company shall have an Actuary calculate the Annual Contribution Credit in accordance with this Article 3. Such Annual Contribution Credit shall be credited to a Participant’s Account Balance as of December 31 of each Plan Year prior to the Participant’s Target Retirement Date, provided the Participant is an employee on December 31 of the Plan Year.

 

3.2.           The Annual Contribution Credit shall be calculated at the end of each Plan Year as follows:

 

(a)    Calculate the Target Retirement Benefit.

 

6



 

(b)    Calculate the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Target Benefit payable as a life annuity beginning at the Target Retirement Date.

 

(c)    Calculate the present value of the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent to the Target Benefit for the Plan Year.

 

(d)    Calculate the Participant’s Account Balance as of December 31 of the Plan Year after the Account Balance has been increased by the 9.0% Investment Credit.

 

(e)    The Annual Contribution Credit shall equal the annual amount required to fund the difference in (c) and (d) by the Target Retirement Date assuming the contribution increases 6.0% a year and earns 9.0% a year.  In no event can the Annual Contribution Credit be less than zero.

 

ARTICLE 4
Account Balance

 

The Administrator shall cause an Account Balance to be maintained for each Plan Participant. The Account Balance on January 1 of the first year that a Participant commences participation is zero. On December 31 of each Plan Year, the Account Balance at the beginning of the Plan Year will be increased by a 9.0% Investment Credit. Following the Investment Credit the Account Balance will be credited with the Annual Contribution Credit calculated for a Participant. No Annual Contribution Credit will be provided if the Participant has reached his or her Target Retirement Date. However, the Account Balance will continue to be increased annually by the 9.0% Investment Credit. In addition, the Account Balance will be reviewed periodically after the Target Retirement Date to ensure that the Account Balance is not less than the Actuarial Equivalent of the Target Retirement Benefit reflecting changes in Compensation and actual service. If after the Target Retirement Date the Account Balance is less than the Actuarial Equivalent of the Target Retirement Benefit the Administrator will notify the Compensation Committee of the shortfall and credit the Participant’s Account Balance annually

 

7



 

with the entire amount of such shortfall until the Account Balance is at least Actuarially Equivalent to the Target Benefit.

 

ARTICLE 5
Benefit Eligibility and Payment

 

5.1.           Voluntary Termination of Employment or Retirement .  If a Participant terminates employment or retirees from the Company the Participant is eligible to receive his Account Balance.

 

5.2.           Death . A Participant’s spouse will be the designated beneficiary under this Plan. If the Participant is not married, the Participant may designate anyone else as his or her designated beneficiary. Such designated beneficiary will be entitled to receive as a death benefit the Participant’s Account Balance.

 

5.3.           Disability . If a Participant shall become permanently and totally disabled the Participant will be eligible to receive his Account Balance.  For Non-Grandfathered Accounts, a disability will only include a situation that would allow a distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(ii).  Code Sections 409A(a)(2)(A)(ii) and 409A(a)(2)(C) provide that a Participant shall be considered “disabled” only when he or she: (a) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (b) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.  Except as noted above with respect to

 

8



 

Non-Grandfathered Accounts, the Administrator will have the authority to determine if the Participant is totally and permanently disabled. The Administrator shall have the right to request any information the Administrator deems necessary so as to determine if the if Participant is permanently and totally disabled. The Participant must submit the information requested by the Administrator in order to be eligible for a distribution.

 

5.4.           Payment of Benefits.

 

(a)    If the Participant or the designated survivor of a Participant is entitled to a Grandfathered Account, it shall be paid in a single lump sum within 60 days following termination of employment, death or disability.

 

(b)    With respect to Non-Grandfathered Accounts: (i) a distribution may only commence as a result of a termination of employment or service if such termination is also a separation from service within the meaning of Code Section 409A(2)(a)(1) (“Separation”); and (ii) to the extent that the Participant is a “key employee,” as defined in Code Section 416(i), a distribution from any Non-Grandfathered Account that is made as a result of a Separation may not commence until at least 6 months after such Separation.

 

(c)    In lieu of a single payment the Participant may elect to receive his Account Balance over a fixed number of years not to exceed 10 years. To the extent that all or any portion of a Participant’s Account Balance is paid in installments, each payment will equal the Account Balance divided by the remaining number of years elected for payment. During this payout period the Account Balance will continue to be credited with a 9.0% Investment Credit for each year adjusting for the timing of the payments

 

9



 

made.

 

(i)     With respect to Grandfathered Accounts, a Participant may make such an election at any time prior to the first day of the calendar year when payments commence.

 

(ii)    With respect to Non-Grandfathered Accounts, a Participant must make such an election before the first day of the calendar year when the Participant provides any services associated with such additional benefit.  Notwithstanding the preceding limitation, Participants were allowed to make, revoke and/or modify elections for Non-Grandfathered Benefits between October 3, 2004 and December 31, 2008, in accordance with transitional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service, including IRS Notice 2005-1, Notice 2006-79, Notice 2007-86 and the proposed regulations issued under Code Section 409A.

 

5.5.           Change in Control . If a Participant experiences a Substantial Employment Change following a Change in Control, the Participant’s Account Balance will be immediately increased so that the Account Balance is not less than the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the present value of the Target Retirement Benefit. The Participant will be eligible for a distribution of his or her revised Account Balance as any other terminated Participant.

 

5.6.           Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Company terminates a Participant’s employment for Cause, then the Company shall have no obligation to such Participant or his or her spouse pursuant to this Plan, and no payments of any kind shall thereafter be made by the Company to the Participant hereunder.

 

10



 

For purposes of the foregoing, “Cause” means:

 

(a)    any act or acts of the Participant constituting a felony (or its equivalent) under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction;

 

(b)    any material breach, as determined by the Company, by the Participant of any employment agreement with the Company or the policies of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the willful and persistent (after written notice to the Participant) failure or refusal, as determined by the Company, of the Participant to perform his duties or employment or comply with any lawful directives of the Board.

 

(c)    Conduct which the Company determines amounts to gross neglect, willful misconduct or dishonesty; or

 

(d)    Any misappropriation of material property of the Company by the Participant or any misappropriation of a corporate or business opportunity of the Company by the Participant, all as determined by the Company.

 

ARTICLE 6
General Provisions

 

6.1.           Administration . The Administrator of the Plan shall be the Company, which shall be the named fiduciary responsible for the administration of the Plan. The Vice President Employee of Human Resources of the Company or his delegate shall perform the responsibilities for the Administrator. All decisions and determinations made by the Administrator, the Compensation Committee or their delegates pursuant to their duties and powers described in the Plan shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties, The

 

11



 

Administrator, the Compensation Committee and their delegates shall have sole discretion in carrying out their responsibilities.

 

6.2.           Claims .

 

(a)    A Participant or the designated survivor of a Participant shall make an application for benefits to the Administrator.

 

(b)    In the event that the Administrator denies, in whole or part, a claim for benefits by a Participant or his designated survivor, the Administrator shall furnish notice of the denial to the claimant, setting forth:

 

(1)    the specific reasons for the denial,

 

(2)    specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based,

 

(3)    a description of any additional information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such information is necessary, and

 

(4)    appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit his claim for review.

 

Such notice shall be forwarded to the claimant within 90 days of the Administrator’s receipt of the claim; provided, however, that in special circumstances the Administrator may extend the response period for up to an additional 90 days, in which event it shall notify the claimant in writing of the extension and shall specify the reason or reasons for the extension.

 

6.3.           Payment to Guardian . If an amount is payable under this Plan to a minor or a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of property, the

 

12



 

Administrator may direct payment of such amount to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor or incompetent person. The Administrator may require proof of incompetency, minority, incapacity or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to the distribution of the amount. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such amount.

 

6.4.           Withholding, Payroll Taxes . A Company shall withhold from payments made under the Plan any taxes required to be withheld from a Participant’s wages for the federal or any state or local government.

 

6.5.           Source of Funds . This Plan shall be unfunded, and payment of benefits hereunder shall be made from the general assets of the Company. Any such asset that may be set aside, earmarked or identified as being intended for the provision of benefits hereunder shall remain an asset of the Company and shall be subject to the claims of its general creditors. Each Participant shall be a general creditor of the Company to the extent of the value of his benefit accrued hereunder, but he shall have no right, title, or interest in any specific asset that the Company may set aside or designate as intended to be applied to the payment of benefits under this Plan. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.

 

6.6.           Nonalienation of Benefits . Except as hereinafter provided with respect to marital disputes, none of the benefits or rights of a Participant or any beneficiary of a Participant shall be subject to the claim of any creditor, and in particular, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all such benefits and rights shall be free from attachment, garnishment

 

13



 

or any other legal or equitable process available to any creditor of the Participant and the beneficiary. Neither the Participant nor the beneficiary shall have the right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any of the benefit or payments which he may expect to receive, contingency or otherwise, under this Plan, except insofar as the form in which benefits are paid under Article 4 involves the Participant’s designation of a beneficiary to received payments after the Participant’s death. In cases of marital dispute, the Administrator will observe the terms of the Plan unless and until ordered to do otherwise by a state or federal court. As a condition of participation, a Participant agrees to hold the Company harmless from any harm that arises out of the Company’s obeying the final order of any state or federal court, whether such order effects a judgment of such court or is issued to enforce a judgment or order of another court.

 

6.7.           Amendment and Termination.

 

(a)    The Company reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time and from time to time in any fashion and to terminate it at will, by or pursuant to action of the Board or other governing body. The Company reserves the right to terminate its participation in this Plan at any time, by or pursuant to action of its Board or other governing body.

 

(b)    No amendment or termination of the Plan shall (without the Participant’s or beneficiary’s consent) alter the Participant’s right to monthly payments that have commenced prior to the effective date of such termination or amendment. The Company specifically reserves the right to terminate or amend this Plan to eliminate the right of any Participant to receive payment hereunder prior to the time when payments are in pay status under this Plan. Notwithstanding the above, if the

 

14



 

Company is liquidated, the Administrator shall have the right to determine any amounts payable to a Participant or a beneficiary and to cause the amount so determined to be paid in one or more installments or upon such other terms and conditions and at such other time as the Administrator determines to be just and equitable.

 

6.8.           No Contract of Employment . Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon any person the right to be employed or continue in the employ of the Company.

 

6.9.           Applicable Law . The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

 

6.10.         Successors . The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of each Company and its successors and assigns. The term successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity

 

6.11.         409A Compliance . To the extent applicable, the Company intends that this Plan and any payments or benefits due hereunder comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A.  This Plan shall be administered by the Company in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause this Plan to fail to satisfy Code Section 409A shall have no force or effect until amended to comply with Code Section 409A (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A).

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and as evidence to the adoption of the foregoing Plan, the Company has caused the same to be executed by its duly authorized officer.

 

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

16



 

The: Manitowoc Company, Inc.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

 

Appendix A

 

As of December 31, 2008, the following employees are Participants in the Manitowoc Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

 

Terry Growcock

 

Maurice Jones

 

Timothy Kraus

 

Carl Laurino

 

Thomas Musial

 

Glen Tellock

 


 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7(c)

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.
2003 INCENTIVE STOCK AND AWARDS PLAN

Amended December 17, 2008, Effective January 1, 2005

 

1.            Purpose and Construction .

 

(a)           Purpose .  The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan has two complementary purposes: (i) to attract and retain outstanding people as officers, employees, consultants and advisors and (ii) to increase shareholder value.  The Plan will provide participants incentives to increase shareholder value by offering the opportunity to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock, receive monetary payments based on the value of such common stock, or receive other incentive compensation, on the potentially favorable terms that this Plan provides.

 

(b)           Definitions .  All capitalized terms used in this Plan have the meanings given in Section 13.

 

2.             Administration .

 

(a)           Committee Administration .  The Committee has full authority to administer this Plan, including the authority to (i) interpret the provisions of this Plan, (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan, (iii) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in any Award or agreement covering an Award in the manner and to the extent it deems desirable to carry this Plan into effect, and (iv) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.  A majority of the members of the Committee will constitute a quorum, and a majority of the Committee’s members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present must make all determinations of the Committee.  The Committee may make any determination under this Plan without notice or meeting of the Committee by a writing that a majority of the Committee members have signed.  All Committee determinations are final and binding.

 

(b)           Delegation to Other Committees or Officers .  To the extent applicable law permits, the Board may delegate to another committee of the Board or to one or more officers of the Company any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee.  However, no such delegation is permitted with respect to individuals who are Section 16 Participants at the time any such delegated authority or responsibility is exercised.  The Board also may delegate to another committee of the Board consisting entirely of Non-Employee Directors any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee with respect to individuals who are Section 16 Participants.  If the Board has made such a delegation, then all references to the Committee in this Plan include such other committee or one or more officers to the extent of such delegation.

 

(c)           No Liability .  No member of the Committee, and no officer to whom a delegation under subsection (b) has been made, will be liable for any act done, or determination made, by the individual in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award.  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless such individual to the maximum extent that the law and the Company’s bylaws permit.

 



 

3.             Eligibility .  The Committee may designate from time to time the Participants to receive Awards under this Plan.  The Committee’s designation of a Participant in any year will not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year.  The Committee may consider such factors as it deems pertinent in selecting a Participant and in determining the types and amounts of Awards.  In making such selection and determination, factors the Committee may consider include: (a) the Company’s financial condition; (b) anticipated profits for the current or future years; (c) the Participant’s contributions to the profitability and development of the Company; and (d) other compensation provided to the Participant.

 

4.             Discretionary Grants of Awards .

 

(a)           Terms and Conditions of Awards .  Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee has full power and authority to determine: (i) the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant; (ii) the number of Shares with respect to which an Award is granted to a Participant, if applicable; and (iii) any other terms and conditions of any Award granted to a Participant.  If the employment of a Participant shall terminate by reason of death or Disability, as to Awards held by the Participant as of the effective date of such termination of employment, all Options and SARs which are not yet vested shall be fully and immediately vested and exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock shall be accelerated and deemed to have lapsed, and all  Performance Goals applicable to Performance Shares or Performance Units shall be deemed to have been achieved.  If the employment of a Participant shall terminate for any reason other than death or Disability, as to Awards held by the Participant of the effective date of such termination of employment, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall otherwise determine, all nonvested Options and SARs, Restricted Stock as to which all restrictions have not lapsed, and all Performance Shares and Performance Units for which the Performance Goals have not been fully satisfied shall be immediately forfeited.  If the Committee determines not to require such immediate forfeiture, then the maximum exercise period which may be permitted for Options and SARs following such employment termination shall be the shorter of one year or the scheduled expiration date of the Award.

 

(b)           Single or Tandem Awards .  Awards under this Plan may be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award (or any other award granted under another plan of the Company or any Affiliate).  Tandem Awards may be granted either at the same time as, or at different times from, the grant of the other Awards (or awards) to which they relate.

 

5.             Shares Reserved under this Plan .

 

(a)           Plan Reserve .  An aggregate of 3,000,000 Shares are reserved for issuance under this Plan.  As to Awards that are (i) Restricted Stock, (ii) Performance Shares, or (iii) Performance Units that are paid in Shares or the value of which is based on the Fair Market Value of Shares, the Company may not issue, or make payments as to, more than 1,000,000 Shares in the aggregate.  The limitations of this subsection are subject to adjustments as provided in Section 11.

 

2



 

(b)           Replenishment of Shares Under this Plan .  The number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan shall be reduced only by the number of Shares delivered in payment or settlement of Awards.  If an Award lapses, expires, terminates or is cancelled without the issuance of Shares under the Award, then the Shares subject to, reserved for or delivered in payment in respect of such Award may again be used for new Awards under this Plan as determined under subsection (a), including issuance as Restricted Stock or pursuant to incentive stock options.  If Shares are issued under any Award and the Company subsequently reacquires them pursuant to rights reserved upon the issuance of the Shares, if Shares are used in connection with the satisfaction of tax obligations relating to an Award, or if previously owned Shares are delivered to the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Award, then the Shares subject to, reserved for or delivered in payment in respect of such Award may again be used for new Awards under this Plan as determined under subsection (a), including issuance as Restricted Stock, but such shares may not be issued pursuant to incentive stock options.

 

(c)           Addition of Shares from Predecessor Plan .  After the Effective Date of this Plan, if any Shares subject to awards granted under The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 1995 Stock Plan would again become available for new grants under the terms of such prior plan if the prior plan were still in effect, then those Shares will be available for the purpose of granting Awards under this Plan, thereby increasing the Shares available under this Plan as determined under the first sentence of subsection (a).  Any such Shares will not be available for future awards under the terms of such prior plan.

 

(d)           Participant Limitations .  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11, no Participant may be granted Awards under this Plan that could result in such Participant: (i) receiving in any single fiscal year of the Company Options, with or without any related Stock Appreciation Rights, or Stock Appreciation Rights not related to Options, for more than 300,000 Shares, (ii) receiving Awards of Restricted Stock in any single fiscal year of the Company relating to more than 200,000 Shares, (iii) receiving Performance Shares in any single fiscal year of the Company relating to more than 200,000 Shares; (iv) receiving Awards of Performance Units in any single fiscal year of the Company with a designated dollar value that exceeds $3,000,000 and/or receiving Awards of Performance Units in any single fiscal year of the Company, the value of which is based on the Fair Market Value of Shares, relating to more than 200,000 Shares.  In all cases, determinations under this Section 5 shall be made in a manner that is consistent with the exemption for performance-based compensation that Code Section 162(m) provides.

 

6.             Options and Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)           Eligibility for Options .  The Committee may grant Options to any Participant it selects.  The Committee must specify whether the Option is an incentive stock option or a nonqualified stock option, but only employees of the Company or a Subsidiary may receive grants of incentive stock options.

 

(b)           Exercise Price of Options .  For each Option, the Committee will establish the exercise price, which may not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option as determined on the date of grant.  The Committee shall also determine the method or methods by which, and the forms or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other

 

3



 

securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price, in which payment of the exercise price with respect to any Option may be made or deemed to have been made.

 

(c)           Terms and Conditions of Options .  Subject to the terms of the Plan, an Option will be exercisable at such times and subject to such conditions as the Committee specifies, except that the Option must terminate no later than ten (10) years after the date of grant.  In all other respects, the terms of any incentive stock option should comply with the provisions of Code Section 422 except to the extent the Committee determines otherwise.

 

(d)           Eligibility and Exercise Price for Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Committee may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to any Participant it selects.  Each Stock Appreciation Right may relate to all or a portion of a specific Option granted under the Plan and may be granted concurrently with the Option to which it relates or at any time prior to the exercise, termination or expiration of such Option (a “Tandem SAR”), or may be granted independently of any Option, as determined by the Committee.  If the Stock Appreciation Right is granted independently of an Option, the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right shall be the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its discretion, fix an exercise price in excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on such grant date.

 

(e)           Upon Exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right .  Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive, without payment to the Company, either (A) that number of Shares determined by dividing (i) the total number of Shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right being exercised by the Participant, multiplied by the amount by which the Fair Market Value of a Share on the day the right is exercised exceeds the exercise price (such amount being hereinafter referred to as the “Spread”), by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the exercise date; or (B) cash in an amount determined by multiplying (i) the total number of Shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right being exercised by the Participant, by (ii) the amount of the Spread; or (C) a combination of Shares and cash, in amounts determined as set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that, in the case of a Tandem SAR, the total number of Shares which may be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right for Common Stock shall not exceed the total number of Shares subject to the related Option or portion thereof, and the total amount of cash which may be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right for cash shall not exceed the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the total number of Shares subject to the related Option or portion thereof.

 

(f)            Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights .  Subject to the terms of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and subject to such conditions as the Committee specifies; provided, however, that a Tandem SAR shall not be exercisable prior to or later than the time the related Option could be exercised; and provided, further, that in any event a Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate no later than ten (10) years after the date of grant.

 

(g)           Tandem SARs and Options .  With respect to Options issued with Tandem SARs, the right of a Participant to exercise the Tandem SAR shall be cancelled if and to the

 

4



 

extent the related Option is exercised, and the right of a Participant to exercise an Option shall be cancelled if and to the extent that Shares covered by such Option are used to calculate shares or cash received upon exercise of the Tandem SAR.

 

7.             Restricted Stock, Performance Shares and Performance Units .

 

(a)           Eligibility for Restricted Stock, Performance Shares and Performance Units .  The Committee may grant awards of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Performance Units to Participants the Committee selects.

 

(b)           Terms and Conditions .  Subject to the terms of the Plan, each award of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Performance Units may be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without limitation, a condition that one or more Performance Goals be achieved for the Participant to realize all or a portion of the benefit provided under the Award.  However, an award of Restricted Stock that requires the achievement of Performance Goals must have a restriction period of at least one year, and an award of Restricted Stock that is not subject to Performance Goals must have a restriction period of at least three years.  The Committee may determine to pay Performance Units in cash, in Shares, or in a combination of cash and Shares. Any Award of Performance Units must be paid before March 15 of the calendar year after the calendar year in which the recipient has a fully vested right to such Performance Stock Units.

 

8.             Transferability .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section, or as the Committee otherwise provides, each Award granted under this Plan is not transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the Participant such Awards may be exercised only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative or by the permitted transferee of such Participant as hereinafter provided (or by the legal representative of such permitted transferee).  A Participant may transfer Awards to (i) his or her spouse, children or grandchildren (“Immediate Family Members”); (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members; or (iii) a partnership in which such Immediate Family Members are the only partners.  The transfer will be effective only if the Participant receives no consideration for such transfer.  Subsequent transfers of transferred Awards are prohibited except transfers to those persons or entities to which the Participant could have transferred such Awards, or transfers otherwise in accordance with this Section.

 

9.             Termination and Amendment of Plan; Amendment, Modification or Cancellation of Awards .

 

(a)           Term of Plan .  This Plan will terminate on, and no Award may be granted after, the ten (10) year anniversary of the Effective Date, unless the Board earlier terminates this Plan pursuant to subsection (b).

 

(b)           Termination and Amendment .  The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan at any time, subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)            shareholders must approve any amendment of this Plan if required by: (A) the rules and/or regulations promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (for this Plan to remain qualified under Rule 16b-3), (B) the Code

 

5



 

or any rules promulgated thereunder (to allow for incentive stock options to be granted under this Plan or to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of Code Section 162(m) so that the Company can deduct compensation in excess of the limitation set forth in that section), or (C) the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded (to maintain the listing or quotation of the Shares on that exchange); and

 

(ii)           shareholders must approve any of the following Plan amendments: (A) an amendment to materially increase any number of Shares specified in Section 5(a) or 5(d) (except as permitted by Section 11); (B) an amendment to shorten the restriction periods specified in Section 7(b); or (C) an amendment to the provisions of Section 9(e).

 

(c)           Amendment, Modification or Cancellation of Awards .  Except as provided in subsection (e) and subject to the requirements of this Plan, the Committee may waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or the exercise of the Award, and the Committee may modify, amend, or cancel any of the other terms and conditions applicable to any Awards by mutual agreement between the Committee and the Participant or any other persons as may then have an interest in the Award, so long as any amendment or modification does not increase the number of Shares issuable under this Plan (except as permitted by Section 11), but the Committee need not obtain Participant (or other interested party) consent for the cancellation of an Award pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the Committee shall have sole discretion to alter the selected Performance Goals subject to shareholder approval, to the extent required to qualify an Award for the performance-based exemption provided by Code Section 162(m) (or any successor provision thereto).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Committee determines it is advisable to grant an Award which does not qualify for the performance-based exemption under Code Section 162(m) (or any successor thereto), the Committee may make such grants without satisfying the requirements therefor.

 

(d)           Survival of Committee Authority and Awards .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the authority of the Committee to administer this Plan and modify or amend an Award may extend beyond the date of this Plan’s termination.  In addition, termination of this Plan will not affect the rights of Participants with respect to Awards previously granted to them, and all unexpired Awards will continue in force and effect after termination of this Plan except as they may lapse or be terminated by their own terms and conditions.

 

(e)           Repricing Prohibited .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, and except for the adjustments provided in Section 11, neither the Committee nor any other person may decrease the exercise price for any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Plan after the date of grant nor allow a Participant to surrender an outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Plan to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new Option or Stock Appreciation Right with a lower exercise price.

 

6



 

(f)            Foreign Participation .  To assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in foreign countries, the Committee may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom.  Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of this Plan as it determines is necessary or appropriate for such purposes.  Any such amendment, restatement or alternative versions that the Committee approves for purposes of using this Plan in a foreign country will not affect the terms of this Plan for any other country.  In addition, all such supplements, amendments, restatements or alternative versions must comply with the provisions of Section 9(b)(ii).

 

10.           Taxes .  The Company is entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amount payable or Shares deliverable under this Plan after giving the person entitled to receive such amount or Shares notice as far in advance as practicable, and the Company may defer making payment or delivery if any such tax may be pending unless and until indemnified to its satisfaction.  The Committee may permit a Participant to pay all or a portion of the federal, state and local withholding taxes arising in connection with (a) the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, (b) a disqualifying disposition of Shares received upon the exercise of an incentive stock option, or (c) the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, by electing to (i) have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under the Award, (ii) tender back Shares received in connection with such Award or (iii) deliver other previously owned Shares which have been beneficially owned by the Participant for at least six (6) months, in each case having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount to be withheld.  However, the amount to be withheld may not exceed the total minimum federal, state and local tax withholding obligations associated with the transaction.  The election must be made on or before the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined and otherwise as the Committee requires.  The Fair Market Value of fractional Shares remaining after payment of the withholding taxes may be paid to the Participant in cash.

 

11.           Adjustment Provisions; Change of Control .

 

(a)           Stock Split, Stock Dividend or Reverse Stock Split .  In the event of a stock split, stock dividend or reverse stock split, of Shares, the number of Shares subject to this Plan (including the number and type of Shares that may be granted as Restricted Stock or issued pursuant to incentive stock options, to a Participant in any fiscal year, and that may after the event be made the subject of Awards under this Plan) and the number Shares subject to outstanding Awards, and the grant, purchase and exercise price with respect to any outstanding Awards, shall thereupon automatically be adjusted proportionately in a manner consistent with such stock split, stock dividend or reverse stock split to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made under this Plan; provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to any Award payable or denominated in Shares must always be a whole number.  In the event that any such stock split, stock dividend or reverse stock split would result in an outstanding Award consisting of any fractional Share(s), the Committee may cancel such fractional amount or grant an Award of an additional fractional amount so that there is no fraction amount or may make provision for a cash payment, in an amount determined by the Committee to the holder of the Award that would include a fractional Share, in exchange for the cancellation of such factional Share(s) (without any consent of the holder of any such fractional

 

7



 

Share), effective as of the time the Committee specifies (which may be the time such stock split, stock dividend or reverse stock split, is effective).

 

(b)           Other Adjustment of Shares .  In addition to the non-discretionary adjustment provisions of Section 11(a), if the Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, other securities, or other property, but not including a dividend of Shares which is governed by Section 11(a)), recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that the Committee determines an adjustment to be appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan, then, subject to Participants’ rights under subsection (c), the Committee may, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares subject to this Plan (including the number and type of Shares that may be granted as Restricted Stock or issued pursuant to incentive stock options, that may be granted to a Participant in any fiscal year, and that may after the event be made the subject of Awards under this Plan), (ii) the number and type of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award.  In any such case, the Committee may also make provision for a cash payment in an amount determined by the Committee to the holder of an outstanding Award in exchange for the cancellation of all or a portion of the Award (without the consent of the holder of an Award) effective at such time as the Committee specifies (which may be the time such transaction or event is effective), but if such transaction or event constitutes a Change of Control, then (A) such payment shall be at least as favorable to the holder as the greatest amount the holder could have received in respect of such Award under subsection (c) and (B) from and after the Change of Control, the Committee may make such a provision only if the Committee determines that doing so is necessary to substitute, for each Share then subject to an Award, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of Common Stock are or will be entitled in respect of each Share pursuant to the transaction or event in accordance with the last sentence of this subsection (a).  However, in each case, with respect to Awards of incentive stock options, no such adjustment may be authorized to the extent that such authority would cause this Plan to violate Code Section 422(b).  Further, the number of Shares subject to any Award payable or denominated in Shares must always be a whole number.  Without limitation, subject to Participants’ rights under subsection (c), in the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar corporate transaction or event, whether or not constituting a Change of Control, other than any such transaction in which the Company is the continuing corporation and in which the outstanding Common Stock is not being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, the Committee may substitute, on an equitable basis as the Committee determines, for each Share then subject to an Award, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of Common Stock are or will be entitled in respect of each Share pursuant to the transaction.

 

(c)           Issuance or Assumption .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, and without affecting the number of Shares otherwise reserved or available under this Plan, in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization,

 

8



 

the Committee may authorize the issuance or assumption of awards upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate.

 

(d)           Change of Control .  Except to the extent the Committee provides a result more favorable to holders of Awards or as otherwise set forth in an Agreement covering an Award, in the event of a Change of Control:

 

(i)            each holder of an Option (A) shall have the right at any time thereafter to exercise the Option in full whether or not the Option was theretofore exercisable; and (B) shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days after the Change of Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of the Option, an amount of cash equal to the excess of the Change of Control Price of the Shares covered by the Option that is so surrendered over the exercise price of such Shares under the Award;

 

(ii)           Restricted Stock that is not then vested shall vest upon the date of the Change of Control and each holder of such Restricted Stock shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days after the Change of Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of such Restricted Stock, an amount of cash equal to the Change of Control Price of such Restricted Stock;

 

(iii)          each holder of a Performance Share and/or Performance Unit for which the performance period has not expired shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days after the Change of Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of the Performance Share and/or Performance Unit, an amount of cash equal to the product of the value of the Performance Share and/or Performance Unit and a fraction the numerator of which is the number of whole months which have elapsed from the beginning of the performance period to the date of the Change of Control and the denominator of which is the number of whole months in the performance period;

 

(iv)          each holder of a Performance Share and/or Performance Unit that has been earned but not yet paid shall receive an amount of cash equal to the value of the Performance Share and/or Performance Unit; and

 

(v)           all annual incentive awards that are earned but not yet paid shall be paid, and all annual incentive awards that are not yet earned shall be deemed to have been earned pro rata, as if the Performance Goals are attained as of the effective date of the Change of Control, by taking the product of (A) the Participant’s maximum award opportunity for the fiscal year, and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full or partial months that have elapsed from the beginning of the fiscal year to the date of the Change of Control and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

 

9



 

For purposes of this Section 11, the “value” of a Performance Share shall be equal to, and the “value” of a Performance Unit for which the value is equal to the Fair Market Value of Shares shall be based on, the Change of Control Price.

 

12.          Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           Other Terms and Conditions .  The grant of any Award under this Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the Award awarded to any other Participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without limitation, provisions for:

 

(i)            one or more means to enable Participants to defer the delivery of Shares or recognition of taxable income relating to Awards or cash payments derived from the Awards on such terms and conditions as the Committee determines, including, by way of example, the form and manner of the deferral election, the treatment of dividends paid on the Shares during the deferral period or a means for providing a return to a Participant on amounts deferred, and the permitted distribution dates or events (provided that no such deferral means may result in an increase in the number of Shares issuable under this Plan);

 

(ii)           the purchase of Shares under Options in installments;

 

(iii)          the payment of the purchase price of Options by delivery of cash or other Shares or other securities of the Company (including by attestation) having a then Fair Market Value equal to the purchase price of such Shares, or by delivery (including by fax) to the Company or its designated agent of an executed irrevocable option exercise form together with irrevocable instructions to a broker-dealer to sell or margin a sufficient portion of the Shares and deliver the sale or margin loan proceeds directly to the Company to pay for the exercise price;

 

(iv)          giving the Participant the right to receive dividend payments or dividend equivalent payments with respect to the Shares subject to the Award (both before and after the Shares subject to the Award are earned, vested or acquired), which payments may be either made currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash or Shares, as the Committee determines;

 

(v)           restrictions on resale or other disposition; and

 

(vi)          compliance with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements.

 

(b)           No Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares or other securities may be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan, and the Committee may determine whether cash, other securities or other property will be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or other securities, or whether such fractional Shares or other securities or any rights to fractional Shares or other securities will be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

 

10



 

(c)           Unfunded Plan .  This Plan is unfunded and does not create, and should not be construed to create, a trust or separate fund with respect to this Plan’s benefits.  This Plan does not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant or other person.  To the extent any person holds any rights by virtue of an Award granted under this Plan, such rights are no greater than the rights of the Company’s general unsecured creditors.

 

(d)           Requirements of Law .  The granting of Awards under this Plan and the issuance of Shares in connection with an Award are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement, the Company has no liability to deliver any Shares under this Plan or make any payment unless such delivery or payment would comply with all applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

 

(e)           Governing Law .  This Plan, and all agreements under this Plan, should be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without reference to any conflict of law principles.  Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement, may only be brought and determined in a court sitting in the County of Manitowoc, or the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin sitting in the County of Milwaukee, in the State of Wisconsin.

 

(f)            Severability .  If any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement or any Award (i) is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or (ii) would disqualify this Plan, any Award Agreement or any Award under any law the Committee deems applicable, then such provision should be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Plan, Award Agreement or Award, then such provision should be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of this Plan, such Award Agreement and such Award will remain in full force and effect.

 

(g)           409A Compliance .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan document, any Award or any accompanying forms or related material, the Plan is designed and intended to operate such that all benefits hereunder are exempt from the application of Code Section 409A.  Any provisions of this Plan document, any Award, or any related material which conflict with or would be deemed to violate the preceding stated intent shall be deemed limited, as determined by the Committee in order to ensure the results contemplated in this Section.  Notwithstanding the preceding statements, nothing in this Plan or any related document is intended to provide individual participants or beneficiaries with any guaranty, warranty or assurance of particular tax treatment for benefits hereunder.

 

13.           Definitions .  Capitalized terms used in this Plan have the following meanings:

 

(a)           “Affiliates” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, or other entity during any period in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least twenty

 

11



 

percent (20%) of the equity, voting or profits interest, and any other business venture that the Committee designates in which the Company has a significant interest, as the Committee determines in its discretion.

 

(b)           “Award” means grants of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, or Performance Units under this Plan.  “Award Agreement” means an agreement covering an Award in such form (consistent with the terms of the Plan) as shall have been approved by the Committee.

 

(c)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)           “Change of Control” means the first to occur of the following with respect to the Company or any upstream holding company:

 

(i)            any “Person,” as that term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(ii)           The Company is merged or consolidated with any other corporation or other entity, other than:  (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (B) the Company engages in a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “Person” (as defined above) acquires more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a merger or consolidation involving the Company shall not be considered a “Change of Control” if the Company is the surviving corporation and shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not converted into or exchanged for stock or securities of any other corporation, cash or any other thing of value, unless persons who beneficially owned shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction own beneficially less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately following the merger or consolidation;

 

(iii)          The Company or any Subsidiary sells, assigns or otherwise transfers assets in a transaction or series of related transactions, if the aggregate market value of the assets so transferred exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the

 

12



 

Company’s consolidated book value, determined by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, measured at the time at which such transaction occurs or the first of such series of related transactions occurs; provided, however, that such a transfer effected pursuant to a spin-off or split-up where shareholders of the Company retain ownership of the transferred assets proportionate to their pro rata ownership interest in the Company shall not be deemed a “Change of Control”;

 

(iv)          The Company dissolves and liquidates substantially all of its assets;

 

(v)           At any time after the Effective Date when the “Continuing Directors” cease to constitute a majority of the Board.  For this purpose, a “Continuing Director” shall mean:  (A) the individuals who, at the Effective Date, constitute the Board; and (B) any new Directors (other than Directors designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of this definition) whose appointment to the Board or nomination for election by Company shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then-serving Continuous Directors; or

 

(vi)          A determination by the Board, in view of then current circumstances or impending events, that a Change of Control of the Company has occurred, which determination shall be made for the specific purpose of triggering operative provisions of this Plan.

 

(e)           “Change of Control Price” means the highest of the following: (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares, as determined on the date of the Change of Control; (ii) the highest price per Share paid in the Change of Control transaction; or (iii) the Fair Market Value of the Shares, calculated on the date of surrender of the relevant Award in accordance with Section 11(c), but this clause (iii) shall not apply if in the Change of Control transaction, or pursuant to an agreement to which the Company is a party governing the Change of Control transaction, all of the Shares are purchased for and/or converted into the right to receive a current payment of cash and no other securities or other property.

 

(f)            “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes any successor provision and the regulations promulgated under such provision.

 

(g)           “Committee” means the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board (or such successor committee with the same or similar authority), which must be composed of not less than two (2) Directors, each of whom must qualify as an “outside director” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

 

(h)           “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

13



 

(i)            “Company” means The Manitowoc Company, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, or any successor to The Manitowoc Company, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.

 

(j)            “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)           “Disability” means disability as defined in the Company’s long-term disability plan covering exempt salaried employees.

 

(l)            “Effective Date” means the date the Company’s shareholders approve this Plan.

 

(m)          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act includes any successor provision and the regulations and rules promulgated under such provision.

 

(n)           “Fair Market Value” means, per Share on a particular date, the last sales price on such date on the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded, as reported in The Wall Street Journal, or if no sales of Common Stock occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale on such exchange.  If the Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange, but are traded in an over-the-counter market, the last sales price (or, if there is no last sales price reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices) for the Shares on the particular date, or on the last preceding date on which there was a sale of Shares on that market, will be used.  If the Shares are neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in an over-the-counter market, the price determined by the Committee, in its discretion, will be used.

 

(o)           “Non-Employee Director” means any Director who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(p)           “Option” means the right to purchase Shares at a stated price.  “Options” may either be “incentive stock options” which meet the requirements of Code Section 422, or “nonqualified stock options” which do not meet the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

(q)           “Participant” means an officer or other employee of the Company or its Affiliates, or an individual that the Company or an Affiliate has engaged to become an officer or employee, or a consultant or advisor who provides services to the Company or its Affiliates, who the Committee designates to receive an Award under this Plan.  No Non-Employee Director is entitled to receive Awards under this Plan.

 

(r)            “Performance Goals” means any goals the Committee establishes that relate to one or more of the following with respect to the Company or any one or more Subsidiaries or other business units: revenue; cash flow; net cash provided by operating activities; net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities; cost of goods sold; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; profit before tax; gross profit; net profit; net sales; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; Fair Market Value of Shares; basic earnings per share; diluted earnings per share; return on shareholder equity; average accounts receivable (calculated by taking the average of accounts receivable at the end of each month); average inventories (calculated by taking the

 

14



 

average of inventories at the end of each month); return on average total capital employed; return on net assets employed before interest and taxes; economic value added; return on year-end equity; and/or in the case of Awards that the Committee determines will not be considered “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), such other goals as the Committee may establish in its discretion.

 

(s)           “Performance Shares” means the right to receive Shares to the extent the Company or Participant achieves certain goals that the Committee establishes over a period of time the Committee designates consisting of one or more full fiscal years of the Company, but not in any event more than five years.

 

(t)            “Performance Units” means the right to receive monetary units with a designated dollar value or monetary units the value of which is equal to the Fair Market Value of one or more Shares, to the extent the Company or Participant achieves certain goals that the Committee establishes over a period of time the Committee designates consisting of one or more full fiscal years of the Company, but in any event not more than five years.

 

(u)           “Plan” means The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(v)           “Restricted Stock” means Shares that are subject to a risk of forfeiture and/or restrictions on transfer, which may lapse upon the achievement or partial achievement of Performance Goals during the period specified by the Committee and/or upon the completion of a period of service, as determined by the Committee.

 

(w)          “Section 16 Participants” means Participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(x)            “Share” means a share of Common Stock.

 

(y)           “Stock Appreciation Right” means the right to receive, without payment to the Company, an amount of cash or Shares as determined in accordance with Section 6, based on the amount by which the Fair Market Value on the relevant valuation date exceeds the exercise price.

 

(z)            “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the chain) owns stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

15


Exhibit 10.7(e)

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.

2004 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK AND AWARDS PLAN

Amended December 17, 2008, Effective January 1, 2005

 

Section 1.                                           Purpose and Construction.

 

(a)                                   Purpose .  The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 2004 Non-employee Director Stock and Awards Plan (the “Plan”) has three complementary purposes: (a) to promote the long-term growth and financial success of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. (the “Company”); (b) to induce, attract and retain highly experienced and qualified individuals to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”); and (c) to assist the Company in promoting a greater identity of interest between the Company’s non-employee directors (“Non-employee Directors”) and its shareholders.  The Plan is designed to accomplish these goals by providing Non-employee Directors with incentives to increase shareholder value by offering the opportunity to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock, receive incentives based on the value of such common stock, or receive other incentives on the potentially favorable terms that this Plan provides.

 

(b)                                  Construction .  Capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the meanings set forth in Section 12, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

(c)                                   Effective Date and Shareholder Approval .  This Plan shall become effective only following its approval by the shareholders of the Company.

 

Section 2.                                           Shares Reserved Under this Plan.

 

(a)                                   Plan Reserve .  An aggregate of two-hundred and twenty-five thousand (225,000) Shares are reserved for issuance under this Plan. The number of Shares covered by an Award under the Plan shall be counted on the date of grant of such Award against the number of Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan.  Any Shares delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury shares.

 

(b)                                  Stock Split, Stock Dividend or Reverse Stock Split .  In the event of a stock split, stock dividend or reverse stock split, of Shares, the number of Shares subject to this Plan (including the number and type of Shares that may be granted as Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or issued pursuant to Options, to a Participant in any fiscal year, and that may after the event be made the subject of Awards under this Plan) and the number Shares subject to outstanding Awards, and the grant, purchase and exercise price with respect to any outstanding Awards, shall thereupon automatically be adjusted proportionately in a manner consistent with such stock split, stock dividend or reverse stock split to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made under this Plan; provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to any Award payable or denominated in Shares must always be a whole number.  In the event that any such stock split, stock dividend or reverse stock split would result in an outstanding Award consisting of any fractional Share(s), the Committee may cancel such fractional amount or grant an Award of an additional fractional amount so that there is no

 



 

fraction amount or may make provision for a cash payment, in an amount determined by the Committee to the holder of the Award that would include a fractional Share, in exchange for the cancellation of such factional Share(s) (without any consent of the holder of any such fractional Share), effective as of the time the Committee specifies (which may be the time such stock split, stock dividend or reverse stock split, is effective).

 

(c)                                   Other Adjustment of Shares .  In addition to the non-discretionary adjustment provisions of Section 2(b), if the Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, other securities, or other property, but not including a dividend of Shares which is governed by Section 2(b)), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event (collectively referred to as “Events”) affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee may, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of:  (i) the number and type of Shares subject to the Plan and which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards under the Plan; (ii) the number and type of Shares subject to outstanding Awards; and (iii) the exercise price with respect to any Option (collectively referred to as “Adjustments”); provided, however, that Awards subject to grant or previously granted to Non-employee Directors under the Plan at the time of any such Event shall be subject only to such Adjustments as shall be necessary to maintain the proportionate interest of the Non-employee Directors and preserve, without exceeding, the value of such Awards; and provided further that the number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.

 

(d)                                  Predecessor Plan .  After the Effective Date of this Plan, the 1999 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan will be frozen such that (i) no future awards will be granted under the 1999 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan, (ii) the 1999 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan will exist solely to govern grants of awards made prior to the Effective Date of this Plan, and (iii) any Shares that would have otherwise been available for new grants under the 1999 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan will not roll over into this Plan and thus will not be available for the purpose of granting Awards under this Plan.

 

(e)                                   Replenishment of Shares Under this Plan .  The number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan shall be reduced only by the number of Shares actually delivered in payment or settlement of Awards, including Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.  If an Award lapses, expires, terminates or is cancelled without the issuance of Shares under the Award, then the Shares subject to, reserved for or delivered in payment in respect of such Award may again be used for new Awards under this Plan.  If Shares are issued under any Award and the Company subsequently reacquires them pursuant to rights reserved upon the issuance of the Shares, if Shares are used in connection with the satisfaction of tax obligations relating to an Award, or if previously owned Shares are delivered to the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Award, then the Shares subject to, reserved for or delivered in payment in respect of such Award may again be used for new Awards under this Plan.

 

2



 

Section 3.                                           Plan Administration and Operation.

 

(a)                                   Administrative Authority .  The Committee has full authority to administer this Plan, including the authority to (i) interpret the provisions of this Plan, (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan, (iii) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in any Award or agreement covering an Award in the manner and to the extent it deems desirable to carry this Plan into effect, and (iv) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

 

(b)                                  Awards .  The Committee has full authority to designate from time to time which Non-employee Directors shall receive Awards under this Plan.  The Committee may consider such factors as it deems pertinent in selecting whether a Non-employee Director will receive any Award(s) and in determining the types and amounts of Awards and in setting any Performance Goals or other limitations.  In making such selection and determination, factors the Committee may consider include, but will not be limited to: (a) the Company’s financial condition; (b) anticipated profits for the current or future years; (c) the Non-employee Director’s length of service on the Board; and (d) other fees that the Company provides or has agreed to provide to the Non-employee Director.  The Committee’s decision to provide a Non-employee Director with an Award in any year will not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year.

 

(c)                                   Committee Action and Delegation . A majority of the members of the Committee will constitute a quorum, and a majority of the Committee’s members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present must make all determinations of the Committee.  The Committee may make any determination under this Plan without notice or meeting of the Committee by a writing that a majority of the Committee members have signed.  To the extent applicable law permits, the Board may delegate to another committee of the Board any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee.  If the Board has made such a delegation, then all references to the Committee in this Plan include such other committee or one or more officers to the extent of such delegation.  Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the Committee may also authorize any one or more of their number or the Secretary or any other officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.

 

(d)                                  Review of Committee Decisions . All Committee determinations are final and binding upon all interested parties and no reviewing court, agency or other tribunal shall overturn a decision of the Committee unless it first determines that the Committee acted in an arbitrary and capricious manner with respect to such decision.

 

(e)                                   Committee Indemnification . No member of the Committee will be liable for any act done, or determination made, by the individual in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award.  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless all Committee members to the maximum extent that the law and the Company’s bylaws permit.

 

Section  4.                                        Discretionary Grants of Awards.

 

Subject to the terms of this Plan, including Section 7 below, the Committee has full power and authority to determine: (a) the type or types of Awards to be

 

3



 

granted to each Non-employee Director (i.e., Options, Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units); (b) the number of Shares with respect to which an Award is granted to a Non-employee Director, if applicable; and (c) any other terms and conditions of any Award granted to a Non-employee Director.  Awards under this Plan may be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award (or any other award granted under another plan of the Company or any Affiliate).  The Committee may grant multiple Awards and different types of Awards (e.g., Options, Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units) to individual Non-employee Directors at the same time.

 

Section 5.                                           Options.

 

(a)                                   Exercise Price of Options .  For each Option, the Committee will establish the exercise price, which may not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option as determined on the date of grant.  The Committee shall also determine the method or methods by which, and the form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price, in which payment of the exercise price with respect to any Option may be made or deemed to have been made.

 

(b)                                  Terms and Conditions of Options .  Subject to the terms of the Plan, an Option will be exercisable at such times and subject to such conditions as the Committee specifies, including, but not limited to, any Performance Goals.  Notwithstanding the preceding, each Option must terminate no later than ten (10) years after the date of grant.

 

Section 6.                                           Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

Subject to the terms of the Plan, each award of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units may be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without limitation, a condition that one or more Performance Goals be achieved for the Non-employee Director to realize all or a portion of the benefit provided under the Award.  However, any award of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units (regardless of whether such Award is conditioned upon any Performance Goals) must have a restriction period of at least three (3) years.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units awarded under this Plan shall be payable only in Shares.  Any Award of Restricted Stock Units must be paid before March 15 of the calendar year after the calendar year in which the recipient has a fully vested right to such Restricted Stock Units.

 

Section 7.                                           Effect of Termination of Membership on the Board.

 

(a)                                   Award Limitations .  Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7(b) below, the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine whether to impose any Award Agreement provisions or limitation concerning what will happen to any outstanding Award(s) when the Non-employee Director ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason.  The restrictions under Section 7(b) and any other limitations imposed by the Committee under this Section 7(a) must be included in the Award Agreement.  Unless otherwise stated under the

 

4



 

Award Agreement, if a Non-employee Director ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason other than the Non-employee Director’s retirement due to reaching the mandatory retirement age established by the Board, or other than death or disability (as determined by the Committee), as to Awards held by that Non-employee Director on the effective date of such termination of Board membership, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall otherwise determine, all nonvested options and all Restricted Stock as to which all restrictions have not lapsed, and all Restricted Stock Units for which the Performance Goals have not been fully satisfied shall be immediately forfeited.  Upon the retirement (due to reaching the mandatory retirement age established by the Board), death or disability of a Non-employee Director, all Options held by the Non-employee Director shall fully and immediately vest, all restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock held by the Non-employee Director shall immediately lapse, and all Performance Goals with respect to Restricted Stock Units held by the Non-employee Director shall be deemed immediately satisfied.  In such event or if the Committee otherwise determines not to require immediate forfeiture upon the occurrence of some other event where the Non-employee director ceases to be a member of the Board, then the maximum exercise period which may be permitted for Options following such termination of Board membership shall be the shorter of one year or the scheduled expiration date of the Award.

 

(b)                                  Fraud and Misconduct .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan or in any Award Agreement, if a Non-employee Director ceases being a director of the Company due to any of the following act(s), then all Awards previously granted to such Non-employee Director shall immediately be forfeited as of the date of the first such act: (i) fraud or intentional misrepresentation; (ii) embezzlement, misappropriation or conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (iii) any other gross or willful misconduct as determined by the Committee, in its sole and conclusive discretion.

 

Section 8.                                           Non-Transferability.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Section, or as the Committee otherwise provides, each Award granted under this Plan is not transferable by a Non-employee Director:  (a) until such Option has been exercised and/or the limitations on the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units have lapsed or been satisfied; or (b) by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  During the lifetime of the Non-employee Director such Awards may be exercised only by the Non-employee Director or the Non-employee Director’s legal representative or by the permitted transferee of such Non-employee Director as hereinafter provided (or by the legal representative of such permitted transferee).  Unless otherwise prohibited by the Award Agreement, a Non-employee Director may transfer Awards to (i) his or her spouse, children or grandchildren (“Immediate Family Members”); (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members; or (iii) a partnership in which such Immediate Family Members are the only partners.  The transfer will be effective only if the Non-employee Director receives no consideration for such transfer.  Subsequent transfers of transferred Awards are prohibited except transfers to those persons or entities to which the Non-employee Director could have transferred such Awards, or transfers otherwise in accordance with this Section.

 

5



 

Section 9.                                           Amendment and Termination of the Plan and Awards.

 

(a)                                   Term of Plan .  This Plan will terminate on, and no Award may be granted after, the ten (10) year anniversary of the Effective Date, unless the Board earlier terminates this Plan pursuant to Section 9(b).

 

(b)                                  Termination and Amendment .  The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan at any time, subject to shareholder approval if: (i) shareholder approval of such amendment(s) is required under the Exchange Act; (ii) shareholder approval of such amendment(s) is required under the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded (to maintain the listing or quotation of the Shares on that exchange); or (iii) the amendment will: [a] materially increase any number of Shares specified in Section 2(a) (except as permitted by Section 2(b)); [b] shorten the restriction periods specified in Section 6(b); or [c] modify the provisions of Section 9(e).

 

(c)                                   Amendment, Modification or Cancellation of Awards .  Except as provided in Section 9(e) and subject to the requirements of this Plan, the Committee may waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or the exercise of the Award, and the Committee may modify, amend, or cancel any of the other terms and conditions applicable to any Awards by mutual agreement between the Committee and the Non-employee Director or any other persons as may then have an interest in the Award, so long as any amendment or modification does not increase the number of Shares issuable under this Plan (except as permitted by Section 2(b)), but the Committee need not obtain the Non-employee Director’s (or other interested party’s) consent for the cancellation of an Award pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(b).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the Committee shall have sole discretion to alter the selected Performance Goals.

 

(d)                                  Survival of Committee Authority and Awards .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the authority of the Committee to administer this Plan and modify or amend an Award may extend beyond the date of this Plan’s termination.  In addition, termination of this Plan will not affect the rights of Non-employee Directors with respect to Awards previously granted to them, and all unexpired Awards will continue in force and effect after termination of this Plan except as they may lapse or be terminated by their own terms and conditions.

 

(e)                                   Repricing Prohibited .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, and except for the adjustments provided in Section 2(b), neither the Committee nor any other person may decrease the exercise price for any outstanding Option granted under this Plan after the date of grant nor allow a Non-employee Director to surrender an outstanding Option granted under this Plan to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new Option with a lower exercise price.

 

Section 10.                                    Change of Control.   Except to the extent the Committee provides a result more favorable to holders of Awards or as otherwise set forth in an Agreement covering an Award, in the event of a Change of Control, the following rules shall apply.

 

(a)                                   Options .  Each holder of an Option (a) shall have the right at any time thereafter to exercise the Option in full whether or not the Option was theretofore exercisable; and (b) shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days

 

6



 

after the change of Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of the Option, an amount of cash equal to the excess of the Change of Control Price of the Shares covered by the Option that is so surrendered over the exercise price of such Shares under the Award;

 

(b)                                  Restricted Stock .  Restricted Stock that is not then vested shall vest upon the date of the Change of Control and each holder of such Restricted Stock shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days after the Change of Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of such Restricted Stock, an amount of cash equal to the Change of Control Price of such Restricted Stock;

 

(c)                                   Restricted Stock Units .  Each holder of a Restricted Stock Unit for which the performance period has not expired shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days after the Change of Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of the Restricted Stock Unit, a number of Shares equal to the product of the number of Restricted Stock Units and a fraction the numerator of which is the number of whole months which have elapsed from the beginning of the performance period to the date of the Change of Control and the denominator of which is the number of whole months in the performance period.  Each holder of a Restricted Stock Unit that has been earned but not yet paid shall receive the number of Shares equal to the number of such Restricted Stock Units.

 

Section 11.                                    General Provisions.

 

(a)                                   Other Terms and Conditions .  The grant of any Award under this Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the Award awarded to any other Non-employee Director) as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without limitation, provisions for: (i) one or more means to enable a Non-employee Director to defer the delivery of Shares or recognition of taxable income relating to Awards or terms and conditions as the Committee determines, including, by way of example, the form and manner of the deferral election, the treatment of dividends paid on the Shares during the deferral period or a means for providing a return to a Non-employee Director on amounts deferred, and the permitted distribution dates or events (provided that no such deferral means may result in an increase in the number of Shares issuable under this Plan); (ii) the purchase of Shares under Options in installments; (iii) the payment of the purchase price of Options by delivery of cash or other Shares or other securities of the Company (including by attestation) having a then Fair Market Value equal to the purchase price of such Shares, or by delivery (including by fax) to the Company or its designated agent of an executed irrevocable option exercise form together with irrevocable instructions to a broker-dealer to sell or margin a sufficient portion of the Shares and deliver the sale or margin loan proceeds directly to the Company to pay for the exercise price;  (iv) giving the Non-employee Director the right to receive dividend payments or dividend equivalent payments with respect to the Shares subject to the Award (both before and after the Shares subject to the Award are earned, vested or acquired), which payments may be either made currently or credited to an account for the Non-employee Director, and may be settled in cash or Shares, as the Committee determines; (v) restrictions on resale or other disposition; and (vi) compliance with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements.

 

(b)                                  No Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares or other securities may be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan, and the Committee may determine whether cash, other

 

7



 

securities or other property will be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or other securities, or whether such fractional Shares or other securities or any rights to fractional Shares or other securities will be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

 

(c)                                   Requirements of Law .  The granting of Awards under this Plan and the issuance of Shares in connection with an Award are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement, the Company has no liability to deliver any Shares under this Plan or make any payment unless such delivery or payment would comply with all applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law .  This Plan, and all agreements under this Plan, should be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without reference to any conflict of law principles.  Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement, may only be brought and determined in a court sitting in the County of Manitowoc, or the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin sitting in the County of Milwaukee, in the State of Wisconsin.

 

(e)                                   Severability .  If any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement or any Award (i) is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or (ii) would disqualify this Plan, any Award Agreement or any Award under any law the Committee deems applicable, then such provision should be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Plan, Award Agreement or Award, then such provision should be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of this Plan, such Award Agreement and such Award will remain in full force and effect.

 

(f)                                     Other Arrangements .  Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements for Non-employee Directors, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

(g)                                  No Right to Remain on Board .  The grant of an Award to a Non-employee Director pursuant to the Plan shall confer no right on such Non-employee Director to continue as a director of the Company.  Except for rights accorded under the Plan, Non-employee Directors shall have no rights as holders of Shares as a result of the granting of Awards hereunder.

 

(h)                                  409A Compliance .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan document, any Award or any accompanying forms or related material, the Plan is designed and intended to operate such that all benefits hereunder are exempt from the application of Code Section 409A.  Any provisions of this Plan document, any Award, or any related material which conflict with or would be deemed to violate the preceding stated intent shall be deemed limited, as determined by the Committee in order to ensure the results contemplated in this Section.

 

8



 

Notwithstanding the preceding statements, nothing in this Plan or any related document is intended to provide individual participants or beneficiaries with any guaranty, warranty or assurance of particular tax treatment for benefits hereunder.

 

Section 12.                                    Definitions.

 

(a)                                   “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation, partnership, joint venture, or other entity during any period in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least twenty percent (20%) of the equity, voting or profits interest, and any other business venture in which the Committee, in its discretion, both:  (i) determines that the Company has a significant interest; and (ii) designates as an Affiliate for purposes of this Plan.

 

(b)                                  “Annual Meeting of the Shareholders” shall mean the annual meeting of shareholders of the Company held each calendar year.

 

(c)                                   “Award” means any grant of Options, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under this Plan.

 

(d)                                  “Award Agreement” means a written agreement, in such form (consistent with the terms of this Plan) as approved by the Committee.

 

(e)                                   “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f)                                     “Change of Control” means the first to occur of the following with respect to the Company or any upstream holding company:

 

(i)            Any “Person,” as that term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(ii)           The Company is merged or consolidated with any other corporation or other entity, other than:  (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (B) the Company engages in a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “Person” (as defined above) acquires more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a merger or consolidation involving the Company shall

 

9



 

not be considered a “Change of Control” if the Company is the surviving corporation and shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not converted into or exchanged for stock or securities of any other corporation, cash or any other thing of value, unless persons who beneficially owned shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction own beneficially less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately following the merger or consolidation;

 

(iii)          The Company or any subsidiary sells, assigns or otherwise transfer assets in a transaction or series of related transactions, if the aggregate market value of the assets so transferred exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated book value, determined by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, measured at the time at which such transaction occurs or the first of such series of related transactions occurs; provided, however, that such a transfer effected pursuant to a spin-off or split-up where shareholders of the Company retain ownership of the transferred assets proportionate to their pro rata ownership interest in the Company shall not be deemed a “Change of Control”;

 

(iv)          The Company dissolves and liquidates substantially all of its assets;

 

(v)           At any time after the Effective Date when the “Continuing Directors” cease to constitute a majority of the Board.  For this purpose, a “Continuing Director” shall mean:  (A) the individuals who, at the Effective Date, constitute the Board; and (B) any new Directors (other than Directors designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of this definition) whose appointment to the Board or nomination for election by Company shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then-serving Continuous Directors; or

 

(vi)          A determination by the Board, in view of then current circumstances or impending events, that a Change of Control of the Company has occurred, which determination shall be made for the specific purpose of triggering operative provisions of this Plan.

 

(g)                                 “Change of Control Price” means the highest of the following:  (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares, as determined on the date of the Change of Control; (ii) the highest price per Share paid in the Change of Control transaction; or (iii) the Fair Market Value of the Shares, calculated on the date of surrender of the relevant Award in accordance with Section 11(c), but this clause (iii) shall not apply if in the Change of Control transaction, or pursuant to an agreement to which the Company is a party governing the Change of Control transaction, all of the Shares are purchased for and/or converted into the right to receive a current payment of cash and no other securities or other property.

 

(h)                                 Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and as interpreted by applicable regulations, rulings, notices and other similar

 

10



 

guidance.  Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes any successor provision and any guidance issued under such provision.

 

(i)                                      “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board (or such successor committee with the same or similar authority).

 

(j)                                      “Common Stock” means the $.01 par value common stock of the Company.

 

(k)                                   “Company” shall mean The Manitowoc Company, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, together with any successor thereto.

 

(l)                                      “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(m)                                “Effective Date” means the date that the Company’s shareholders approve this Plan.

 

(n)                                  “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and as interpreted by applicable regulations, rulings, notices and other similar guidance.  Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act includes any successor provision and any guidance issued under such provision.

 

(o)                                  “Fair Market Value” shall mean for any Share on a particular date, the last sale price on such date on the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded, as reported in The Wall Street Journal, or if no sales of Common Stock occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale on such exchange.  If the Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange, but are traded in an over-the-counter market, the last sales price (or, if there is no last sales price reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices) for the Shares on the particular date, or on the last preceding date on which there was a sale of Shares on that market, will be used.  If the Shares are neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in an over-the-counter market, the price determined by the Committee, in its discretion, will be used.

 

(p)                                  “Non-employee Director” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate.  Only Non-employee Directors shall be entitled to receive Awards under this Plan.

 

(q)                                  “Option” shall mean the right to purchase Shares at a stated price in accordance with the terms of this Plan.  Because this Plan will provide benefits only for Non-employee Directors, all Options shall be non-qualified stock options.

 

(r)                                     “Performance Goals” means any goals the Committee establishes that relate to one or more of the following with respect to the Company or any one or more Subsidiaries or other business units: revenue; cash flow; net cash provided by operating activities; net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities; cost of goods sold; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; profit before tax; gross profit; net profit; net sales; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;

 

11



 

Fair Market Value of Shares; basic earnings per share; diluted earnings per share; return on shareholder equity; average accounts receivable (calculated by taking the average of accounts receivable at the end of each month); average inventories (calculated by taking the average of inventories at the end of each month); return on average total capital employed; return on net assets employed before interest and taxes; economic value added; return on year-end equity; length of service on the Board; and/or such other goals as the Committee may establish in its discretion.

 

(s)                                   “Plan” shall mean The Manitowoc Company, Inc. 2004 Non-employee Director Stock and Awards Plan, as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.

 

(t)                                     “Restricted Stock” means Shares that are issued to a Non-employee Director under this Plan and subject to a risk of forfeiture and/or restrictions on transfer, which may lapse upon the achievement or partial achievement of Performance Goals during the period specified by the Committee and/or upon the completion of a period of service, as determined by the Committee.

 

(u)                                  “Restricted Stock Units” mean the right to receive Shares and/or Restricted Stock at a future date, subject to the completion of such Performance Goals and/or upon the completion of a period of service, as the Committee shall establish as part of the Award Agreement.  Prior to the achievement of such Performance Goals and/or upon the completion of a period of service, the Non-employee Director shall have no rights with respect to such Restricted Stock Units, except as set forth in the underlying Award Agreement.  Each Restricted Stock Unit shall correspond and relate to one Share under this Plan.

 

(v)                                  “Share” means a share of Common Stock.

 

(w)                                “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the chain) owns stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

12


Exhibit 10.14

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 to PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of this 31st day of December, 2008 by and among THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC. (“ Parent ”), MMG HOLDING CO., LLC (“ Seller ”), FINCANTIERI-CANTIERI NAVALI ITALIANI S.p.A. (“ Fincantieri ”) and FINCANTIERI MARINE GROUP HOLDINGS INC. (“ Buyer ”).

 

WHEREAS, Parent, Seller, Fincantieri and Buyer entered into a Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008 (the “ Agreement ”), pursuant to which Buyer agreed to purchase from Seller, and Seller agreed to sell to Buyer, the MMG Ownership Interest (as defined in the Agreement) on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter provided.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants, conditions and agreements set forth in this Amendment and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed that:

 

1.              Defined Terms .  All terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

2.              Amendments to the Agreement . The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)            “Subsidiary’s Articles of Incorporation” and “Articles of Incorporation of the Subsidiary” wherever appearing in the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with “Subsidiary’s articles of incorporation or organization.”

 

(b)            “Subsidiary’s Bylaws” and “Bylaws of the Subsidiary” wherever appearing in the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with “Subsidiary’s bylaws or operating agreement.”

 

(c)            “Subsidiary’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws” and “Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Subsidiary” wherever appearing in the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with “Subsidiary’s articles of incorporation or organization and bylaws or operating agreement.”

 

(d)            “Subsidiary’s capital stock” and “capital stock of the Subsidiary” wherever appearing in the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with “Subsidiary’s limited liability company membership interests or capital stock.”

 

(e)            The words “the Subsidiary” in the first clause of the Recitals to the Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“Marinette Marine Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation that is a wholly owned subsidiary of MMG (“MMC”),

 



 

(f)             The words “the Subsidiary” in the third clause of the Recitals to the Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced with “MMC.”

 

(g)            Section 1.64 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new Section 1.64:

 

Subsidiary .           “Subsidiary” shall mean, collectively or individually, as the context requires, MMC, ACE Marine LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company which is a wholly owned subsidiary of MMG, and any other subsidiary of MMG, MMC or ACE Marine LLC that is formed prior to the Closing Date.  Unless otherwise explicitly stated herein, each representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or agreement contained in this Agreement that is claimed to be made by “the Subsidiary” shall be deemed to be made by each of MMC, ACE Marine LLC, and any other subsidiary of MMG, MMC or ACE Marine LLC that is formed prior to the Closing Date.”

 

(h)            The last two sentences of Section 3.17(f) of the Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following new sentences:

 

“As soon as practicable after Buyer establishes or maintains Buyer’s 401(k) Plan, Seller or the Parent shall direct the trustee of each Seller 401(k) Plan to segregate the portion of each investment fund thereunder attributable to the aggregate individual account balances (whether vested or unvested) of such Affected Employees, and to transfer in cash or in kind, as determined by Buyer in its discretion, such segregated portion to the trust or other funding vehicle under Buyer’s 401(k) Plan.  The parties shall comply with all provisions of the Code and ERISA applicable to such transfer, including Sections 414(l) and 411(d)(6) of the Code and the corresponding provisions of ERISA.”

 

(i)             Section 4.6(a)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new Section 4.6(a)(ii):

 

“(ii)  MMG is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Nevada, and each Subsidiary is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in active status under the Laws of the state of its organization.  MMG is not in default under any provision of its Articles of Organization or the MMG Operating Agreement, and neither Subsidiary is in default under any provision of its articles of incorporation or organization, as the case may be, or its bylaws or operating agreement, as the case may be.”

 

(j)             “Corporate power” wherever it appears in Section 4.6(b) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with “corporate or limited liability company power.”

 

(k)            Section 4.7(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

2



 

(i)             “The Subsidiary” wherever it appears in Section 4.7(b), other than in the sentence to be added to Section 4.7(b) pursuant to this Amendment, is hereby deleted and replaced with “MMC.”

 

(ii)            The following new sentence is added to the end of Section 4.7(b):

 

“Schedule 4.7(b) to the Disclosure Schedules also sets forth, as applicable (i) the authorized capital of the Subsidiary (other than MMC), including the identification of each authorized class of capital stock or limited liability company membership interests, the number of authorized shares of each class, the number of issued and outstanding shares of each class, the number of treasury shares of each class, and the holders of any outstanding shares or limited liability company membership interests and (ii) the holders and percentages of limited liability company membership interests of the Subsidiary (other than MMC) held.

 

(l)             Section 7.6(c) of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new Section 7.6(c):

 

“(c)  A Certificate of the Secretary of each Subsidiary certifying to an attached copy of the articles of incorporation or organization and bylaws or operating agreement, as applicable.”

 

(m)           Section 11.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(i)             “December 30, 2008” wherever it appears in Section 11.1 is hereby deleted and replaced with “December 31, 2008.”

 

(ii)            The following new sentence is added to the end of Section 11.1:

 

“Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.1 to the contrary, neither Buyer nor Seller may terminate this Agreement on or prior to January 15, 2009 if (x) the only condition to closing set forth in Article VIII (if Seller is the party desiring to terminate) or Article VII (if Buyer is the party desiring to terminate) that has not been fulfilled is the receipt of Exon-Florio Clearance and (y) the reason that the Exon-Florio Clearance has not been received is solely due to administrative constraints (such as any administrative delay by CFIUS in issuing a letter confirming that its 45-day investigation has revealed no issue of material security concern) and not for any substantive reason.”

 

3.              Waivers .  The parties hereto hereby waive the obligation arising under Section 3.3(a) of the Agreement of Seller to deliver, together with the Disclosure Schedule, a certificate signed by an officer of Seller, stating that the Disclosure Schedule is being delivered pursuant to the Agreement and is the Disclosure Schedule referred to in the Agreement.  Notwithstanding such waiver, the parties hereto confirm and agree that the Disclosure Schedule attached to the executed Agreement and initialed by the parties is the Disclosure Schedule referred to in the Agreement.

 

3



 

4.              Full Force and Effect .  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue unmodified and in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions thereof on the date hereof.  As used in the Agreement, the terms “Agreement,” “this Agreement,” “this Purchase Agreement,” “herein,” “hereafter,” “hereto,” “hereof” and words of similar import shall mean, unless the context otherwise requires, the Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

5.              Governing Law .  This Amendment shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal Laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of Laws principles thereof.

 

6.              Counterparts; Headings .  This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment.  The headings in this Amendment are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Maurice D. Jones

 

Name:

Maurice D. Jones

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MMG HOLDING CO., LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

THE MANITOWOC COMPANY, INC.,

 

 

SOLE MEMBER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Maurice D. Jones

 

 

Name: Maurice D. Jones

 

 

Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINCANTIERI-CANTIERI NAVALI ITALIANI S.p.A.

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Giuseppe Bono

 

Name:

Giuseppe Bono

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINCANTIERI MARINE GROUP HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Pier Francesco Ragni

 

Name:

Pier Francesco Ragni

 

Title:

President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement

 


Exhibit 12.1

 

The Manitowoc Company, Inc.

Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(in thousands, except ratio data)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

79.2

 

$

436.9

 

$

233.8

 

$

83.0

 

$

30.6

 

$

6.0

 

Fixed charges

 

65.6

 

45.5

 

54.2

 

61.0

 

62.9

 

61.6

 

Total earnings available for fixed charges

 

$

144.8

 

$

482.4

 

$

288.0

 

$

144.0

 

$

93.5

 

$

67.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

$

51.6

 

$

35.1

 

$

44.9

 

$

51.7

 

$

52.9

 

$

52.8

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs (1)

 

2.5

 

1.1

 

1.4

 

2.1

 

3.1

 

2.9

 

Portion of rent deemed interest factor (2)

 

11.5

 

9.3

 

7.9

 

7.2

 

6.9

 

5.9

 

Total fixed charges

 

$

65.6

 

$

45.5

 

$

54.2

 

$

61.0

 

$

62.9

 

$

61.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

2.2x

 

10.6x

 

5.3x

 

2.4x

 

1.5x

 

1.1x

 

 


Notes for explanations:

 

(1)      Amortization of deferred financing costs is included in interest expense in the company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations:

 

Interest expense per Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

$

54.1

 

$

36.2

 

$

46.3

 

$

53.8

 

$

56.0

 

$

55.7

 

Less amortization of deferred financing costs

 

2.5

 

1.1

 

1.4

 

2.1

 

3.1

 

2.9

 

Interest expense

 

$

51.6

 

$

35.1

 

$

44.9

 

$

51.7

 

$

52.9

 

$

52.8

 

 

(2)      One third of all rent expense is deemed representative of the interest factor

 

1


Exhibit 21

 

Subsidiaries of

The Manitowoc Company, Inc. (WI)

 

1.

 

Axiome de Re SA

 

(Luxembourg)

2.

 

Beleggingsmaatschappij Interrub BV

 

(Netherlands)

3.

 

Berisford

 

(United Kingdom)

4.

 

Berisford (Jersey) Limited

 

(Jersey, Ch. Islands)

5.

 

Berisford (Overseas) Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

6.

 

Berisford Bristar (Investments) Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

7.

 

Berisford Bristar Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

8.

 

Berisford Capital Corporation

 

(New York)

9.

 

Berisford Charter Residential Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

10.

 

Berisford Holdings Inc.

 

(Delaware)

11.

 

Berisford Holdings Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

12.

 

Berisford Inc.

 

(Delaware)

13.

 

Berisford Industries Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

14.

 

Berisford Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

15.

 

Berisford Metals Corporation

 

(Delaware)

16.

 

Berisford Properties (USA) Ltd.

 

(Delaware)

17.

 

Berisford Property Development (USA) Ltd

 

(Delaware)

18.

 

Berisford Treasury Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

19.

 

Boek-en Offset Drukkerij Kuyte BV

 

(Netherlands)

20.

 

Brunello Holding Co., LLC

 

(Delaware)

21.

 

Cable Street Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

22.

 

Cadillon GmbH

 

(Germany)

23.

 

Castel MAC S.p.A.

 

(Italy)

24.

 

Charles Needham Industries Inc.

 

(Texas)

25.

 

Cleveland Range LLC

 

(Delaware)

26.

 

Cleveland Range Ltd.

 

(Canada)

27.

 

Convotherm Elektrogerate GmbH

 

(Germany)

28.

 

Convotherm India Private Limited

 

(India)

29.

 

Convotherm Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

30.

 

Convotherm Singapore Pte Ltd

 

(Singapore)

31.

 

Craneheath Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

32.

 

Cross Lane Holdings Limited

 

(Jersey, Ch. Islands)

33.

 

Diversified Refrigeration LLC

 

(Tennessee)

34.

 

DRI Holding Company LP

 

(Delaware)

35.

 

Ecclesfield Properties Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

36.

 

Elvadene Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

37.

 

Enodicom Limited

 

(United Kingdom)

38.

 

Enodicom Number 2 Limited

 

(United Kingdom)

39.

 

Enodis Clifton Park, Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

40.

 

Enodis Commercial Foodservice Equipment (Shanghai)

 

(China)

41.

 

Enodis Corporation

 

(Delaware)

42.

 

Enodis Deutschland GmbH

 

(Germany)

 

1



 

43.

 

Enodis France S.A.

 

(France)

44.

 

Enodis Group – Italian Branch

 

(Italy)

45.

 

Enodis Group Holdings US, Inc.

 

(Delaware)

46.

 

Enodis Group Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

47.

 

Enodis Hanover

 

(United Kingdom)

48.

 

Enodis Holding Deutschland GmbH

 

(Germany)

49.

 

Enodis Holdings Inc.

 

(Delaware)

50.

 

Enodis Holdings, Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

51.

 

Enodis Industrial Holdings Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

52.

 

Enodis International Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

53.

 

Enodis Investments Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

54.

 

Enodis Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

55.

 

Enodis Maple Leaf Limited

 

(Canada)

56.

 

Enodis Nederland B.V.

 

(Netherlands)

57.

 

Enodis Oxford

 

(United Kingdom)

58.

 

Enodis Property Developments Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

59.

 

Enodis Property Group Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

60.

 

Enodis Regent

 

(United Kingdom)

61.

 

Enodis Strand Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

62.

 

Enodis Technology Center, Inc.

 

(Delaware)

63.

 

Enodis UK Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

64.

 

Environmental Rehab, Inc.

 

(Wisconsin)

65.

 

Erlanger Minerals and Metals Inc.

 

(Delaware)

66.

 

Fabristeel (M) Sdn Bhd

 

(Malaysia)

67.

 

Fabristeel Private Limited

 

(Singapore)

68.

 

Flintrock Holdings Inc.

 

(Delaware)

69.

 

Flintrock Inc.

 

(Delaware)

70.

 

Frau Foodservice SAU

 

(Spain)

71.

 

Frimont S.p.A.

 

(Italy)

72.

 

Frymaster LLC

 

(Louisiana)

73.

 

FSV Private Limited

 

(Singapore)

74.

 

Garland Catering Equipments Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

75.

 

Garland Commercial Industries LLC

 

(Delaware)

76.

 

Garland Commercial Ranges Ltd.

 

(Canada)

77.

 

Glenluce Ltd.

 

(Isle of Man)

78.

 

Grove Cranes Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

79.

 

Grove Cranes S.L.

 

(Spain)

80.

 

Grove Europe Pension Trustees Limited

 

(United Kingdom)

81.

 

Grove U.S. L.L.C.

 

(Delaware)

82.

 

Grove Worldwide Holdings Germany AG

 

(Germany)

83.

 

Guyon Production S.A.

 

(France)

84.

 

H. Tieskens Beheer BV

 

(Netherlands)

 

2



 

85.

 

H. Tieskens Exploitatie BV

 

(Netherlands)

86.

 

Harford Duracool, LLC

 

(Wisconsin)

87.

 

Homark Holdings Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

88.

 

Ice Systems (PTY) Ltd

 

(South Africa)

89.

 

Ice Works S.r.l. Milano Srl

 

(Italy)

90.

 

Jackson MSC LLC

 

(Delaware)

91.

 

JH Rayner (Mincing Lane) Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

92.

 

Kitchen Ventilation Services Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

93.

 

Kitecroft Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

94.

 

Kysor Business Trust

 

(Delaware)

95.

 

Kysor CNI Inc.

 

(Michigan)

96.

 

Kysor do Brasil Ltd

 

(Brazil)

97.

 

Kysor Holdings Inc.

 

(Delaware)

98.

 

Kysor Industrial Corp.

 

(Michigan)

99.

 

Kysor Industrial Corporation

 

(Nevada)

100.

 

Kysor International Distribution Company

 

(Michigan)

101.

 

Kysor Warren de Mexico S. De RL de CV

 

(Mexico)

102.

 

Kysor Warren Services S. De RL De CV

 

(Mexico)

103.

 

Kysor/NAX Inc.

 

(Michigan)

104.

 

Lincoln Foodservice Products LLC

 

(Indiana)

105.

 

Lonray Inc.

 

(New York)

106.

 

Magnet Group Supplementary Trustees Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

107.

 

Manimex S.A. de C.V.

 

(Mexico)

108.

 

Manitowoc (Bermuda) Ltd.

 

(Bermuda)

109.

 

Manitowoc (China) Refrigeration Co., Ltd.

 

(China)

110.

 

Manitowoc (Hangzhou) Refrigeration Co., Ltd

 

(China)

111.

 

Manitowoc (Mauritius) Ltd.

 

(Mauritius)

112.

 

Manitowoc Asia Global Sourcing

 

(China)

113.

 

Manitowoc CP, Inc.

 

(Nevada)

114.

 

Manitowoc Crane Companies, Inc.

 

(Nevada)

115.

 

Manitowoc Crane Equipment (China) Co., Ltd.

 

(China)

116.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group (Brazil)

 

(Brazil)

117.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group (UK) Limited

 

(United Kingdom)

118.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Asia Pte Ltd

 

(Singapore)

119.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Australia Pty. Ltd.

 

(Australia)

120.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Chile Limitada

 

(Chile)

121.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group CIS

 

(Russia)

122.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Czech Republic S.R.O.

 

(Czech Republic)

123.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group France SAS

 

(France)

124.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH

 

(Germany)

125.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Hungary Kft

 

(Hungary)

126.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Iberia SL

 

(Spain)

 

3



 

127.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Italy Srl

 

(Italy)

128.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Korea Co., Ltd.

 

(Korea)

129.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group ME

 

(Dubai, UAE)

130.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Netherlands B.V.

 

(The Netherlands)

131.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Poland SP

 

(Poland)

132.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Portugal Ltda

 

(Portugal)

133.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group Slovakia SRO

 

(Slovak Republic)

134.

 

Manitowoc Crane Group, Inc.

 

(Philippines)

135.

 

Manitowoc Crane Trading India Private Limited

 

(India)

136.

 

Manitowoc Cranes, Inc.

 

(Wisconsin)

137.

 

Manitowoc Credit (China) Leasing Company Ltd.

 

(China)

138.

 

Manitowoc Dong Yue Heavy Machinery Co., Ltd

 

(China)

139.

 

Manitowoc EMEA Holding Sarl

 

(France)

140.

 

Manitowoc Equipment Works, Inc.

 

(Nevada)

141.

 

Manitowoc Europe Holdings Limited

 

(United Kingdom)

142.

 

Manitowoc Foodservice Companies, Inc.

 

(Nevada)

143.

 

Manitowoc Foodservice International SAS

 

(France)

144.

 

Manitowoc FP, Inc.

 

(Nevada)

145.

 

Manitowoc France (Luxembourg) Sarl

 

(Luxembourg)

146.

 

Manitowoc France SAS

 

(France)

147.

 

Manitowoc FSG Holdings, Inc.

 

(Wisconsin)

148.

 

Manitowoc FSG International Holdings, Inc.

 

(Nevada)

149.

 

Manitowoc FSG Mexico, S.R.L. de C.V.

 

(Mexico)

150.

 

Manitowoc FSG Operations, Inc.

 

(Nevada)

151.

 

Manitowoc FSG Services, LLC

 

(Wisconsin)

152.

 

Manitowoc Funding LLC

 

(Nevada)

153.

 

Manitowoc GEC Limited

 

(Ireland)

154.

 

Manitowoc Grove (Cayman Islands) Ltd.

 

(Cayman Islands)

155.

 

Manitowoc Holding (Cayman Islands) Ltd.

 

(Cayman Islands)

156.

 

Manitowoc Holding Asia SAS

 

(France)

157.

 

Manitowoc Insurance Company Ltd.

 

(Barbados)

158.

 

Manitowoc International (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd

 

(China)

159.

 

Manitowoc Investment (Mauritius) Limited

 

(Mauritius)

160.

 

Manitowoc MEC, Inc.

 

(Nevada)

161.

 

Manitowoc Potain (Cayman Islands) Ltd.

 

(Cayman Islands)

162.

 

Manitowoc Potain Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

163.

 

Manitowoc Re-Manufacturing, Inc.

 

(Wisconsin)

164.

 

Manitowoc TJ, S.R.L. de C.V.

 

(Mexico)

165.

 

Manitowoc Worldwide Holdings (France) SAS

 

(France)

166.

 

Manitowoc Worldwide Holdings (France) SCS

 

(France)

167.

 

Manitowoc Worldwide Holdings (Netherlands) BV

 

(Netherlands)

168.

 

Manston Ltd.

 

(Brit. Virgin Islands)

 

4



 

169.

 

McCall Refrigeration, Inc.

 

(Wisconsin)

170.

 

McCann’s Engineering & Manufacturing Co., LLC

 

(California)

171.

 

Mealstream (UK) Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

172.

 

Meliora Spectare Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

173.

 

Merco/Savory LLC

 

(Delaware)

174.

 

Merrychef Holdings Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

175.

 

Merrychef Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

176.

 

Merrychef Projects Limited

 

(United Kingdom)

177.

 

Mile High Equipments LLC

 

(Colorado)

178.

 

MMG Holding Co., LLC

 

(Nevada)

179.

 

MTW (Barbados) SRL

 

(Barbados)

180.

 

MTW County Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

181.

 

Multiplex GmbH

 

(Germany)

182.

 

Nanhai Fabristeel Kitchen Ware Co. Ltd.

 

(China)

183.

 

National Crane Corporation

 

(Delaware)

184.

 

New Ton Food Equipment Co. Ltd.

 

(Thailand)

185.

 

NGI International Precious Metals, Inc.

 

(Delaware)

186.

 

Potain GmbH

 

(Germany)

187.

 

Potain India Pte. Ltd.

 

(India)

188.

 

Potain Ire Ltd

 

(Ireland)

189.

 

Potain Technick GmbH

 

(Germany)

190.

 

Pumpcroft Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

191.

 

Research Sub Inc.

 

(California)

192.

 

S&W Berisford Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

193.

 

SAW Technologies Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

194.

 

SCI les Sthenes du Plateau

 

(France)

195.

 

Scotman Ice Systems Shanghai Co. Ltd

 

(China)

196.

 

Scotsman Beverage Systems Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

197.

 

Scotsman Group LLC

 

(Delaware)

198.

 

Scotsman Ice Systems SA (PTY) Ltd

 

(South Africa)

199.

 

Shanghai Fabristeel Foodservice Int Trade Co. Ltd.

 

(China)

200.

 

Societe de Participation Minoritaire Sarl

 

(France)

201.

 

Solum Grundsücks Vermeitungs GmbH

 

(Germany)

202.

 

Steamhammer Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

203.

 

Technyform Production S.A.

 

(France)

204.

 

Temp-Rite International S.A.

 

(France)

205.

 

Teuros SAU

 

(Spain)

206.

 

The Delfield Company LLC

 

(Delaware)

207.

 

The Homark Group Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

208.

 

TRUpour Limited

 

(Ireland)

209.

 

Turner Curzon Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

210.

 

Twilight Brand Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

 

5



 

211.

 

Viscount Catering Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

212.

 

Waterroad Company Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

213.

 

Welbilt Corporation

 

(Delaware)

214.

 

Welbilt Corporation

 

(Florida)

215.

 

Welbilt Holding Company

 

(Delaware)

216.

 

Welbilt Manufacturing (Thailand) Ltd

 

(Thailand)

217.

 

Welbilt UK Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

218.

 

Welbilt Walk-Ins Delaware LP

 

(Delaware)

219.

 

Westran Corporation

 

(Michigan)

220.

 

Whitlenge Acquisition Ltd.

 

(United Kingdom)

221.

 

Whitlenge Drink Equipment Ltd

 

(United Kingdom)

 

6


Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-88680-22 and 333-147371) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-115992, 333-113804, 333-40622, 333-37266, 333-11729, 333-11731, 333-99503 and 333-99513) of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. of our report dated March 2, 2009, relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K .

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

March 2, 2009

 

1


Exhibit 31

 

Certifications

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer

 

I, Glen E. Tellock, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Manitowoc Company, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)         Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)          Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedure and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)         Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)         Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 2, 2009

 

 

/s/ Glen E. Tellock

 

Glen E. Tellock

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

1



 

Certifications

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer

 

I, Carl J. Laurino, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Manitowoc Company, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)         Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)          Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedure and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)         Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)         Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 2, 2009

 

 

/s/ Carl J. Laurino

 

Carl J. Laurino

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

2


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Glen E. Tellock, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18. U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1)

 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

 

(2)

 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the date and for the periods expressed in the Report.

 

/s/ Glen E. Tellock

 

Glen E. Tellock

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

March 2, 2009

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and will be retained by The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

1


Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of The Manitowoc Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the  year ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Carl J. Laurino, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18. U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1)

 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

 

(2)

 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the date and for the periods expressed in the Report.

 

/s/ Carl J. Laurino

 

Carl J. Laurino

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 2, 2009

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and will be retained by The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

1